The world

is movement
NIASA works
to ensure
the movement
is perfect
NIASA
adapts to
customers’
requirements
Other companies manufacture the same
products, but none of them are able to adapt
to your requirements like NIASA can. NIASA’s
technical office works in a coordinated manner
with the R&D+i department to understand
your requirements in-depth and develop the
most suitable product. But we don’t stop there.
NIASA creates the synergies required with each
customer to provide value and offer the best
customer service and follow up, throughout all
stages of the process.
NIASA NEVER
FAILS
NIASA likes to speak of “perfect” or
“zero” in reference to its products. This
means that there are no average terms,
or whether it is perfect or not; the
functional does not exist, only the optimal.
And NIASA does not stop until it has
guaranteed that all of its products meet
these standards of excellence.
NIASA
specialises
in linear
movements
For more than 30 years, NIASA has
designed and manufactured linear units for
integration in special and series machinery
mainly aimed at process automation. The
company’s primary objective is to offer
unique, precise, fast, reliable and enduring
products even though the system is in
movement.
NIASA is right beside
its customers
NIASA is in the main
markets on the five
continents, which enables
it to offer a global
service to customers. It
manufactures universal
products, which are
adapted to many and
varied sectors, such as
automation, aeronautics,
railway, renewable
energies and more.
NIASA
believes
in the value
of ideas
NIASA believes in movement.
Therefore, the company never sleeps.
It is always thinking about how
to progress, how to create better
products, how to achieve the highest
level of social responsibility, how to
achieve respect for the environment,
maintaining ethical principles... But
it does not do this alone, it aims to
achieve it with you.
CONTENTS designation configura-
tion screw

01 SCREW JACKS
page 16
M1/2/3/4/5
J1/3/4/5
w

r
trapezoidal/
ball

M100
M205

02 linear actuators
Series f: steel tube | Series a: aluminum tube
page 66
f16/20/30/
40/45/50
a16/20/30/40
M501
M505
trapezoidal/
ball
M601
M605

03 linear actuators
WITH INTEGRATED REDUCTION
AND CUBIC GEARBOX
fm1/2/3/4/5
fj1/3 - trapezoidal/
ball
Series fM: steel tube | Series aM: aluminium tube AM1/2/3/4
page 110

04 linear actuators
WITH INTEGRATED REDUCTION
AND COMPACT GEARBOX
Fhm1/2/3/4/5
Fhj1/3 - trapezoidal/
ball
Series fhM: steel tube | Series ahM: aluminium tube AHM1/2/3/4
page 144

M100
M205

05 Screw supports M501 trapezoidal/

sh20/30/40
page 176 M505 ball
M601
M605

06 bevel gearboxes vh1/2/15/25/30

see section -
page 200 vl1/2/15/25/30

07 screws and nuts

page 224
see section - -

08 accessories
page 260
see section - -
 01

load exterior TORES switch protection

description capacity tube limit run against
dust/water

THE SCREW MOVES 02

THE SCREW MOVES (IMMOBILISED) inductive/
5 TO 500 kn steel Up to IP 54
mechanical
THE NUT MOVES

NO DRIVE 3.5 TO 86 kn
IN LINE MOTOREDUCER 5.5 TO 86 kn
PARALLEL DRIVE 3.5 TO 86 kn steel / inductive /
aluminum magnetic Up to IP 65 03
FOR DRIVE AT 90º 3.5 TO 23,5 kn
MOTOREDUCER AT 90º 5.5 TO 86 kn
IN LINE MOTOR 3.5 TO 86 kn

f/A actuator with steel inductive

5 TO 250 kn (Aluminium (Magnetic Up to IP 65
m/j gearbox optional) optional)
04

f/A actuator with steel inductive

5 TO 250 kn (Aluminium (Magnetic Up to IP 65
hm/hj gearbox optional) optional)

no drive 2.5 TO 45 kn 05
In line motoreducer 2.5 TO 45 kn
Parallel drive 2.5 TO 45 kn no exterior no Up to IP 54
For drive at 90º 2.5 TO 25 kn tube detectors
Motoreducer at 90º 2.5 TO 45 kn
In line motor 2.5 TO 45 kn

06
hole /solid shafts 12 TO 770 nm - - Up to IP 65

trapezoidal and ball see section - - -

screws and nuts

07
gearbox accessories,
fastening, detection, - - - -
protection, etc.

08
01
SCREW
JACKS
“THERE IS A DRIVING
FORCE MORE
POWERFUL THAN STEAM,
ELECTRICITY AND
ATOMIC ENERGY:
THE WILL.”
ALBERT EINSTEIN
Physicist

Niasa actuators in the Tonopah thermo-solar plant, Nevada, USA. © Solar Reserve
 SCREW JACKS
introduction
NIASA N/W/R Series screw jacks are a combination of a screw The screw jacks also characterised for offering an extensive
with a gearbox. There are three types of configurations that range of:
can be adapted to different requirements:
…… Axial load capacities, from 5 kN up to 500 kN.
…… N: The screw moves when the gearbox input shaft (worm
…… Advance speeds, depending on the screw pitch and the
shaft end) is activated. It includes a rounded screw
gearbox, two possible gears are offered depending on the
protection tube on the back.
size of the screw jack, from 4:1 to 56:1.
…… W: The screw engages, as in configuration N but with the
…… Trapezoidal and ball screws, depending on the
difference that the back protective tube is square section,
performance required, precision of movement and
which means it can be an anti-rotating screw.
positioning, etc.
…… R: The screw does not move with the driving of the worm
…… Fastening accessories and elements, for optimal
shaft, it only turns; it is the corresponding nut that moves
adaptation to the most varied systems that may be
along the screw.
designed.
…… Control and safety systems (mechanical/inductive limit
In applications that so require, there is a possibility to protect switches, absolute/incremental encoders, etc.).
the screw with a bellow (available in different materials), to
protect it in the outside environment and make the screw jacks …… Materials and surface coverings, depending on the
suitable for outdoor operations or environments with a certain environmental conditions in which the unit will be
atmospheric aggressiveness. installed.
…… ...
Screw jacks are often the most optimal technical and
economical solution for applications that require lineal, precise
and safe movement, for transfer and for elevation, mainly for Please do not hesitate to contact NIASA if you require screw
medium-heavy loads and medium-low speeds. jacks (and their drive mechanisms) with specifications other
than those covered in this chapter. The NIASA technical
Their main advantages against other systems, such as department will specifically develop the special units that best
pneumatic or hydraulic cylinders, are the following: meet your requirements.
…… Greater movement and positioning precision.
…… Greater safety, due to their irreversibility in many
configurations (ask NIASA) and/or the incorporation of
different braking devices.
…… Superior energy efficiency, as their parts offer high/very
high performance, especially with the ball screws, low
transmission ratios and high speeds
…… Easier and faster assembly, since hydraulic or pneumatic
groups are not required, just an electric motor on the unit
itself.
…… Greater reliability and duration, and less maintenance, due
to the mechanical robustness and construction simplicity.
20 …… Modular design and the possibility of operating in multiple
positions.
…… Easier to obtain synchronised advance movements of
several screw jacks, including under different loads.
…… Lower size for the same load capacity.
…… ...
 01

21

www.n ias a.es

 SCREW JACKS
APPLICATIONS

Machine TILTING system

Set of two M4-N screw jacks made up
of a three-phase motor drive system
and joined together with a GX universal
joint shaft. Tilt on the top of the gearbox
with a ZKM joint adapter, SB tip
supports, GKB series double clevis rod,
FB protective bellow, inductive sensor
and electro-magnetic brake.

Manual positioning system.

Set of three M2-N screw jacks made
22 up of a manual drive system with a VE
series wheel and joined together with
GX universal joint shafts. LCM-series
mounting feet underneath the box, GKB
series double clevis rod, manual brake
and analogue odometer.
 01

Photovoltaic installation
M5-W screw jack with IPX protection
for outdoor weather made up of a
three-phase motor drive system, tilt
underneath the gearbox with a ZKM
joint adapter, clevis rod with GIR series
ball joint on the screw, EPDM special
protection bellow and inductive sensor.

Platform elevation system.

Set of four M5-N screw jacks made up of
a three-phase motor drive system and
joined together with EZ universal joint
shafts and bevel gearboxes. LCM-series
mounting feet underneath the box, BPS
flange fastening on the screw, FB series
protective bellow and PR series worm
shaft protector.

TILTING elevation system

Set of two M5-N screw jacks made up
of a dual-shaft three-phase motor drive 23
system and joined together with GX
universal joint shafts. Tilt underneath
the gearbox with a ZKM joint adapter,
SB tilt supports, clevis rod with GIR
series ball joint on the screw, FB special
protective bellow, and PR series worm
shaft protector.

www.n ias a.es

 SCREW JACKS
SIZES

On all the sizes there are trapezoidal and screw drive options (see
chapter 07 for further information), as well as normal speed (S)
and reduced speed (H) gearboxes.

M1 M2 M3 M4
Up to 5 kN 10 kN 25 kN 50 kN

N
The screw moves. page 28 page 30 page 32 page 34

W
The screw travels.
With anti-rotation on the
screw. page 28 page 30 page 32 page 34

24

R
The nut moves. page 29 page 31 page 33 page 35

In addition to the standard range of screw jacks, NIASA can specifically develop the unit
that best meets your application requirements. Contact NIASA.
 01

M5 J1 J3 J4 J5
100 kN 150 kN 250 kN 350 kN 500 kN

page 36 page 38 page 40 page 42 page 44

page 36 page 38 page 40 page 42 page 44

25

page 37 page 39 page 41 page 43 page 45

www.n ias a.es

 SCREW JACKS
GENERAL PRODUCT OVERVIEW
12
11
10
9

5
4
13
17

1
16
14

15
7
8

18
3

20 2

20 19

19

N configuration

W configuration

N/W
26
Name Page
01 M series box 24 09 GIR clevis rod 282 17 Flange with ZKV 90º bolts 269
02 Ball screw 28 10 GKB double clevis rod 281 18 SB tilt supports 276
03 Trapezoidal screw 28 11 BPS flange 278 19 FCM mechanical limit switch 307
04 Motor flange 12 GKS single clevis rod 280 20 FCI inductive limit switch 306
05 EK coupling 284 13 FB protector bellow 301
06 Motorization 312 14 LCM mounting feet 266
07 Wheel with VE grip 300 15 Flange with ZKM bolts 267
08 PR worm gear protector 304 16 Flanges with ZKH bearings 268
 11
01

2
3

9 10

12 13
22

6 15
14

5
4

8
20 16

17
19

18

21

R
27
Name Page
01 M series box 24 09 KGM nut 248 17 HFM ball joint 270
02 Ball screw 29 10 KGF nut 246 18 Flange with ZKM bolts 267
03 Trapezoidal screw 29 11 Flange with BPR bearing 279 19 Flanges with ZKH bearings 268
04 Motor flange 12 EFM nut 258 20 Flange with ZKV 90º bolts 269
05 EK coupling 284 13 EFM safety nut 258 21 SB tilt supports 276
06 Motorization 312 14 FB protector bellow 301 22 Flange with KAR bolts 275
07 Wheel with VE grip 300 15 SF protector bellow 302
08 PR worm gear protector 304 16 LCM mounting feet 266

www.n ias a.es

 M1-N/W SCREW JACKS
Up to
5 kN Tr
TRAPEZ.
KGS
BALLS

The screw sizes indicated correspond

to the basic configurations. Other
configurations may be ordered (size,
type, etc.) on request.

120
N W
= 77 =
Ø30 M12
(Ø48)

19

(46)
M5x8 Prof.

35
On both sides

(23)
12
Greasing mechanism
DIN71412
Inclined 45° MT508

32

62
31

COURSE + 60*
COURSE + 20
Key 3x3x18
DIN6885-A Ø33
5

1,5
35*
10

24
Ø28 H7
Ø12

NOTES:
- The values in brackets correspond to the
25

24
Ø10 h6
80
60

versions with KG screw.

* Version W.
21

M8x13 Prof.
= 52 = On both sides
72

Travel Drive torque, MD (Nm) Start-up torque, Approx.

Screw Maximum Performance MO (Nm) weight
Reduction (mm/revol. Weight
diameter axial (%) each
input) F (kN), load to move in dynamic stroke 0
and pitch strength 100mm
(kg)
(mm) (kN) of stroke
S H S H S H S H S H (kg)
28 Tr 18x4 5 4:1 16:1 1 0.25 36 28 (0.44xF)+0.08 (0.14xF)+0.06 0.66xF 0.27xF 1.2 0.26
KGS 1605 5 4:1 16:1 1.25 0.31 79 62 (0.25xF)+0.08 (0.08xF)+0.06 0.32xF 0.13xF 1.3 0.26

… Power required: PD (kW) = 0.157 x MD (Nm).

… All the data in the table correspond to an input speed of 1,500 rpm. For other speeds, please see the calculation chapter (page 47).
... Ensure that the dynamic load of the application does not surpass the critical values indicated, in order to avoid overheating of the unit and buckling
and resonance of the screw. See calculations chapter (page 48).

266 267 268 269 276 279 280 281 282 300 301 304 306 307 312

www.n ias a.es

M1-R SCREW JACKS
Up to
5 kN Tr TRAPEZ.
KGS
BALLS
01

The screw sizes indicated correspond

to the basic configurations. Other
configurations may be ordered (size,
type, etc.) on request.

Ø12j6

15
Specify orientation

12
of the nut

(1)
COURSE
Ø30

12
Greasing mechanism

12
DIN71412
Inclined 45° MT508

32

62
31

= 77 =
120
M5x8 Prof.
On both sides
Key 3x3x18
1,5 DIN6885-A

11
10

24
Ø28 H7
Ø12

NOTES:
25

24

100
- (1) See nut dimensions in the corresponding chapter.
80
60

78
Ø10 h6

21

M8x13 Prof.
= 52 = On both sides
72

Travel Drive torque, MD (Nm) Start-up torque, Approx.

Screw Maximum Performance MO (Nm) weight
Reduction (mm/revol. Weight
diameter axial (%) each
input) F (kN), load to move in dynamic stroke 0
and pitch strength 100mm
(kg)
(mm) (kN of stroke
S H S H S H S H S H (kg)
Tr 18x4 5 4:1 16:1 1 0.25 36 28 (0.44xF)+0.08 (0.14xF)+0.06 0.66xF 0.27xF 1.2 0.20 29
KGS 1605 5 4:1 16:1 1.25 0.31 79 62 (0.25xF)+0.08 (0.08xF)+0.06 0.32xF 0.13xF 1.3 0.20

… Power required: PD (kW) = 0.157x MD (Nm).

… All the data in the table correspond to an input speed of 1,500 rpm. For other speeds, please see the calculation chapter (page 47).
... Ensure that the dynamic load of the application does not surpass the critical values indicated, in order to avoid overheating of the unit and buckling
and resonance of the screw. See calculations chapter (page 48).

266 267 268 269 270 258 258 248 246 275 276 279 300 301 302 304 312

www.n ias a.es

 M2-N/W SCREW JACKS
Up to
10 kN Tr
TRAPEZ.
KGS
BALLS

The screw sizes indicated correspond

to the basic configurations. Other
configurations may be ordered (size,
type, etc.) on request.

140 N W
= 90 =
Ø39 M14
(Ø61)

(21,5)
20

18

(48,5)
M6x9 Prof.

45
On both sides
Greasing mechanism
DIN71412
Inclined 45° MT508

35

75
37,5

COURSE + 60*
COURSE + 30
Key 5x5x20
DIN6885-A 1,5 Ø40
5

40*
11

28
Ø35 H7
Ø15

NOTES:
- The values in brackets correspond to the
32
Ø14 h6

27,5
100
78

versions with KG screw.

* Version W.
29

M8x15 Prof.
= 63 = On both sides
85

Travel Drive torque, MD (Nm) Start-up torque, Approx.

Screw Maximum Performance MO (Nm) weight
Reduction (mm/revol. Weight
diameter axial (%) each
input) F (kN), load to move in dynamic stroke 0
and pitch strength 100mm
(kg)
(mm) (kN) of stroke
S H S H S H S H S H (kg)
30 Tr 20x4 10 4:1 16:1 1 0.25 34 27 (0.47xF)+0.22 (0,15xF)+0.14 0.72xF 0.28xF 2.1 0.55
KGS 2005 10 4:1 16:1 1.25 0.31 80 64 (0.25xF)+0.22 (0.08xF)+0.14 0.32xF 0.12xF 2.3 0.55

… Power required: PD (kW) = 0.157x MD (Nm).

… All the data in the table correspond to an input speed of 1,500 rpm. For other speeds, please see the calculation chapter (page 47).
... Ensure that the dynamic load of the application does not surpass the critical values indicated, in order to avoid overheating of the unit and buckling
and resonance of the screw. See calculations chapter (page 48).

266 267 268 269 276 279 280 281 282 300 301 304 306 307 312

www.n ias a.es

M2-R SCREW JACKS
Up to
10 kN TrTRAPEZ.
KGS
BALLS
01

The screw sizes indicated correspond

to the basic configurations. Other
configurations may be ordered (size,
type, etc.) on request.

Ø15j6

20
Specify orientation

15
of the nut

(1)
COURSE
Ø39

15
Greasing mechanism

18
DIN71412
Inclined 45° MT508

35

75
37,5

= 90 =
140
M6x9 Prof.
On both sides
Key 5x5x20
1,5 DIN6885-A
11

12
28
Ø35 H7
Ø15

NOTES:
32

27,5

Ø16 h6
100

130
106
- (1) See nut dimensions in the corresponding chapter.
Ø14 h6
78

29

M8x15 Prof.
= 63 = On both sides
85

Travel Drive torque, MD (Nm) Start-up torque, Approx.

Screw Maximum Performance MO (Nm) weight
Reduction (mm/revol. Weight
diameter axial (%) each
input) F (kN), load to move in dynamic stroke 0
and pitch strength 100mm
(kg)
(mm) (kN) of stroke
S H S H S H S H S H (kg)
Tr 20x4 10 4:1 16:1 1 0.25 34 27 (0.47xF)+0.22 (0,15xF)+0.14 0.72xF 0.28xF 2.1 0.42 31
KGS 2005 10 4:1 16:1 1.25 0.31 80 64 (0.25xF)+0.22 (0.08xF)+0.14 0.32xF 0.12xF 2.3 0.42

… Power required: PD (kW) = 0.157x MD (Nm).

… All the data in the table correspond to an input speed of 1,500 rpm. For other speeds, please see the calculation chapter (page 47).
... Ensure that the dynamic load of the application does not surpass the critical values indicated, in order to avoid overheating of the unit and buckling
and resonance of the screw. See calculations chapter (page 48).

266 267 268 269 270 258 258 248 246 275 276 279 300 301 302 304 312

www.n ias a.es

 M3-N/W SCREW JACKS
Up to
25 kN Tr
TRAPEZ.
KGS
BALLS

The screw sizes indicated correspond

to the basic configurations. Other
configurations may be ordered (size,
type, etc.) on request.

195
N W
= 110 =
Ø46 M20

22
M8x10 Prof.

50
On both sides

23
Greasing mechanism
DIN71412
Inclined 45° MT508

44

82
41

COURSE + 60*
COURSE + 30
Key 5x5x36
DIN6885-A Ø50
5

2
60*
12

31
Ø35 H7
Ø17

NOTES:
* Version W.
Ø16 h6

45

45
130
106

42

M10x14 Prof.
= 81 = On both sides
105

Travel Drive torque, MD (Nm) Start-up torque, Approx.

Screw Maximum Performance MO (Nm) weight
Reduction (mm/revol. Weight
diameter axial (%) each
input) F (kN), load to move in dynamic stroke 0
and pitch strength 100mm
(kg)
(mm) (kN) of stroke
S H S H S H S H S H (kg)
32 Tr 30x6 25 6:1 24:1 1 0.25 34 27 (0.47xF)+0.3 (0,15xF)+0.24 0.72xF 0.31xF 6 1.68
KGS 2505 12 6:1 24:1 0.83 0.21 81 64 (0.16xF)+0.3 (0.05xF)+0.24 0.21xF 0.09xF 7 1.68

… Power required: PD (kW) = 0.157x MD (Nm).

… All the data in the table correspond to an input speed of 1,500 rpm. For other speeds, please see the calculation chapter (page 48).
... Ensure that the dynamic load of the application does not surpass the critical values indicated, in order to avoid overheating of the unit and buckling
and resonance of the screw. See calculations chapter (page 48).

266 267 268 269 276 279 280 281 282 300 301 304 306 307 312

www.n ias a.es

M3-R SCREW JACKS
Up to
25 kN Tr
TRAPEZ.
KGS
BALLS
01

The screw sizes indicated correspond

to the basic configurations. Other
configurations may be ordered (size,
type, etc.) on request.

Ø20 j6

25
Specify orientation

20
of the nut

(1)
COURSE
Ø46

20
Greasing mechanism

23
DIN71412
Inclined 45° MT508

44

82
41

= 110 =
195
M8x10 Prof.
On both sides
Key 5x5x36
2 DIN6885-A

15
12

31
Ø35 H7
Ø17

NOTES:
45

45
Ø16 h6
130
106

180
150
- (1) See nut dimensions in the corresponding chapter.
42

M10x14 Prof.
= 81 = On both sides
105

Travel Drive torque, MD (Nm) Start-up torque, Approx.

Screw Maximum Performance MO (Nm) weight
Reduction (mm/revol. Weight
diameter axial (%) each
input) F (kN), load to move in dynamic stroke 0
and pitch strength 100mm
(kg)
(mm) (kN) of stroke
S H S H S H S H S H (kg)
Tr 30x6 25 6:1 24:1 1 0.25 34 27 (0.47xF)+0.3 (0,15xF)+0.24 0.72xF 0.31xF 6 1.14 33
KGS 2505 12 6:1 24:1 0.83 0.21 81 64 (0.16xF)+0.3 (0.05xF)+0.24 0.21xF 0.09xF 7 1.14

… Power required: PD (kW) = 0.157x MD (Nm).

… All the data in the table correspond to an input speed of 1,500 rpm. For other speeds, please see the calculation chapter (page 48).
... Ensure that the dynamic load of the application does not surpass the critical values indicated, in order to avoid overheating of the unit and buckling
and resonance of the screw. See calculations chapter (page 48).

266 267 268 269 270 258 258 248 246 275 276 279 300 301 302 304 312

www.n ias a.es

 M4-N/W SCREW JACKS
Up to
50 kN Tr
TRAPEZ.
KGS
BALLS

The screw sizes indicated correspond

to the basic configurations. Other
configurations may be ordered (size,
type, etc.) on request.

240 N W
= 150 =
Ø60 M30

29
M10x14 Prof.

65
On both sides

32
Greasing mechanism
DIN71412
Inclined 45° MT508

55

117
58,5

COURSE + 80*
COURSE + 45
Key 6x6x36
DIN6885-A Ø60
5

2
80*
15

39
Ø52 H7

NOTES:
Ø25

* Version W.
63

47,5
Ø20 h6
180
150

63

M12x16 Prof.
= 115 = On both sides
145

Travel Drive torque, MD (Nm) Start-up torque, Approx.

Screw Maximum Performance MO (Nm) weight
Reduction (mm/revol. Weight
diameter axial (%) each
input) F (kN), load to move in dynamic stroke 0
and pitch strength 100mm
(kg)
(mm) (kN) of stroke
S H S H S H S H S H (kg)
Tr 40x7 50 7:1 28:1 1 0.25 32 26 (0.51xF)+0.7 (0,15xF)+0.5 0.84xF 0.33xF 17 2.65
34 KGS 4005 22 7:1 28:1 0.71 0.18 81 67 (0.14xF)+0.7 (0.04xF)+0.5 0.18xF 0.07xF 19 2.65
KGS 4010 42 7:1 28:1 1.43 0.36 81 67 (0.28xF)+0.7 (0.09xF)+0.5 0.37xF 0.15xF 19 2.65

… Power required: PD (kW) = 0.157x MD (Nm).

… All the data in the table correspond to an input speed of 1,500 rpm. For other speeds, please see the calculation chapter (page 47).
... Ensure that the dynamic load of the application does not surpass the critical values indicated, in order to avoid overheating of the unit and buckling
and resonance of the screw. See calculations chapter (page 48).

266 267 268 269 276 279 280 281 282 300 301 304 306 307 312

www.n ias a.es

M4-R SCREW JACKS
Up to
50 kN Tr
TRAPEZ.
KGS
BALLS
01

The screw sizes indicated correspond

to the basic configurations. Other
configurations may be ordered (size,
type, etc.) on request.
Ø25 j6

30
Specify orientation
R

25
of the nut

(1)
COURSE
Ø60

25
Greasing mechanism

32
DIN71412
Inclined 45° MT508

55

117
58,5

= 150 =
240
M10x14 Prof.
On both sides
Key 6x6x36
2 DIN6885-A
15

17
39
Ø52 H7
Ø25

NOTES:
63

47,5
180
150

200
166
- (1) See nut dimensions in the corresponding chapter.
Ø20 h6

63

M12x16 Prof.
= 115 = On both sides
145

Travel Drive torque, MD (Nm) Start-up torque, Approx.

Screw Maximum Performance MO (Nm) weight
Reduction (mm/revol. Weight
diameter axial (%) each
input) F (kN), load to move in dynamic stroke 0
and pitch strength 100mm
(kg)
(mm) (kN) of stroke
S H S H S H S H S H (kg)
Tr 40x7 50 7:1 28:1 1 0.25 32 26 (0.51xF)+0.7 (0,15xF)+0.5 0.84xF 0.33xF 17 1.67
KGS 4005 22 7:1 28:1 0.71 0.18 81 67 (0.14xF)+0.7 (0.04xF)+0.5 0.18xF 0.07xF 19 1.67 35
KGS 4010 42 7:1 28:1 1.43 0.36 81 67 (0.28xF)+0.7 (0.09xF)+0.5 0.37xF 0.15xF 19 1.67

… Power required: PD (kW) = 0.157x MD (Nm).

… All the data in the table correspond to an input speed of 1,500 rpm. For other speeds, please see the calculation chapter (page 47).
... Ensure that the dynamic load of the application does not surpass the critical values indicated, in order to avoid overheating of the unit and buckling
and resonance of the screw. See calculations chapter (page 48).

266 267 268 269 270 258 258 248 246 275 276 279 300 301 302 304 312

www.n ias a.es

 M5-N/W SCREW JACKS
Up to
100 kN Tr
TRAPEZ.
KGS
BALLS

The screw sizes indicated correspond

to the basic configurations. Other
configurations may be ordered (size,
type, etc.) on request.

300 N W
= 170 =
Ø85 M36

48
M12x16 Prof.

95
On both sides

40
Greasing mechanism
DIN71412
Inclined 45° MT508

60

160
80

COURSE + 80*
COURSE + 55
Key 8x7x56
DIN6885-A Ø82
5

2,5
90*
17

46
Ø52 H7

NOTES:
Ø28

* Version W.
71

67,5
200
166
Ø25 h6

66

M20x30 Prof.
= 131 = On both sides
165

Drive torque, MD (Nm) Start-up torque, Approx.

Screw Maximum Travel (mm/ Performance MO (Nm) weight
Reduction Weight
diameter axial revol. input) (%) each
F (kN), load to move in dynamic stroke 0
and pitch strength 100mm
(kg)
(mm) (kN) of stroke
S H S H S H S H S H (kg)
36 Tr 55x9 100 9:1 36:1 1 0.25 30 24 (0.54xF)+1.68 (0.17xF)+1.02 0.88xF 0.36xF 32 4.12
KGS 5010 65 9:1 36:1 1.11 0.28 81 65 (0.22xF)+1.68 (0.07xF)+1.02 0.29xF 0.12xF 35 4.12

… Power required: PD (kW) = 0.157x MD (Nm).

… All the data in the table correspond to an input speed of 1,500 rpm. For other speeds, please see the calculation chapter (page 47).
... Ensure that the dynamic load of the application does not surpass the critical values indicated, in order to avoid overheating of the unit and buckling
and resonance of the screw. See calculations chapter (page 48).

266 267 268 269 276 279 280 281 282 300 301 304 306 307 312

www.n ias a.es

 M5-R SCREW JACKS
Up to
100 kN Tr
TRAPEZ.
KGS
BALLS
01

The screw sizes indicated correspond

to the basic configurations. Other
configurations may be ordered (size,
type, etc.) on request.

Ø40j6

45
Specify orientation

25
of the nut

(1)
COURSE
Ø85

25
Greasing mechanism

40
DIN71412
Inclined 45° MT508

60

160
80

= 170 =
300
M12x16 Prof.
On both sides
Key 8x7x56
2,5 DIN6885-A
17

20
46
Ø52 H7
Ø28

NOTES:
71

67,5
200
166

210
170
- (1) See nut dimensions in the corresponding chapter.
Ø25 h6

Ø25 h6
66

M20x30 Prof.
= 131 = On both sides
165

Travel Drive torque, MD (Nm) Start-up torque, Approx.

Screw Maximum Performance MO (Nm) weight
Reduction (mm/revol. Weight
diameter axial (%) each
input) F (kN), load to move in dynamic stroke 0
and pitch strength 100mm
(kg)
(mm) (kN) of stroke
S H S H S H S H S H (kg)
Tr 55x9 100 9:1 36:1 1 0.25 30 24 (0.54xF)+1.68 (0.17xF)+1.02 0.88xF 0.36xF 32 3.04 37
KGS 5010 65 9:1 36:1 1.11 0.28 81 65 (0.22xF)+1.68 (0.07xF)+1.02 0.29xF 0.12xF 35 3.04

… Power required: PD (kW) = 0.157x MD (Nm).

… All the data in the table correspond to an input speed of 1,500 rpm. For other speeds, please see the calculation chapter (page 47).
... Ensure that the dynamic load of the application does not surpass the critical values indicated, in order to avoid overheating of the unit and buckling
and resonance of the screw. See calculations chapter (page 48).

266 267 268 269 270 258 258 248 246 275 276 279 300 301 302 304 312

www.n ias a.es

 J1-N/W SCREW JACKS
Up to
150 kN Tr
TRAPEZ.
KGS
BALLS

The screw sizes indicated correspond

to the basic configurations. Other
configurations may be ordered (size,
type, etc.) on request.

N W
325
= 200 =
Ø90 M48x2

48
M12x16 Prof.

95
On both sides

40
Greasing mechanism
DIN71412
Inclined 45° MT508

60

175
87,5

COURSE + 110*
COURSE + 55
Key 8x7x56
DIN6885-A Ø90
5

8
100*
20

49
Ø52 H7
Ø28

NOTES:
* Version W.
71

65
210
170
Ø25 h6

70

M24x40 Prof.
= 155 = On both sides
195

Travel Drive torque, MD (Nm) Start-up torque, Approx.

Screw Maximum Performance MO (Nm) weight
Reduction (mm/revol. Weight
diameter axial (%) each
input) F (kN), load to move in dynamic stroke 0
and pitch strength 100mm
(kg)
(mm) (kN) of stroke
38 S H S H S H S H S H (kg)
Tr 60x9 150 9:1 36:1 1 0.25 28 21 (0.57xF)+1.8 (0.19xF)+1.15 0.88xF 0.36xF 41 4.3

… Power required: PD (kW) = 0.157x MD (Nm).

… All the data in the table correspond to an input speed of 1,500 rpm. For other speeds, please see the calculation chapter (page 47).
... Ensure that the dynamic load of the application does not surpass the critical values indicated, in order to avoid overheating of the unit and buckling
and resonance of the screw. See calculations chapter (page 48).

266 267 268 269 276 279 280 281 282 300 301 304 306 307 312

www.n ias a.es

J1-R SCREW JACKS
Up to
150 kN Tr
TRAPEZ.
KGS
BALLS
01

The screw sizes indicated correspond

to the basic configurations. Other
configurations may be ordered (size,
type, etc.) on request.

Ø45j6
R

55
Specify orientation

25
of the nut

(1)
COURSE
Ø90

25
Greasing mechanism

40
DIN71412
Inclined 45° MT508

60

175
87,5

= 200 =
325
M12x16 Prof.
On both sides
Key 8x7x56
8 DIN6885-A
20

25
49
Ø52 H7
Ø28

NOTES:

240
190
71

65
210
170

- (1) See nut dimensions in the corresponding chapter.

Ø25 h6

70

M24x40 Prof.
= 155 = On both sides
195

Travel Drive torque, MD (Nm) Start-up torque, Approx.

Screw Maximum Performance MO (Nm) weight
Reduction (mm/revol. Weight
diameter axial (%) each
input) F (kN), load to move in dynamic stroke 0
and pitch strength 100mm
(kg)
(mm) (kN) of stroke
S H S H S H S H S H (kg) 39
Tr 60x9 150 9:1 36:1 1 0.25 28 21 (0.57xF)+1.8 (0.19xF)+1.15 0.88xF 0.36xF 41 3.1

… Power required: PD (kW) = 0.157x MD (Nm).

… All the data in the table correspond to an input speed of 1,500 rpm. For other speeds, please see the calculation chapter (page 47).
... Ensure that the dynamic load of the application does not surpass the critical values indicated, in order to avoid overheating of the unit and buckling
and resonance of the screw. See calculations chapter (page 48).

266 267 268 269 270 258 258 248 246 275 276 279 300 301 302 304 312

www.n ias a.es

 J3-N/W SCREW JACKS
Up to
250 kN Tr TRAPEZ.
KGS
BALLS

The screw sizes indicated correspond

to the basic configurations. Other
configurations may be ordered (size,
type, etc.) on request.

355 N W
= 225 =
Ø120 M64x3

58

110
Greasing mechanism DIN71412

40
Inclined 45° MT508

165
82,5
°
60
Ø80

COURSE + 110*
COURSE + 55
M12x18Prof.
On both sides

Key 8x7x56
DIN6885-A Ø115
5

8
110*
25

60
Ø58 H7
Ø32

NOTES:
* Version W.
80

67,5
240
190
Ø30 h6

75

M30x45 Prof.
= 170 = On both sides
220

Travel Drive torque, MD (Nm) Start-up torque, Approx.

Screw Maximum Performance MO (Nm) weight
Reduction (mm/revol. Weight
diameter axial (%) each
input) F (kN), load to move in dynamic stroke 0
and pitch strength 100mm
(kg)
(mm) (kN) of stroke
S H S H S H S H S H (kg)
40 Tr 80x10 250 10:1 40:1 1 0.25 24 21 (0.65xF)+2.6 (0.19xF)+1.9 0.94xF 0.33xF 57 7.8
KGS 8010 78 10:1 40:1 1 0.25 81 69 (0.2xF)+2.6 (0.06xF)+1.9 0.22xF 0.08xF 63 7.8

… Power required: PD (kW) = 0.157x MD (Nm).

… All the data in the table correspond to an input speed of 1,500 rpm. For other speeds, please see the calculation chapter (page 47).
... Ensure that the dynamic load of the application does not surpass the critical values indicated, in order to avoid overheating of the unit and buckling
and resonance of the screw. See calculations chapter (page 48).

266 267 268 269 276 279 280 281 282 300 301 304 306 307 312

www.n ias a.es

J3-R SCREW JACKS
Up to
250 kN Tr TRAPEZ.
KGS
BALLS
01

The screw sizes indicated correspond

to the basic configurations. Other
configurations may be ordered (size,
type, etc.) on request.

Ø60j6

75

25
Specify orientation
of the nut

(1)
COURSE
Ø120

25
Greasing mechanism

40
DIN71412
Inclined 45° MT508

165
82,5
°
Ø80 60
= 225 =
355 M12x18 Prof.
On both sides

Key 8x7x56
8 DIN6885-A

30
25

60
Ø58 H7
Ø32

NOTES:
Ø30 h6

80
240
190

67,5 - (1) See nut dimensions in the corresponding chapter.

290
230
75

M30x45 Prof.
= 170 = On both sides
220

Travel Drive torque, MD (Nm) Start-up torque, Approx.

Screw Maximum Performance MO (Nm) weight
Reduction (mm/revol. Weight
diameter axial (%) each
input) F (kN), load to move in dynamic stroke 0
and pitch strength 100mm
(kg)
(mm) (kN) of stroke
S H S H S H S H S H (kg)
Tr 80x10 250 10:1 40:1 1 0.25 24 21 (0.65xF)+2.6 (0.19xF)+1.9 0.94xF 0.33xF 57 6.13 41
KGS 8010 78 10:1 40:1 1 0.25 81 69 (0.2xF)+2.6 (0.06xF)+1.9 0.22xF 0.08xF 63 6.13

… Power required: PD (kW) = 0.157x MD (Nm).

… All the data in the table correspond to an input speed of 1,500 rpm. For other speeds, please see the calculation chapter (page 47).
... Ensure that the dynamic load of the application does not surpass the critical values indicated, in order to avoid overheating of the unit and buckling
and resonance of the screw. See calculations chapter (page 48).

266 267 268 269 270 258 258 248 246 275 276 279 300 301 302 304 312

www.n ias a.es

 J4-N/W SCREW JACKS
Up to
350 kN Tr TRAPEZ.
KGS
BALLS

The screw sizes indicated correspond

to the basic configurations. Other
configurations may be ordered (size,
type, etc.) on request. Consult versions
with ball screw.
N W
380
= 255 =
Ø145 M72x3

78

140
Greasing mechanism DIN71412

50
Inclined 45° MT508

220
110
°
60
Ø100

COURSE + 130*
COURSE + 65
M16x30 Prof.
On both sides

Key 10x8x56
DIN6885-A Ø133
5

8
130*
30

100 65
Ø72 H7
Ø40

NOTES:
65 * Version W.
Ø35 h6
290
230

95

M36x54 Prof.
= 190 = On both sides
250

Drive torque, MD (Nm) Start-up torque, Approx.

Screw Maximum Travel (mm/ Performance MO (Nm) weight
Reduction Weight
diameter axial revol. input) (%) each
F (kN), load to move in dynamic stroke 0
and pitch strength 100mm
(kg)
(mm) (kN) of stroke
42 S H S H S H S H S H (kg)
Tr 100x10 350 10:1 40:1 1 0.25 21 18 (0.77xF)+3.2 (0.22xF)+2.2 1.22xF 0.4xF 85 9.8

… Power required: PD (kW) = 0.157x MD (Nm).

… All the data in the table correspond to an input speed of 1,000 rpm. For other speeds, please see the calculation chapter (page 47).
... Ensure that the dynamic load of the application does not surpass the critical values indicated, in order to avoid overheating of the unit and buckling
and resonance of the screw. See calculations chapter (page 48).

266 267 268 269 276 279 280 281 282 300 301 304 306 307 312

www.n ias a.es

J4-R SCREW JACKS
Up to
350 kN Tr TRAPEZ.
KGS
BALLS
01

The screw sizes indicated correspond

to the basic configurations. Other
configurations may be ordered (size,
type, etc.) on request. Consult versions
with ball screw.

Ø80j6 R

100
Specify orientation

25
of the nut

(1)
COURSE
Ø145

25
Greasing mechanism

50
DIN71412
Inclined 45° MT508

220
110
°
60

Ø100
= 255 =
380 M16x30 Prof.
On both sides
Key 10x8x56
8 DIN6885-A

35
30

65
Ø72 H7
Ø40

NOTES:
100

65

360
290
290
230
Ø35 h6

- (1) See nut dimensions in the corresponding chapter.

95

M36x54 Prof.
= 190 = On both sides
250

Travel Drive torque, MD (Nm) Start-up torque, Approx.

Screw Maximum Performance MO (Nm) weight
Reduction (mm/revol. Weight
diameter axial (%) each
input) F (kN), load to move in dynamic stroke 0
and pitch strength 100mm
(kg)
(mm) (kN) of stroke
S H S H S H S H S H (kg) 43
Tr 100x10 350 10:1 40:1 1 0.25 21 18 (0.77xF)+3.2 (0.22xF)+2.2 1.22xF 0.4xF 85 7.9

… Power required: PD (kW) = 0.157x MD (Nm).

… All the data in the table correspond to an input speed of 1,000 rpm. For other speeds, please see the calculation chapter (page 47).
... Ensure that the dynamic load of the application does not surpass the critical values indicated, in order to avoid overheating of the unit and buckling
and resonance of the screw. See calculations chapter (page 48).

266 267 268 269 270 258 258 248 246 275 276 279 300 301 302 304 312

www.n ias a.es

 J5-N/W SCREW JACKS
Up to
500 kN Tr TRAPEZ.
KGS
BALLS

The screw sizes indicated correspond

to the basic configurations. Other
configurations may be ordered (size,
type, etc.) on request. Consult versions
with ball screw.
N W
Ø80j6
500

100
= 305 =
Specify orientation

25
Ø170 of the nut M100x3

(1)
118

COURSE
200
Ø145 Greasing mechanism DIN71412

60
Inclined 45° MT508

25
Greasing mechanism

50
DIN71412

266
Inclined 45° MT508

133
°
60

220
Ø115

COURSE + 130*
COURSE + 90

110
M16x40 Prof.

°
60
On both sides Ø100
= 255 =
380 M16x30 Prof.
Key 14x9x90
DIN6885-A On both sides
Ø153
5

8 Key 10x8x56 150*

8 DIN6885-A
35

135H7 75
Ø80 H7
30

NOTES:
Ø50

65

* Version W.
Ø40

100
360
290
Ø48 h6

115 Ø72

NOTES:
100

er. 65
290
230
Ø35 h6

- (1) See nut dimensions in the corresponding chapter.

95

M42x80 Prof.
= 230 = On both sidesProf.
M36x54
= 300 190 = On both sides
250

Travel Drive torque, MD (Nm) Start-up torque, Approx.

Screw Maximum Performance MO (Nm) weight
Reduction (mm/revol. Weight
diameter axial (%) each
input) F (kN), load to move in dynamic stroke 0
and pitch strength 100mm
(kg)
(mm) (kN) of stroke
44 S H S H S H S H S H (kg)
Tr 120x14 500 14:1 56:1 1 0.25 24 20 (0.67xF)+4 (0.2xF)+2.9 0.99xF 0.4xF 160 13.8

… Power required: PD (kW) = 0.157x MD (Nm).

… All the data in the table correspond to an input speed of 1,000 rpm. For other speeds, please see the calculation chapter (page 47).
... Ensure that the dynamic load of the application does not surpass the critical values indicated, in order to avoid overheating of the unit and buckling
and resonance of the screw. See calculations chapter (page 48).

266 267 268 269 276 279 280 281 282 300 301 304 306 307 312

www.n ias a.es

J5-R SCREW JACKS
Up to
500 kN Tr TRAPEZ.
KGS
BALLS
01

The screw sizes indicated correspond

to the basic configurations. Other
configurations may be ordered (size,
type, etc.) on request. Consult versions
with ball screw.

Ø95 j6
R

120
Specify orientation

30
of the nut

(1)
COURSE
Ø170

30
Greasing mechanism

60
DIN71412
Inclined 45° MT508

266
133
°
60

Ø115
= 305 =
500 M16x40 Prof.
On both sides

Key 14x9x90
8 DIN6885-A
35

75
Ø80 H7
Ø50

NOTES:
135

100
360
290
Ø48 h6

- (1) See nut dimensions in the corresponding chapter.

115

M42x80 Prof.
= 230 = On both sides
300

Travel Drive torque, MD (Nm) Start-up torque, Approx.

Screw Maximum Performance MO (Nm) weight
Reduction (mm/revol. Weight
diameter axial (%) each
input) F (kN), load to move in dynamic stroke 0
and pitch strength 100mm
(kg)
(mm) (kN) of stroke
S H S H S H S H S H (kg) 45
Tr 120x14 500 14:1 56:1 1 0.25 24 20 (0.67xF)+4 (0.2xF)+2.9 0.99xF 0.4xF 160 11.5

… Power required: PD (kW) = 0.157x MD (Nm).

… All the data in the table correspond to an input speed of 1,000 rpm. For other speeds, please see the calculation chapter (page 47).
... Ensure that the dynamic load of the application does not surpass the critical values indicated, in order to avoid overheating of the unit and buckling
and resonance of the screw. See calculations chapter (page 48).

266 267 268 269 270 258 258 248 246 275 276 279 300 301 302 304 312

www.n ias a.es

 SCREW JACKS
Product selection
To select the correct screw jack, please follow this flow diagram.
If you would like to know the expected service life of a unit for
your application, please send the relevant data to the NIASA
service department.

46
 01
1 SCREW JACK MODEL
AND SIZE DEFINITION APPLICATION

SCREW Page Page NUT

MOVES (Type N/W) 24 24 MOVES (Type R)

Page
SIZE PRE-SELECTION 24

2 SCREW AND REDUCTION

TYPE DEFINITION
SCREW TYPE Page
28
Page
28 REDUCTION

Ball (KGS)
NORMAL (S)
Trapezoidal (Tr)
REDUCED (H)
SPECIAL

3 SIZE VALIDATION F

BUCKLING Only for loads Page

with compres- 49
sion

NOK OK

Page
RESONANCE Only if type R 50

NOK OK

Page
OVER-HEATING 51

NOK OK
F F Page
LATERAL LOADS 51

4 DRIVE TORQUE AND POWER

CALCULATION INDEPENDENT SCREW JACK SCREW JACK SYSTEM

Page TORQUE AND POWER TORQUE AND POWER Page

52 CALCULATION 53
CALCULATION 47
Page
56 STANDARD DRIVE SPECIAL DRIVE

5 ADDITIONAL CONFIGURATION
AND ACCESSORIES
ADDITIONAL CONFIGURATION
- Screw sides
- Input shaft
- Lubrication Page
- Corrosion protection 57
Page
- Sealing
ACCESSORIES 260
- Ambient temperature
- ...

6 PLACING AN ORDER PLACING AN ORDER

Page
60

www.n ias a.es

 SCREW JACKS
Product selection

FORCE AND TORQUE ACTING

ON A SCREW JACK

F Load to move at traction and/or compression.

FL Lateral load on the screw.
V Travel speed of the screw or the nut.
FA Axial load on the input shaft.
FR Radial load on the input shaft.
MD Torque on the input shaft.
n Speed on the input shaft.
nS Screw turning speed.

F
nS

FL
V FL

FR

FA

MD
FR
n

48
FA

MD
n

N/W R

www.n ias a.es

SCREW JACKS 01
Product selection

CRITICAL COMPRESSION BUCKLING

LOAD OF A SCREW JACK

When there are compression loads on the screw, it may fail F

due to buckling, before reaching its static load capacity. F F
F
If the critical compression buckling load calculated is lower Articulado
Articulated
Libre
Free
than the actual compression buckling load applied, a screw Articulado
Libre
jack with a larger diameter screw must be selected and its
suitability checked.

L L
Check it using the following steps:

L L
Articulado
Articulated
1. Compression buckling length AND CORRECTOR FACTOR Articulado
Select the length L (mm) and the factor K, to be considered Fijo
Fixed
in the buckling critical load calculation. Do this based on the Fijo
type of support on the sides of the screw jack, according to the K=2 K=1
figures shown on the right. K=2 K=1

2. Buckling critical load F

F

Fcrit (kN)= 33,91 x d4 Guiado

(K x L)2 Guiado
Articulated
F
d Screw core diameter (mm). F Guiado
L Buckling length (mm). Guiado
Articulated
L L

K Length corrector factor.

L L
Important
Fijo Fijo
…… In general, the load applied on the screw jack, including Fijo
Fixed Fijo
Fixed
possible impacts, must not surpass the calculated value. K = 0,7 K = 0,7
K = 0,7 K = 0,7
…… The safety factor considered is 3; reconsider this if so
considered opportune for the specific application. As a
recommendation, when a hypothetical screw jack failure
may involve injuries to people, multiply the critical load
calculated by an additional factor of 0.6 (final safety 49
factor, 5).

d - Screw core diameter (mm).

Trapezoidal screw (Tr)

18x4 20x4 30x6 40x7 55x9 60x9 80x10 100x10 120x14
13 14.5 22.3 31.2 44 49 67.9 87.9 103.5

Ball screw (KGS)

1605 2005 2505 4005 4010 5010 8010
12.9 16.9 21.9 36.9 34.1 44.1 74.1

www.n ias a.es

 SCREW JACKS
Product selection

CRITICAL RESONANCE SPEED

OF A SCREW JACK
Applicable to the R version (the screw rotates
and the nut moves).

With reduced diameter and long length screws, there is a

Free Articulated Articula
risk of having considerable vibration on turning if this occurs
at speeds close to the first vibration frequency (the second
and highest correspond to very high speeds, at which the
screws never work). In the worst cases, the screw may break

L
L
and, additionally, the risk of collapse due to side buckling
considerably increases.
For these reasons, be sure that the screw jack screw works Articulated
at considerably lower rotation speeds than resonance speeds.
If not, select a screw of a larger diameter and/or reduce its Fixed Fixed
turning speed and/or modify the screw jack end supports.
M = 0,34 M = 0,97

1. LENGTH, RESONANCE AND CORRECTOR FACTOR

Select the length L and the correction factor M to consider. Do

this based on the types of supports on the
Free sides of the screw
Articulated Articulated Fixed
jack, according to the figures shown on the right.

2. Maximum admissible speed

L
L

L
nadm (rpm)= M x d2Articulated
x 108
L
Fixed d Screw core diameter (mm). Fixed Fixed
L Length between supports (mm).
M Corrector factor according to supports.
M = 0,34 M = 0,97 M = 1,51 M = 2,19

Important

…… The safety factor considered is 1.25 (maximum admissible

speed = 80% of the critical resonance speed).
50
d - Screw core diameter (mm)

Trapezoidal screw (Tr)

18x4 20x4 30x6 40x7 55x9 60x9 80x10 100x10 120x14
13 14.5 22.3 31.2 44 49 67.9 87.9 103.5

Ball screw (KGS)

1605 2005 2505 4005 4010 5010 8010
12.9 16.9 21.9 36.9 34.1 44.1 74.1

www.n ias a.es

SCREW JACKS 01
Product selection

OVERHEATING
OF A SCREW JACK F x V ≤ Fmaxx Vmax x ft

F Axial strength on the screw (kN).

With the aim of avoiding overheating due to internal friction V Advance speed of the screw (mm/min).
of the screw jacks, the axial strength and the advance speed Fmax Axial load capacity of the screw jack (kN).
must be controlled. To do this, check the unit selected with the ft Temperature factor, according to the diagram.
following formula.
If it does not comply, choose a larger screw jack and/or reduce Vmax Vmax ( mm ) = 1.500 ( 1 ) x advance ( mm )
min min rev
the load and/or reduce the speed.
For input speeds over 1,500 rpm, please contact the
For very small strokes, please contact the NIASA technical NIASA technical department.
department.

ft These ft values correspond to configuration N. For configuration H, multiply by 2.

1.0
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
KGS
0.2

0.1
0.09
0.08 M1
0.07 M2
0.06 M3
0.05 M4
0.04 J1 M5
J3 J4
0.03 J5
A 10 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 (%)

B 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 (%)
A: Table for 60 minute intervals at 20ºC.
B: Table for 10 minute intervals at 20ºC.

LATERAL LOAD
OF A SCREW JACK 51

Important
NIASA recommends that, if they exist, the lateral loads on
the screw must be supported by guide systems designed …… If it is essential that the screw jack is subject to lateral
for this purpose, in addition to the guide for the gearbox, so loads, please contact the NIASA design department for
that the screw or the nut exclusively support axial traction/ correct design of the unit.
compression loads.
…… This includes the horizontal mountings, on which the
If there are side loads, the life of the screw jack will be notably screw can flex when subject to the action of its own
reduced, as there will be premature wear of the screw and the weight.
nut, which is often the origin of faults.

www.n ias a.es

 SCREW JACKS
Product selection

DRIVE TORQUE AND ηDG Gearbox dynamic efficiency

POWER OF AN INDEPENDENT rpm

input M1 M2 M3
S version (normal speed)
M4 M5 J1 J3 J4 J5
SCREW JACK 3,000 0.91 0.9 0.92 Non-standard
Non-stan-
1,500 0.88 0.89 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 dard
1,000 0.87 0.88 0.88 0.88 0.87 0.89 0.89 0.9 0.91
After pre-selecting the suitable screw jack for the application,
750 0.85 0.87 0.87 0.87 0.86 0.88 0.89 0.9 0.91
select the drive motor, following the steps below.
500 0.84 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.84 0.87 0.88 0.89 0.9
100 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.78 0.81 0.84 0.85 0.88

1. Drive torque rpm H version (reduced speed)

input M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 J1 J3 J4 J5
FxP 3,000 0.75 0.77 0.76 Non-standard
MD (Nm) = + MI
2 x π x ηDG x η DS x i Non-stan-
1,500 0.69 0.71 0.71 0.74 0.72 0.68 0.77 dard
F Load to elevate in dynamic (kN) 1,000 0.67 0.69 0.68 0.69 0.67 0.67 0.76 0.77 0.75
750 0.64 0.66 0.67 0.68 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.77 0.74
P Screw pitch (mm)
500 0.61 0.64 0.63 0.64 0.62 0.64 0.74 0.76 0.72
MI Idle torque (Nm) 100 0.54 0.56 0.54 0.55 0.53 0.55 0.66 0.69 0.62
i Screw jack gearbox
ηDG Gearbox dynamic efficiency ηDS Screw dynamic efficiency
ηDS Screw dynamic efficiency
Trapezoidal screw (Tr)
18x4 20x4 30x6 40x7 55x9 60x9 80x10 100x10 120x14
2. Power required 0.41 0.38 0.38 0.35 0.33 0.31 0.27 0.23 0.26

MD x n Ball screw (KGS)

PD (kW)= 0.9 (for all sizes)
9550
MD Drive torque (Nm) MI Idle Torque
n Screw jack input speed (rpm)
S version (normal speed)
M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 J1 J3 J4 J5
Important
0.08 0.22 0.3 0.7 1.68 1.8 2.6 3.2 4
…… In general, it is advisable to multiply the power value H version (reduced speed)
calculated for a safety coefficient of 1.3 to 1.5; or for small
M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 J1 J3 J4 J5
installations, a factor of 2.
0.06 0.14 0.24 0.5 1.02 1.15 1.9 2.2 2.9
…… When the load to move is lower than 10% of the elevator's
nominal load, consider that value for the previous ηSA Screw jack static efficiency
calculations.
S version (normal speed)
3. Start-up torque M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 J1 J3 J4 J5
Trapez. 0.24 0.22 0.22 0.19 0.18 0.18 0.17 0.13 0.16
For loads between 25% and 100% of the screw jack's nominal
52 value, calculate the start-up torque with this formula:
Balls 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.62 0.61 0.65 0.71 0.68 0.7

H version (reduced speed)

FxP M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 J1 J3 J4 J5
MD (Nm) =
2 x π x ηSA x i Trapez. 0.15 0.14 0.13 0.12 0.11 0.11 0.12 0.1 0.1
Balls 0.39 0.41 0.39 0.39 0.36 0.4 0.5 0.51 0.44
ηSA Screw jack static efficiency
(gearbox + screw) Important

…… The values indicated in the tables correspond to the

Important lubrication conditions established by NIASA, for gearbox and
screw, and will be reached after a small period of operation.
…… For loads under 25% of the screw jack's nominal value,
select the start-up torque by multiplying the drive torque …… In the case of low temperatures, these can be reduced
by 2. considerably.
www.n ias a.es
SCREW JACKS 01
Product selection

PLANNING INSTALLATIONS WITH

SCREW JACKS
Example:
For the application of screw jacks in installations with several
units, the following criteria must be taken into account: Elevation system with four screw jacks and two bevel
gearboxes.

1. Define the number, position and orientation of the screw

jacks. Bevel gearbox
2. Select the drag components (couplings, transmission shafts,
supports, bevel gearboxes, motors, etc.) taking the following
Screw jack Coupling
recommendations into account: Transmission
shaft
…… Ensure that the total load is distributed uniformly between
all the installation's screw jacks.
…… The lowest possible number of transmission parts is
recommended.
…… The transmission shafts should be as short as possible.
…… Try to protect the overall installation with a safety torque
limiter.

3. If during the design of the installation a problem arises in

defining the turning sense of the different elements, it is
advised to apply the following method:
…… Indicate the orientation of the screw jack elements.
…… Mark the screw turning sense on each screw jack to “lift”.
…… Show the position of the bevel gearboxes and the
transmission shafts in a diagram.

53

www.n ias a.es

 SCREW JACKS
Product selection

DRIVE TORQUE
OF A SCREW JACK
SYSTEM
The drive torque of a system made up of several screw jacks To help the calculation, some frequent arrangements are
connected to each other depends on the torque required shown for those for which the system's drive torque can be
for the individual drive of each one and the efficiency of the calculated approximately using the formula below.
transmission parts that connect them.
It is assumed that the load distribution is uniform between all
the units and that they are all the same size.

Example:

MDS (Nm)= MD x fS
SCREW JACK 1

SCREW JACK 2

MD Independent screw jack drive torque

fS Factor, depending on system (see figures next page)

Transmission shaft V1 Bevel gearbox

2. System start-up torque

For loads by screw jack between 25% and 100% of the screw
jack's nominal value, calculate the start-up torque with this
formula:
Transmission
shaft
V2 MDS
MDS (Nm) =
ηSJ
MDS System drive torque (Nm)
SCREW JACK 3
ηSJ Elevator static efficiency

1. System drive torque

Important

MD1 MD3 1 …… For loads by elevator lower than 25% of its nominal value,
MDS (Nm) =
ηV1
+ MD2 +(ηV2
x
ηk ) multiply the system drive torque by 2.

MD1/MD2/MD3 Screw jack drive torque 1 / 2 / 3 (Nm)

ηV1/ηV2 Gearbox efficiency V1 / V2
(0.90-0.95 approx.)
54
ηK Distribution gearbox efficiency (0.90 approx.)

Important

…… In general, it is advisable to multiply the value calculated for

a safety coefficient of 1.3 to 1.5; or for small installations, a
factor of 2.
…… When the load to move is lower than 10% of the elevator's
nominal load, consider that value for the previous
calculations.
fs = 2.1 fs = 2.25

01

fs = 3.34

fs = 2.25

fs = 6.8

fs = 3.27

fs = 3.35
fs = 3.1

fs = 4.4

fs = 4.6
55

www.n ias a.es

 SCREW JACKS
Product selection

STANDARD DRIVE
The standard drive of the screw jacks is made using For another size or different type of drive, please contact
AC motors. NIASA. NIASA can supply alternating or stepper motors with
sensors of any type, etc.
The following table shows the powers available for each screw
jack size and the type of flange on the motor, in addition to the
length of its fastening flange to the gearbox.

Motor group
56 63 71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180
Motor flange Power (kW)
A B A B A B A B A B A B A A B A B A B
0.06 0.09 0.12 0.18 0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22
L 57 60 67
M1
Motor flange B14 B14 B14
L 63 70 83
M2
Motor flange B14 B14 B14
L 91 101 113 123
M3
Motor flange B5 B14 B14 B14
L 91 101 113 123
M4
Motor flange B5 B5 B14 B14
L 125 135 145 167 201
M5
Motor flange B5 B5 B14 B14 B14
L 145 165 199
J1
Motor flange B14 B14 B14
L 135 145 167 201 203
J3
Motor flange B5 B5 B5 B5 B5

For asynchronous motor specifications, see the motorization chapter (page 312).

Unit spacer bushing In the case of using ball screws (or trapezoidal screws
with more than one input), together with the normal speed
Coupling
gearboxes (S) the screw jack may be reversible. Contact the
56 Motor spacer bushing
NIASA technical department for the most suitable brake
selection for your application.
In general, it is always advisable that the motors incorporate
a brake, standard brakes are sufficient for each motor size in
most cases. This will ensure the screw does not loose position
when it stops or if there are vibrations, etc.

L L Motor

www.n ias a.es

SCREW JACKS 01
Product selection
MAXIMUM TRANSFERABLE TORQUE DEPENDING ON SHAFT/ PARALLEL
COTTER PIN (DIN 6885)
The following table shows the maximum transferable torque b

t2
for a shaft and its keys. It is considered that the shaft is subject
exclusively to torsional forces.

h
Important

t1
…… Never apply to the input shaft of a screw jack
torques over those indicated for its shaft
and keys (see plans in the sub-chapter “sizes”).
Ø L1

Maximum transferable torque, MD (Nm)

Shaft Key dimensions
Key effective length, L1 (mm)
diameter
Ø (mm) bxh t1 t2 10 16 20 28 40 50 70
(mm) (mm) (mm)
8 – 10 3x3 1.8 1.4 5 9 12 - - - - Material: C45 (1.1191) according to EN 10083-1
10 – 12 4x4 2.5 1.8 9 13 17 - - - - Load type: Drive - Uniform /
12 – 17 5x5 3 2.3 15 24 30 42 - - - Load - Light knocks
17 – 22 6x6 3.5 2.8 25 40 50 70 100 - - Assembly: tight
22 – 30 8x7 4 3.3 39 63 78 109 157 195 - Cycles: >1,000,000
30 – 38 10 x 8 5 3.3 50 82 102 143 204 255 357 Safety factor: 1.5 - 2.5
38 – 44 12 x 8 5 3.3 62 98 123 173 247 308 432 IMPORTANT For other conditions, please
44 – 50 14 x 9 5.5 3.8 82 132 164 230 330 412 575 contact the NIASA technical department

LUBRICATION
NIASA screw jacks are supplied lubricated with DIVINOL start-up and approximately every six months.
LITHOGREASE G421 type grease. This is a semi-synthetic It is important to avoid over-lubricating.
grease with a lithium compound with the following
A group lubricator is recommended for automatic lubrication
specifications.
of the units. Depending on the type of group lubricator, the
lubrication may last up to two years. See lubrication chapter in
accessories.
Specifications
NIASA supplies its screw jacks with the following type of
hydraulic greasing mechanism:
Lithium compound semi-synthetic grease …… 45º inclined greasing mechanism MT508 DIN 71412.
DIVINOL LITHGREASE G421
…… As a greasing nozzle, the 515/G – 516/G hydraulic
Working temperature -35 to +160ºC
Density at 15ºC 0.9 kg/dm3 connector is recommended. For its protection
and conservation, use plastic caps. 57
130 mm2/s at 40ºC
Cinematic viscosity (s/DIN 51 562)
15 mm2/s at 100ºC
Dropping point (s/DIN ISO 2176) >220ºC The spring screw jacks can also be supplied with a
Water resistance (s/DIN 51 807/T1) Level 1 brass greasing cap with O-ring.

For further information, please contact the NIASA technical department.

A complete cleaning and change of grease is recommended

after five years.
The greasing interval depends on the type of work and its
cycle. It is advisable to lubricate from 30 to 50 hours after

www.n ias a.es

 SCREW JACKS
Product selection

Protection against corrosion,

SEALING and ambient
temperature
PROTECTION AGAINST THE Input
PROTECTION AGAINST CORROSION OF SOLIDS AND LIQUIDS

Select the environment in which the equipment will work, NIASA screw jacks offer, as standard, an IP54 protection index
using the atmospheric corrosion categories classification to prevent solid and liquid particles from entering the inside,
established in the DIN EN ISO 12944-2 standard (protection which may damage them or reduce their designed service life.
against the corrosion of steel structures using painted
Use the following table, according to the DIN EN IEC 60529
systems). Also establish the durability required before carrying
standard, if the level of protection must be higher than that
out the first maintenance of the exterior surfaces (durability
indicated. NIASA supplies, on request, specially designed units
does not imply a "time" guarantee).
to withstand the most aggressive environments.

If the corrosion category is higher than “C3” for your The protection levels are defined with a code made up of the
application and/or higher than “average” durability is required, letters “IP“ and two numbers “XY”.
please contact NIASA so that the technical department can
select the surface protection system and select the most
suitable components. LEVEL OF PROTECTION “IP”, AGAINST THE Input OF …

… solid particles: “X” … liquids: “Y”

... ...

5 Protection against dust 3 Protection against spray

ENVIRONMENT residues (the dust that may water (from angle up to 60º
CORROSION
CATEGORY penetrate the inside does not with vertical).
Outdoors Indoors imply incorrect operation of
the equipment).
C1 Very low Buildings with heating 6 Total protection against the 4 Protection against water
and clean atmospheres. penetration of any kind of splashes (from any
C2 Low Atmospheres with low Buildings with no solid body (sealing). direction).
levels of pollution. heating and possible 5 Protection against water
Rural areas. condensation. streams from any direction
C3 Medium Urban and industrial Manufacturing plants with hose.
atmospheres, with with high humidity and 6 Protection against sporadic
moderate SO2 pollution. some pollution. floods (example: tidal wave).
Coastal areas with low
salinity.
... ...
C4 High Industrial areas and Chemical and
coastal areas with swimming pool
moderate salinity. industries.
C5-I Very high Industrial areas with Buildings or areas with
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
(industrial) high humidity and almost permanent
aggressive atmosphere. condensation and high Contact NIASA if your unit will be installed in an environment
contamination.
that may reach temperatures below -20ºC.
58 C5-M Very high Coastal and maritime Buildings or areas
(maritime) areas with high salinity. with permanent NIASA's technical department will prescribe the most suitable
condensation and high materials and sealing components for the specific conditions
contamination.
of the application. Also do this
if ambient temperatures over 40ºC are expected.
DURABILITY

LOW L 2 to 5 years

MEDIUM M 5 to 15 years

HIGH H More than 15 years

www.n ias a.es

SCREW JACKS 01
Product selection

OPTIONAL CONFIGURATIONS
Optionally, NIASA may adapt your screw jack, modifying the Screw end
different parts of it to your preferences.
O. With no end.
Some examples are shown below. G. With standard thread.
See sub-chapter “Placing an order”. Z. Standard cylindrical end.
S. Special end.
Immobilizations
O G Z S
Configuration N with anti-rotating screw using a pin on the
upper cover and a groove on the screw. This configuration is
only available for trapezoidal screws and on small strokes. For
further information please contact NIASA.

Special configurations
On request, screws with various inputs can be supplied to
obtain higher, but eventually reversible, travel speeds. The
screw jacks can also be supplied with left-thread screws.

Worm gear One Two Three Four

input inputs inputs inputs
There is a possibility, at the customer's request, to supply the
screw jacks with one of the sides of the worm shaft cut.

End B End A
59

Right thread Left thread

www.n ias a.es

 SCREW JACKS
PLACING AN ORDER

SIZE SCREW FASTENING ACCESSORIES

01 M1 08 Configuration N/W
M2 BPS Flange
M3 GKS Single fork
M4 GKB Double fork
M5 GIR Ball joint
J1
J3 Configuration R
J4 BPR Screw flange with bearing
J5
Configuration R/N/W
CONFIGURATION FES Special end fastening
02 N Screw travel without immobilization 000 No accessory
W Screw travel immobilized in rotation
R Nut travel NUT TYPE (ONLY CONFIGURATION R)
09 With trapezoidal screw
EFM1 Single nut with flange
GEARBOX EFM2 Double nut
03 S Normal speed EFMS Nut with safety system
H Slow speed
With ball screw
EQUIPMENT GENERAL PROTECTION KGF1 Ball nut with flange
04 IPS Standard IP protection level KGF2 Double ball nut with “preload system”
IPS Special IP protection level flange
KGM1 Smooth ball nut
SCREW TYPE (DIAMETER x PITCH) KGM2 Double ball nut with “preload system”
05 TRS Trapezoidal KGMF Ball nut with flange +smooth ball nut
TRX Trapezoidal stainless steel “preload system”
KGS Ball
With trapezoidal or ball screw
STROKE 0000 No nut
06 0000 Equipment usable stroke in mm
NUT ACCESSORY (ONLY CONFIGURATION R)
SCREW END
10 KAR Nut flange with trunnion mounts
07 Configuration R KAS Special nut flange
Z Standard cylindrical end 000 No accessory on nut

Configuration N/W BOX FASTENING ACCESSORY

G Standard threaded end 11 Configuration R
HFM Gearbox fastening fork (only fastening
Configuration R/N/W possibility on the back)
S Special end
60 0 With no end R/N/W configurations
LCM Gearbox mounting feet
ZKM Flanges ZK gearbox fastening with bolts
ZKH Flanges ZK gearbox fastening with bearings
ZKV Flanges ZK gearbox fastening with 90º bolts
FMS Special box fastening
000 No accessory

Example 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11
M3 R H IPS TRS3006 1000 Z BPS EFM01 KAR LCM
 01

GEARBOX ACCESSORY POSITION STANDARD MOTOR (Only if MK drive)

12 01 Fastening on the top of the gearbox 19 080 Group size
02 Fastening underneath the gearbox A Power-1 / B Power-2
0000 No motor
TIP ACCESSORY 1111 Non-standard motor
13 SB With tip support
00 No tip support WORM SHAFT END
20 A Side A end suppressed
LIMIT SWITCH ACCESSORY B Side B end suppressed
14 (ONLY N/W CONFIGURATIONS) 0 Both sides maintained
FCM Mechanical limit switches
FCI Inductive limit switches WORM SHAFT PROTECTION ACCESSORY
FCG Magnetic limit switches
21 PR With protector
000 No limit switches 00 No protector

LIMIT SWITCH ASSEMBLY TYPE LUBRICANT

15 (Only applicable to FCM/FCI) 22 GRA Standard lubricant
FF Fixed limit switches GRX Lubricant for low extreme temperatures
FR Adjustable limit switches GRS Other lubricant

SCREW PROTECTION ACCESSORY LUBRICATION ACCESSORIES

16 FB Bellow type protector 23 EMT Angled grease nipple (standard)
SF Spiral metallic protector ETP Sealed lubrication cap
00 No protector AGR Automatic lubricating accessory
000 No lubricating accessory
DRIVE ADAPTATION
17 MK Standard flange EQUIPMENT GENERAL COLOUR
MS Special adaptation 24 RGG Graphite grey RAL7024 (standard)
VE Wheel RAZ Blue RAL5017
00 No adaptation RGP Silver grey RAL9006
RSP Special colour indicated by the customer
DRIVE POSITION ON BOX CIP Only grey 411 priming
18 A Worm shaft side A 000 Not painted
B Worm shaft side B

61

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
02 SB FCI FF FB MK A GR080A 00 PR GRA AGR RGG

www.n ias a.es

 SCREW JACKS
N / W CONFIGURATION DISASSEMBLED

Name
01 M series box
02 Top cap
03 Worm gear
Ball worm shaft and wheel 2 17
04
cover
19
05 Square tube support
15
06 Anti-turn buffer
4
07 N screw buffer washer 23
Trapezoidal worm shaft 14
08
and wheel
09 Ball worm shaft and wheel
10 N screw 9

11 W screw
8
12 N round tube
15
13 W square tube
14 Ball nut 18 21 16 20
1
15 Axial bearing
25
16 Radial bearing
17 Anti-friction bushing
25
18 Seal
19 O-Ring 22 3 22 20 16 21 18
20 Adjustment washer 10
21 Inside circlip
24
22 Straight key
12 5
23 Straight key
26
24 Angled grease nipple
25 Stud with point 14

26 Allen screw
11
27 Allen screw 7
28 Allen screw 27
28
29 Elastic stud 30
30 N tube cap 13
31 W tube cap
62

29
31

www.n ias a.es

SCREW JACKS 01
R CONFIGURATION DISASSEMBLED

Name
01 M series box
02 Top cap
03 Worm gear
04 Rear cap
05 Screw nut 9

06 Screw locknut
11
07 Worm wheel
08 Trapezoidal screw
09 Trapezoidal nut
10 8
10 Ball screw
11 Ball nut
12 Axial bearing
13 Radial bearing
14 Anti-friction bushing
15 Seal 14
16 O-Ring
23
17 Adjustment washer 2
18 Inside circlip
19 Straight key 16
11
20 Angled grease nipple
21 Stud with point 7
22 Allen screw
23 Straight key 12

15 18 13 17 1
21

21

5 19 3 19 17 13 18 15
6
22 63
4 20

www.n ias a.es

 SCREW JACKS
special configurations
If the standard product range does not meet your requirements,
please contact NIASA for customizing to any unit. Most probably
it will be adapted to your requirements.

Safety nut with wear M4 modified to house screw

control KGS 4040. Special upper worm
shaft and wheel and cap

Inductive proximity
sensor

Inductive sensor
support

ZKC series special

tip fastening
(cardan)

64 Screw guide support

with self-lubricated
bearing

N mechanical buffer
 GIR25 ball
01
joint (larger size
than standard)
Clevis rod with special Gir
50 ball joint (larger size
than standard)

Black EPDM
custom bellow

Black EPDM custom

bellow

Special screw and

worm shaft and
wheel (Tr 40x7)
Special screw and worm
shaft (Tr 60x9)
Drive custom flange

Female joint
adapter welded to
the tube
Special compact flange
and special worm shaft for
direct transmission

Special greasing
on the side of
the gearbox and
tube
Angled motoreducer

Limit detection
system + index

Mechanical buffer and

limit detection system
65

www.n ias a.es

02
LINEAR
ACTUATORS
F series: Steel tube
A series: Aluminum tube
“WE ARE WHAT WE
REPEATEDLY DO.
EXCELLENCE, THEN, IS
NOT AN ACT, BUT
A HABIT.”
ARISTOTLE
Philosophy
 LINEAR ACTUATORS
F SERIES: steel tube | A SERIES: aluminum tube

INTRODUCTION

NIASA F/A Series linear actuators are electro-mechanical The screw supports also characterize for offering an extensive
cylinders in which a round stem moves inside a second tube, range of:
of either steel or aluminum.
…… Axial load capacities, from 3.5 kN up to 86 kN.
The lengthwise movement of the stem is achieved with the
combination of an interior screw/nut which drags it, and …… Stem advance speeds depending on the screw pitch and
an electrical motor that drives the screw/nut. The power the transmission used.
transmission from the motor may be direct or by means of …… Trapezoidal and ball screws, depending on the
different gear solutions and toothed belts. performance required, precision of the desired movement
Against solutions with exposed screws, protecting them with and positioning, etc.
an external stem means that the equipment is very highly …… Outer tube of steel or extruded aluminum profile.
sealed and can operate in the most aggressive conditions, The latter is, in general, the lightest and enables
with the presence of dust or liquid of almost any type in the immobilization in the stem's rotation
environment. The stem provides an extraordinary capacity for and a magnetic sensor to be integrated.
buckle load against axial compression loads.
…… Fastening accessories and elements, for optimal
These types of actuators are the best solution in practically any adaptation to the most varied systems that may be
application that requires precise and safe linear movement, designed.
whether it is for transfer or for elevation and regardless of the
speed required. Their main advantages against other systems, …… Drives, with different reduction ratios and positions with
such as pneumatic or hydraulic cylinders, are the following: respect to the cylinder, enable the best solution to be
offered for any speed and configuration problem. Among
…… Greater movement and positioning precision. these are the following as standard:
…… Superior energy efficiency, as their parts offer high/very · In line Motors / Motoreducers.
high performance, especially with the ball screws, low · Motors / Motoreduc. in parallel with the toothed belt.
transmission ratios and high speeds · Motors / Motoreducers at 90º.
…… Easier and faster assembly, since hydraulic or pneumatic · …
groups are not required, just an electric motor mounted …… Control and safety systems (inductive/magnetic stroke
on the unit itself. limit switches, absolute/incremental encoders, etc.).
…… Greater reliability and duration, and less maintenance, due …… Materials and surface coverings, depending on the
to the mechanical robustness and construction simplicity. environmental conditions in which the unit will be
…… Lower size for the same load capacity. installed.

…… … Please do not hesitate to contact NIASA if you require

actuators (and their drive mechanisms) with specifications
other than those covered in this chapter. The NIASA technical
department will specifically develop the special units that best
70 meet your requirements.
 02

71

www.n ias a.es

 LINEAR ACTUATORS
F SERIES: steel tube | A SERIES: aluminum tube

Applications

Vertical drive DE system

Set of two F30-M505 actuators made
up of a servomotor drive system, a
special drive union flange and joined
together with a GX universal joint shaft.
Inductive sensor, clevis rod with GIR
Series ball joint and protection bellow
for the FB Series stem.

SHUTTER SYSTEM
A30 Series actuator made up of a three-
phase motor drive system, tilt on the
outside with BA Series bolts, SB Series
tilt support, clevis rod with GIR Series
ball joint on the stem and integrated
position magnetic sensor.

72
Antenna orientation
system
A40 Series actuator made up of a
servomotor drive system, drive union
flange, tilt on the outside with BA Series
bolts, SB Series tilt support and GK 02
Series single clevis rod on the stem.

Scissor lift
F45–M501 made up of a three-phase
motor drive system, SB Series tilt
supports and GKB Series double clevis
rod on the stem.

Horizontal
drive DE system
Set of two F30-M205 actuators, made
up of a drive system of a three-phase
line motoreducer, independently
commanded and fastened with SB
Series tilt supports and BP Series 73
plates on the stem.

www.n ias a.es

 LINEAR ACTUATORS
F SERIES: steel tube | A SERIES: aluminum tube

SIZES
F SERIES: Steel outside tube.
SERIES A: Aluminum outside tube (stem anti-rotation and magnetic sensor optional).
For further information about M205/M501/M505/M605 A Series configurations, please contact NIASA.
There are trapezoidal and ball screw options on all sizes (see chapter 07
about screws for more details).

F16 / A16 F20 / A20

Up to 6 kN 10.5 kN

M100
Basic configuration page 78 page 80

M205
In line motoreducer page 88

M501
Parallel drive page 90 page 90

M505
For drive at 90º page 92 page 92

74
M601
Motoreducer at 90º page 93

M605
In line motor page 94 page 94

In addition to the standard range of F/A Series linear actuators, NIASA can specifically
develop the unit that best meets your application requirements. Contact NIASA.
 02

F30 / A30 F40 / A40 F45 F50

23.5 kN 38 kN 78 kN 86 kN

page 82 page 84 page 86 page 87

page 88 page 88 page 88 page 88

page 90 page 90 page 90 page 90

page 92

75

page 93 page 93 page 93 page 93

page 94 page 94 page 94 page 94

www.n ias a.es

 LINEAR ACTUATORS
F SERIES: steel tube | A SERIES: aluminum tube

General product overview

1
14

13
12
11
10 Steel outside tube
Aluminum outside tube

11

10

9
8
6
7

76
ACCESSORIES
Name Page
01 VE wheel 300 06 BPS flange 278 11 FCG magnetic limit switch 308
12 Connection
02 SB tilt support 276 07 GIR clevis rod 282 sensor input 308
adapter
03 BB flanges with bolts for 08 GKB double clevis rod 281
272 13 Position sensor magnet 308
steel tube
09 GK single clevis rod 280
04 Flanges with bearings for 14 Anti-rotation system
273
BH steel tube
10 Inductive limit switch 307
05 BB flanges with bolts for FCI
274
aluminum tube
 8 7

6
02
10 9

3 5

1 2

configurations
M205 M501 M505 M601 M605
Name F A F A F A F A F A
01 F-M100 series linear actuator • • • • • 77
02 A-M100 series linear actuator • • • • •
03 F flange • • •
04 Flange A • • •
05 EK coupling • • • • • •
06 Motor • •
07 In line motoreducer • •
08 Motoreducer at 90º • •
09 Parallel drive • •
10 Bevel gearbox at 90º • •

www.n ias a.es

 F16-M100 LINEAR ACTUATORS
Up to
6 kN Tr
TRAPEZ.
KGS
BALLS

The capacities indicated correspond to

the standard input shaft configurations.
Higher capacities are available on request.

F
2 12
Key 4x4x10 Key 5x5x20
4xØ11

DIN6885-A 7 Greasing mechanism DIN71412 DIN6885-A

4xØ7

Straight type A - MT503

20
6

Ø72 h8
Ø14 h6
Ø48 h8
Ø11 h6

M26x1,5
A

Ø27H8

Ø110
Ø84
Ø75
Ø56

Ø45

Ø40

Ø32
The capacities indicated correspond to
the standard input shaft configurations.
Higher capacities are available on request.

15 61 COURSE+ 84 36

45°

20 20

36

SAFETY MARGIN
CHECKED BY -A-

Screw diameter Maximum axial Travel (mm/ Performance Drive torque, MD (Nm) Stroke Approx. weight
78 and step (mm) strength (kN) revol. input) (%) F (kN), load to move in dynamic
weight 0 each 100 mm of
(kg) Stroke (kg)
Tr 16x4 3.5 4 40 (1.59 x F) + 0.38 2 0.75
KGS 1605 6 5 81 (0.98 x F) + 0.25 2 0.75

… Power required: PD (kW) = 0,157x MD (Nm).

… Contact NIASA if the dynamic load exceeds the critical values indicated, in order to avoid over-heating, buckling and resonance of the unit. See
calculations chapter at the end of the chapter (page 97).

272 273 276 278 280 281 282 300 307

www.n ias a.es

A16-M100 LINEAR ACTUATORS
Up to
6 kN Tr
TRAPEZ.
KGS
BALLS

The capacities indicated correspond to

the standard input shaft configurations.
Higher capacities are available on request.

02
Key 4x4x10
DIN6885-A
A
Screw and nut
Key 4x4x10 greasing access cap (4x) M5x12
DIN6885-A
4 Ø50
Screw and nut
greasing access cap (4x) M5x12
4 Ø50

Ø27 H8
Ø40 H8

M26x1,5
Ø11 h6

Ø32
Ø27 H8
Ø40 H8

M26x1,5
Ø11 h6

Ø32
6
20 58
35
6
16 COURSE+ 220
20 58
35

16 COURSE+ 220

20 20

20 20

35
SAFETY MARGIN

35
SAFETY MARGIN

Screw diameter Maximum axial Travel (mm/ Performance Drive torque, MD (Nm) Stroke Approx. weight
and step (mm) strength (kN) revol. input) (%) weight 0 each 100 mm of
F (kN), load to move in dynamic (kg) Stroke (kg) 79
Tr 16x4 3.5 4 40 (1.59 x F) + 0.38 1.7 0.7
KGS 1605 6 5 81 (0.98 x F) + 0.25 1.6 0.7

… Power required: PD (kW) = 0,157x MD (Nm).

… Contact NIASA if the dynamic load exceeds the critical values indicated, in order to avoid over-heating, buckling and resonance of the unit. See
calculations chapter at the end of the chapter (page 97).

274 276 278 280 281 282 300 308

www.n ias a.es

 F20-M100 LINEAR ACTUATORS
Up to
10.5 kN Tr
TRAPEZ.
KGS
BALLS

The capacities indicated correspond to

the standard input shaft configurations.
Higher capacities are available on request.

F
2 15
Key 5x5x20 Key 6x6x25
4xØ14

DIN6885-A 9 Greasing mechanism DIN71412 DIN6885-A

4xØ9

Straight type A - MT503

26
7
Ø72 h8
Ø14 h6

Ø90 h8
Ø29H8
M27x2
A
Ø66

Ø55
Ø110

Ø130
Ø106
Ø35
Ø84

30 100 COURSE+ 106 36

45°

20 20

36

SAFETY MARGIN
CHECKED BY -A- (*) If incorp
the safe

Screw diameter Maximum axial Travel (mm/ Performance Drive torque, MD (Nm) Stroke Approx. weight
and step (mm) strength (kN) revol. input) (%) weight 0 each 100 mm of
F (kN), load to move in dynamic (kg) Stroke (kg)
80 Tr 24x5 9.5 5 35 (2.27 x F) + 0.52 3 1.7
KGS 2005 10.5 5 81 (0.98 x F) + 0.42 3 1.25
KGS 2020 5.5 20 81 (3.93 x F) + 0.48 3 1.25

… Power required: PD (kW) = 0,157x MD (Nm).

… Contact NIASA if the dynamic load exceeds the critical values indicated, in order to avoid over-heating, buckling and resonance of the unit. See
calculations chapter at the end of the chapter (page 97).

272 273 276 278 280 281 282 300 307

www.n ias a.es

 A20-M100 LINEAR ACTUATORS
Up to
10.5 kN Tr
TRAPEZ.
KGS
BALLS

The capacities indicated correspond to

the standard input shaft configurations.
Higher capacities are available on request.

Key 5x5x20
02
DIN6885-A A
Screw and nut
Key 5x5x20 greasing access cap
(4x) M6x15
DIN6885-A
4
Ø70
Screw and nut
greasing access cap
(4x) M6x15
4
Ø70
Ø55 H8
Ø14 h6

Ø29H8
M27x2

Ø40
Ø55 H8
Ø14 h6

Ø29H8
M27x2

Ø40
7
26 82
28 35
7
30 COURSE+ 275
26 82
28 35

30 COURSE+ 275

20 20

20 20

35
SAFETY MARGIN

35
SAFETY MARGIN

Screw diameter Maximum axial Travel (mm/ Performance Drive torque, MD (Nm) Stroke Approx. weight
and step (mm) strength (kN) revol. input) (%) weight 0 each 100 mm of
F (kN), load to move in dynamic (kg) Stroke (kg)
Tr 24x5 9.5 5 35 (2.27 x F) + 0.52 3.85 1.25
81
KGS 2005 10.5 5 81 (0.98 x F) + 0.42 3.65 1.15
KGS 2020 5.5 20 81 (3.93 x F) + 0.48 3.65 1.15

… Power required: PD (kW) = 0,157x MD (Nm).

… Contact NIASA if the dynamic load exceeds the critical values indicated, in order to avoid over-heating, buckling and resonance of the unit. See
calculations chapter at the end of the chapter (page 97).

274 276 278 280 281 282 300 308

www.n ias a.es

 F30-M100 LINEAR ACTUATORS
Up to
23.5 kN Tr
TRAPEZ.
KGS
BALLS

The capacities indicated correspond to

the standard input shaft configurations.
Higher capacities are available on request.

3 18
Key 6x6x25 Key 8x7x30
F
4xØ11

4xØ17

DIN6885-A 11 Greasing mechanism DIN71412 DIN6885-A

Straight type A - MT503

30
8
Ø90 h8
Ø19 h6

Ø43H8
M42x2

Ø150
Ø130
Ø106

Ø50
Ø88

Ø75
35 130 COURSE+ 124 37

45°

20* 20*

37

SAFETY MARGIN

(*) If incorporating a KGM 3220 nut, CHECKED BY -A-

the safety margin is 15 mm.

Drive torque, MD (Nm) Stroke Approx. weight

Screw diameter Maximum axial Travel (mm/ Performance weight 0 each 100 mm of
and step (mm) strength (kN) revol. input) (%) F (kN), load to move in dynamic (kg) Stroke (kg)
Tr 36x6 15 6 31 (3.08 x F) + 1.6 8 2.6
KGS 3205 21.5 5 81 (0.98 x F) + 1.3 8 2.6
82 KGS 3210 23.5 10 81 (1.96 x F) + 1.3 8 2.6
KGS 3220 12 20 81 (3.93 x F) + 1.3 8 2.6
KGS 3240 6 40 81 (7.86 x F) + 1.3 8 2.6

… Power required: PD (kW) = 0,157x MD (Nm).

… Contact NIASA if the dynamic load exceeds the critical values indicated, in order to avoid over-heating, buckling and resonance of the unit. See
calculations chapter at the end of the chapter (page 97).

272 273 276 278 280 281 282 300 307

www.n ias a.es

A30-M100 LINEAR ACTUATORS
Up to
23.5 kN Tr
TRAPEZ.
KGS
BALLS

The capacities indicated correspond to

the standard input shaft configurations.
Higher capacities are available on request.

Key 6x6x25
02
DIN6885-A A
Screw and nut
Key 6x6x25 greasing access cap
(4x) M8x15
DIN6885-A
5
Ø90
Screw and nut
greasing access cap
(4x) M8x15
5
Ø90
Ø19 h6
Ø70 H8

Ø43H8
M42x2

Ø50
Ø19 h6
Ø70 H8

Ø43H8
M42x2

Ø50
7
26 105
32 40
7
35 COURSE + 365
26 105
32 40

35 COURSE + 365

20 20

20 20

40
SAFETY MARGIN

40
SAFETY MARGIN Stroke Approx. weight
Screw diameter Maximum axial Travel (mm/ Performance Drive torque, MD (Nm)
weight 0 each 100 mm of
and step (mm) strength (kN) revol. input) (%) F (kN), load to move in dynamic (kg) Stroke (kg)
Tr 36x6 15 6 31 (3.08 x F) + 1.6 8 2.3
KGS 3205 21.5 5 81 (0.98 x F) + 1.3 8 2.1
KGS 3210 23.5 10 81 (1.96 x F) + 1.3 8 2.1 83
KGS 3220 12 20 81 (3.93 x F) + 1.3 8 2.1
KGS 3240 6 40 81 (7.86 x F) + 1.3 8 2.1

… Power required: PD (kW) = 0,157x MD (Nm).

… Contact NIASA if the dynamic load exceeds the critical values indicated, in order to avoid over-heating, buckling and resonance of the unit. See
calculations chapter at the end of the chapter (page 97).

274 276 278 280 281 282 300 308

www.n ias a.es

 F40-M100 LINEAR ACTUATORS
Up to
38 kN Tr
TRAPEZ.
KGS
BALLS

The capacities indicated correspond to

the standard input shaft configurations.
Higher capacities are available on request.

4 20
Key 8x7x30
DIN6885-A F Key 10x8x50
6xØ11

6xØ17
11 Greasing mechanism DIN71412 DIN6885-A
Straight type A - MT503

35
9
Ø110 h8
Ø24 h6

Ø62H8
M60x2
Ø150
Ø130

Ø110

Ø195
Ø70
Ø90
40 150 COURSE+ 155 67

30° 60
°

20 20

67

SAFETY MARGIN
CHECKED BY -A-

Drive torque, MD (Nm) Stroke Approx. weight

Screw diameter Maximum axial Travel (mm/ Performance weight 0 each 100 mm of
and step (mm) strength (kN) revol. input) (%) F (kN), load to move in dynamic (kg) Stroke (kg)
Tr 45x7 22 7 29 (3.84 x F) + 1.9 17.1 4.9
84 KGS 4010 38 10 81 (1.96 x F) + 1.6 16.8 4.2
KGS 4020 21.5 20 81 (3.93 x F) + 1.7 16.8 4.2
KGS 4040 11 40 81 (7.86 x F) + 1.7 16.8 4.2

… Power required: PD (kW) = 0,157x MD (Nm).

… Contact NIASA if the dynamic load exceeds the critical values indicated, in order to avoid over-heating, buckling and resonance of the unit. See
calculations chapter at the end of the chapter (page 97).

272 273 276 278 280 281 282 300 307

www.n ias a.es

A40-M100 LINEAR ACTUATORS
Up to
38 kN Tr
TRAPEZ.
KGS
BALLS

The capacities indicated correspond to

the standard input shaft configurations.
Higher capacities are available on request.

Key 8x7x30
02
DIN6885-A A
Screw and nut
Key 8x7x30 greasing access cap (4x) M10x20
DIN6885-A
5
Ø110
Screw and nut
greasing access cap (4x) M10x20
5
Ø110
Ø89 H8
Ø24 h6

Ø62H8
M60x2

Ø70
Ø89 H8
Ø24 h6

Ø62H8
M60x2

Ø70
9
35 125
40 50
9
45 COURSE + 420
35 125
40 50

45 COURSE + 420

20 20

20 20

50
SAFETY MARGIN

50
SAFETY MARGIN

Drive torque, MD (Nm) Stroke Approx. weight

Screw diameter Maximum axial Travel (mm/ Performance weight 0 each 100 mm of
and step (mm) strength (kN) revol. input) (%) F (kN), load to move in dynamic (kg) Stroke (kg)
Tr 45x7 22 7 29 (3.84 x F) + 1.9 17.1 3.45
KGS 4010 38 10 81 (1.96 x F) + 1.6 16.8 3.3 85
KGS 4020 21.5 20 81 (3.93 x F) + 1.7 16.8 3.3
KGS 4040 11 40 81 (7.86 x F) + 1.7 16.8 3.3

… Power required: PD (kW) = 0,157x MD (Nm).

… Contact NIASA if the dynamic load exceeds the critical values indicated, in order to avoid over-heating, buckling and resonance of the unit. See
calculations chapter at the end of the chapter (page 97).

274 276 278 280 281 282 300 308

www.n ias a.es

 F45-M100 LINEAR ACTUATORS
Up to
78 kN Tr
TRAPEZ.
KGS
BALLS

The capacities indicated correspond to

the standard input shaft configurations.
Higher capacities are available on request.

5 25
Key 10x8x50 Key 12x8x70
6xØ13

DIN6885-A Greasing mechanism DIN71412 DIN6885-A

Straight type A - MT503

37
10

Ø200 h8
Ø145 h8
Ø32 h6

Ø82H8
M80x2
A
Ø140

Ø115
Ø195
Ø170

Ø250
Ø225
Ø90
60 195 COURSE+ 175 65

30° 60
°

20 20

65

SAFETY MARGIN
CHECKED BY -A-

Drive torque, MD (Nm) Stroke Approx. weight

Screw diameter Maximum axial Travel (mm/ Performance weight 0 each 100 mm of
86 and step (mm) strength (kN) revol. input) (%) F (kN), load to move in dynamic (kg) Stroke (kg)
Tr 50x8 47.5 8 30 (4.24 x F) + 2.1 28.3 5.2
KGS 5010 78 10 81 (1.96 x F) + 1.7 28.3 5.2

… Power required: PD (kW) = 0,157x MD (Nm).

… Contact NIASA if the dynamic load exceeds the critical values indicated, in order to avoid over-heating, buckling and resonance of the unit. See
calculations chapter at the end of the chapter (page 97).

272 273 276 278 280 281 282 300 307

www.n ias a.es

F50-M100 LINEAR ACTUATORS
Up to
86 kN Tr
TRAPEZ.
KGS
BALLS

The capacities indicated correspond to

the standard input shaft configurations.
Higher capacities are available on request.

02

5 30
Key 12x8x70
DIN6885-A
6xØ13

Greasing mechanism DIN71412

Straight type -A- MT503

45
10
Ø200 h8

Ø100H8
Ø39 h6

M95x2
A
Ø196

Ø150

Ø110
Ø250
Ø225

80 300 COURSE+ 185 95

30° 60
°

20 20

95

SAFETY MARGIN
CHECKED BY -A-

Drive torque, MD (Nm) Stroke Approx. weight

Screw diameter Maximum axial Travel (mm/ Performance weight 0 each 100 mm of
and step (mm) strength (kN) revol. input) (%) F (kN), load to move in dynamic (kg) Stroke (kg) 87
Tr 70x10 60.5 10 27 (5.89 x F) + 2.1 75 7.2
KGS 6310 86 10 81 (1.96 x F) + 1.5 77 8.1

… Power required: PD (kW) = 0,157x MD (Nm).

… Contact NIASA if the dynamic load exceeds the critical values indicated, in order to avoid over-heating, buckling and resonance of the unit. See
calculations chapter at the end of the chapter (page 97).

272 273 276 278 280 281 282 300 307

www.n ias a.es

 ES LINEAR ACTUATOR F/A - Configuration M205
Up to
86 kN Tr
TRAPEZ.
KGS
BALLS

In line motoreducer
There is a large range of reductions
available for the M205 configuration.

ØV
ØW
ØR

L* F Y COURSE + X Z
B
A
C
B

ØD

*Depends on the motoreducer selected and the manufacturer.

For further information, please contact the NIASA technical department.

M205 configuration dimensions M100 configuration general dimensions

88
A B C ØD f8 E F X Y Z ØV ØW ØR More dimensions
F20 116 20 156 20 15 86 106 100 36 35 55 66 Page 80

F30 138 25 188 25 20 93 124 130 37 50 75 88 Page 82

F40 160 40 240 35 30 110 155 150 67 70 90 110 Page 84

F45 200 40 280 40 35 134 175 195 65 90 115 140 Page 86

F50 260 50 360 45 40 186 185 300 95 110 150 196 Page 87

… See calculations chapter (page 98) for calculating the drive and start-up torque, and the required power.
… Ensure that the dynamic load of the application does not surpass the critical values, in order to avoid overheating and buckling of the unit. Please
contact NIASA

www.n ias a.es

Maximum axial strength

Screw diameter Load (kN)

and pitch (mm)
Tr 24x5 9.5 02
F20 /A20 KGS 2005 10.5
KGS 2020 5.5
Tr 36x6 15
KGS 3205 21.5
F30 / A30 KGS 3210 23.5
KGS 3220 12
KGS 3240 6
Tr 45x7 22
KGS 4010 38
F40 / A40
KGS 4020 21.5
KGS 4040 11
Tr 50x8 47.5
F45
KGS 5010 78
Tr 70x10 60.5
F50
KGS 6310 86

Standard drives
The standard drives of the M205 F-configuration are implemented by means of in line reducers driven by Ac motors. The following
table shows the powers available for each size actuator/reducer and the type of flange.
For another size or different type of drive, please contact NIASA. NIASA can supply alternating or stepper motors with sensors of
any type, etc.
If using ball screws, the actuator is reversible. In general, it is always recommended using motors with brake. In most cases,
standard brakes for each motor size are sufficient. This will ensure the stem does not loose position when it stops or if there are
vibrations, etc.

Motor group

Ø 56 63 71 80 90 100 112 132 160

Reducer Flange
input reducer Power (kW)
shaft A B A B A B A B A B A B A A B A
0.06 0.09 0.12 0.18 0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 11

F20 / A20 20 B5 Ø140 • • • • 89

F30 / A30 20 B5 Ø140 • • • •
F40 / A40 25 B5 Ø160 • • • • •
F45 30 B5 Ø200 • • • • • •
F50 40 B5 Ø250 • • • • • •

272 273 276 278 280 281 282 300 307 314 312

www.n ias a.es

 ES LINEAR ACTUATOR F/A - Configuration M501
Up to
86 kN Tr
TRAPEZ.
KGS
BALLS

Parallel drive
There is a possibility of mounting a coaxial
motoreducer into the gearbox instead of
the motor, or modifying the ratio between
the pulleys, with the aim of achieving the
desired transmission ratio.

L*
H
G
ØD

ØW

ØV
ØR
I

B A B E
C F Y COURSE + X Z

Standard transmission ratio

1:1 1:2

*Depends on the motor selected and the manufacturer.

For further information, please contact the NIASA technical department.
90
M501 configuration dimensions M100 configuration general dimensions
A B C ØD f8 E F G H I X Y Z ØV ØW ØR More dimensions
F16 134 15 164 15 12 45 200 100 50 84 61 36 32 40 45 Page 78

F20 148 20 188 20 15 55 250 130 60 106 100 36 35 55 66 Page 80

F30 178 25 228 25 20 65 300 160 70 124 130 37 50 75 88 Page 82

F40 227 40 307 35 30 85 356 180 90 155 150 67 70 90 110 Page 84

F45 252 40 332 40 35 108 440 230 110 175 195 65 90 115 140 Page 86

F50 336 50 436 45 40 138 560 280 150 185 300 95 110 150 196 Page 87

www.n ias a.es

Maximum axial strength

Screw diameter Load (kN)

and pitch (mm)
Tr 16x4 3.5
F16 / A16
KGS 1605 6
Tr 24x5 9.5
F20 / A20 KGS 2005 10.5
KGS 2020 5.5
Tr 36x6 15
KGS 3205 21.5
02
F30 / A30 KGS 3210 23.5
KGS 3220 12
KGS 3240 6
Tr 45x7 22
KGS 4010 38
F40 / A40
KGS 4020 21.5
KGS 4040 11
Tr 50x8 47.5
F45
KGS 5010 78
Tr 70x10 60.5
F50
KGS 6310 86

Standard drives
The standard drive of M501 F/A configuration linear actuators is implemented by means of Ac motors and aluminum pulleys with
polyurethane toothed strap. The following table shows the powers available for each actuator size.
For another size or different type of drive, please contact NIASA. NIASA can supply other kind of motors with sensors of
any type, etc.
If using ball screws, the actuator is reversible. In general, it is always advisable that the motors have brakes. In most cases,
standard brakes for each motor size are sufficient. This will ensure the stem does not loose position when it stops or if there
are vibrations, etc.

Motor group
56 63 71 80 90 100 112 132 160
Power (kW)
A B A B A B A B A B A B A A B A
0.06 0.09 0.12 0.18 0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 11

F16 / A16 • • •
F20 / A20 • • •
F30 / A30 • • •
91
F40 / A40 • • • •
F45 • • • •
F50 • • • •
All the motors have B14 flange.

272 273 276 278 280 281 282 300 307 312

www.n ias a.es

 ES LINEAR ACTUATOR F/A - Configuration M505
Up to
23.5 kN Tr
TRAPEZ.
KGS
BALLS

For drive at 90º There is a possibility, at the customer's

request, of supplying the M505
The transmission ratio of the bevel
configuration with one of the sides of
gearboxes with helical conical gears
the shaft cut (A, B).
is 1:1.
H
ØP I
J

A End B End
ØW
ØR

ØV
G

ØD
E
F Y COURSE + X Z B A B
C

Lubrication cap
ØM S / DIN906
N

M505 configuration dimensions

Maximum axial strength
ØM Diameter and
A B C ØD h6 E F G H I N ØP K J Load
H7 pitch (kN)
screw (mm)
F16 86 25 136 14 32.5 65 70 84 45 58 2 75 5x5x20 M6x10
Tr 16x4 3.5
F20 112.5 34 180.5 16 45 89 90 110 70 62 3 75 5x5x25 M8x14 F16 / A16
KGS 1605 6
F30 158 40 238 19 60 120 120 154 100 75 5 100 6x6x25 M10x18 Tr 24x5 9.5
F20 / A20 KGS 2005 10.5
M100 configuration general dimensions
KGS 2020 5.5
X Y Z ØV ØW ØR More dimensions
Tr 36x6 15
F16 84 61 36 32 40 45 Page 78 KGS 3205 21.5

92 F20 106 100 36 35 55 66 Page 80 F30 / A30 KGS 3210 23.5

KGS 3220 12
F30 124 130 37 50 75 88 Page 82
KGS 3240 6
… Contact the NIASA technical department for the different drive possibilities.
… If using ball screws, the actuator is reversible. In general, it is always advisable that the motors have brakes. In most cases, standard brakes for
each motor size are sufficient. This will ensure the stem does not loose position when it stops or if there are vibrations, etc.

272 273 276 278 280 281 282 300 307

www.n ias a.es

ES LINEAR ACTUATOR F/A - Configuration M601
Up to
86 kN TrTRAPEZ.
KGS
BALLS

Motoreducer at 90º
There is a large range of reductions
available for the M601 configuration.
02
ØW
ØR

ØV
E
L1* F Y COURSE + X Z
L2*

Maximum axial strength

A
C

Diameter and Load

pitch (kN)
screw (mm)
B

ØD f8 Tr 24x5 9.5
F20 / A20 KGS 2005 10.5
KGS 2020 5.5
*Depends on the motoreducer selected and the manufacturer. Tr 36x6 15
For further information, please contact the NIASA technical department. KGS 3205 21.5
F30 / A30 KGS 3210 23.5
M601 configuration dimensions M100 configuration general dimensions
KGS 3220 12
More KGS 3240 6
A B C ØD f8 E F X Y Z ØV ØW ØR dimensions
Tr 45x7 22
F20 116 20 156 20 15 55 106 100 36 35 55 66 Page 80 KGS 4010 38
F40 / A40
F30 138 25 188 25 20 70 124 130 37 50 75 88 Page 82 KGS 4020 21.5
KGS 4040 11
F40 160 40 240 35 30 75 155 150 67 70 90 110 Page 84
Tr 50x8 47.5
F45 200 40 280 40 35 105 175 195 65 90 115 140 Page 86 F45
KGS 5010 78 93
F50 260 50 360 45 40 130 185 300 95 110 150 196 Page 87 Tr 70x10 60.5
F50
KGS 6310 86
… Contact the NIASA technical department for the different drive possibilities.
… If using ball screws, the actuator is reversible. In general, it is always advisable that the motors have brakes. In most cases, standard brakes for
each motor size are sufficient. This will ensure the stem does not when it stops or if there are vibrations, etc.

272 273 276 278 280 281 282 300 307 312

www.n ias a.es

 ES LINEAR ACTUATOR F/A - Configuration M605
Up to
86 kN Tr TRAPEZ.
KGS
BALLS

In line motor
There is a large range of reductions
available for the M605 configuration.

ØW
ØR

ØV
E

L* F Y COURSE + X Z
B
A
C
B

ØD

*Depends on the motor group selected and the manufacturer.

For further information, please contact the NIASA technical department

94
M205 configuration dimensions M100 configuration general dimensions
A B C ØD f8 E X Y Z ØV ØW ØR More dimensions
F16 82 15 112 15 12 84 61 36 32 40 45 Page 78

F20 116 20 156 20 15 106 100 36 35 55 66 Page 80

F30 138 25 188 25 20 124 130 37 50 75 88 Page 82

F40 160 40 240 35 30 155 150 67 70 90 110 Page 84

F45 200 40 280 40 35 175 195 65 90 115 140 Page 86

F50 260 50 360 45 40 185 300 95 110 150 196 Page 87

www.n ias a.es

Maximum axial strength

Diameter and pitch Load

screw (mm) (kN)
Tr 16x4 3.5
F16 / A16
KGS 1605 6
Tr 24x5 9.5
F20 / A20 KGS 2005 10.5
KGS 2020 5.5
Tr 36x6 15
KGS 3205 21.5
F30 / A30 KGS 3210 23.5 02
KGS 3220 12
KGS 3240 6
Tr 45x7 22
KGS 4010 38
F40 / A40
KGS 4020 21.5
KGS 4040 11
Tr 50x8 47.5
F45
KGS 5010 78
Tr 70x10 60.5
F50
KGS 6310 86

Standard drives
The standard drive of the M605 F/A configuration linear actuators is made using Ac motors. The following table shows the powers
available for each size actuator and the type of motor flange.
For another size or different type of drive, please contact NIASA. NIASA can supply alternating or stepper motors with sensors of
any type, etc.
If using ball screws, the actuator is reversible. In general, it is always advisable that the motors have brakes. In most cases,
standard brakes for each motor size are sufficient. This will ensure the stem does not loose position when it stops or if there
are vibrations, etc.

Motor group
56 63 71 80 90 100 112 132 160
Motor flange Power (kW)
A B A B A B A B A B A B A A B A
0.06 0.09 0.12 0.18 0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 11
F (mm) 48 51 58
F16 / A16
Motor flange B14 B14 B14
F (mm) 66 73 86
F20 / A20
Motor flange B5 B5 B14
F (mm) 81 91 101
F30 / A30
Motor flange B5 B5 B5
F (mm) 98 108 118 95
F40 / A40
Motor flange B5 B5 B14
F (mm) 125 135 157
F45
Motor flange B5 B14 B14
F (mm) 164 184 218
F50
Motor flange B14 B14 B14

272 273 276 278 280 281 282 300 307 312

www.n ias a.es

 LINEAR ACTUATORS
F SERIES: steel tube | A SERIES: aluminum tube

Product selection
To select the correct F/A Series linear actuator, please follow this flow diagram.
If you would like to know the expected service life of a unit for your application, please
send the relevant data to the NIASA service department.

96

www.n ias a.es

1 F/AANDACTUATOR MODEL
SIZE DEFINITION APPLICATION

M100 BASE Page Page OTHER

74 74
CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION

Page 02
SIZE PRE-SELECTION 74

2 SCREW AND REDUCTION

TYPE DEFINITION
SCREW TYPE Page Page
REDUCTION
78 78

Ball (KGS)
Trapezoidal (Tr)
SPECIAL

3 DRIVE TORQUE AND POWER

CALCULATION
INDEPENDENT ACTUATOR ACTUATOR SYSTEM

Page
99 TORQUE AND POWER TORQUE AND POWER
CALCULATION CALCULATION

Page
74 STANDARD DRIVE SPECIAL DRIVE

4 ADDITIONAL
ACCESSORIES
CONFIGURATION AND
ADDITIONAL CONFIGURATION
- Stem end
- Input shaft
- Lubrication Page
- Corrosion protection 100
- Sealing
Page - Ambient temperature
ACCESSORIES 260 - ...

5 PLACING AN ORDER PLACING AN ORDER

Page
104

6 DESIGN VALIDATION (NIASA) SIZE VALIDATION AND CONFIGURATION

97

F F
F F F F
BUCKLING LATERAL RESONANCE OVER-HEATING …
LOADS

CONFIRMATION RE-SIZING PROPOSAL

SIZE

www.n ias a.es

 LINEAR ACTUATORS
F SERIES: steel tube | A SERIES: aluminum tube

Product selection

STRENGTH AND TORQUE

ACTING ON AN F/A SERIES
LINEAR ACTUATOR

F Load to move at traction and/or compression.

FL Lateral load on the stem. F
V Stem travel speed.
MD Torque on the input shaft.
n Speed on the input shaft.

FL

98

MD
n

www.n ias a.es

LINEAR ACTUATORS
F SERIES: steel tube | A SERIES: aluminum tube

Product selection

TORQUE AND POWER OF A LINEAR

ACTUATOR 02
After pre-selecting the suitable linear actuator for the ηDS Screw dynamic efficiency
application, select the drive motor, following the steps below:
Trapezoidal screw (Tr)
16 x 4 24 x 5 36 x 6 45 x 7 50 x 8 70 x 10
1. Drive torque
0.44 0.39 0.34 0.32 0.33 0.30

x
MD (Nm) = ( 2 x π Fx 0,9P x η + Mi )x 1
ηDR x iR
Ball screw (KGS)
DS 0.9 (for all sizes)
MD Drive torque (kN)
F Load to move in dynamic (kN) MI Idle Torque
P Screw pitch (mm)
Mi Idle torque (Nm) F16 / A16 F20 / A20 F30 / A30
iR Input reduction, see for configurations M205, M501, Tr 16×4 0.38 Tr 24×5 0.52 Tr 36×6 1.6
M505 and M601; i = 1 for M605 and M100
KGS 1605 0.25 KGS 2005 0.42 KGS 3205 1.3
0.9 Cylinder dynamic efficiency
ηDS Screw dynamic efficiency KGS 2020 0.48 KGS 3210 1.3
ηDR Reduction element dynamic efficiency: KGS 3220 1.3
- M205: ηDR = 0,95 (coaxial reducer) KGS 3240 1.3
- M501: ηDR = 0,97 (toothed strap)
- M505: ηDR = 0,90 (90º bevel gearbox)
F40 / A40 F45 F50
- M601: ηDR , according to reduction (worm wheel and shaft)
- M605 and M100 = 1, without reducer Tr 45×7 1.9 Tr 50×8 2.1 Tr 70×10 2.1
KGS 4010 1.6 KGS 5010 1.7 KGS 6310 1.5

2. A Power required KGS 4020 1.7

KGS 4040 1.7
M xn
PD (kW)= D
9550
Important
MD Drive torque (Nm)
…… The values indicated in the tables correspond to the
n Screw jack input speed (rpm)
lubrication conditions established by NIASA and will be
reached after a small period of operation.
Important
…… In the case of low temperatures, these can be reduced
…… In general, it is advisable to multiply the power value considerably.
calculated for a safety coefficient of 1.3 to 2; the smaller the
installation the higher the coefficient 99
…… When the load to move is lower than 10% of the elevator's
nominal load, consider that value as the load to move.

3. START-UP TORQUE
In general, it must be calculated by multiplying the drive torque
by two.

www.n ias a.es

 LINEAR ACTUATORS
F SERIES: steel tube | A SERIES: aluminum tube

Product selection
MAXIMUM TRANSFERABLE TORQUE ACCORDING TO SHAFT/ PARALLEL
COTTER PIN (DIN 6885)
b
The following table shows the maximum transferrable torque

t2
of a shaft and its keys. It is considered that the shaft is subject
exclusively to torsional forces.

t1
Important

…… Never subject the input of a screw jack

to torque over that indicated for its shaft
and keys (see plans in the chapter “sizes”, page 74).
Ø L1

Maximum transferrable torque, MD (Nm)

Shaft Key dimensions
Key effective length, L1 (mm)
diameter
Ø (mm) bxh t1 t2 10 16 20 28 40 50 70 100
(mm) (mm) (mm)
8 – 10 3x3 1.8 1.4 5 9 12 - - - - -
10 – 12 4x4 2.5 1.8 9 13 17 - - - - - Material: C45 (1.1191) according to EN 10083-1
12 – 17 5x5 3 2.3 15 24 30 42 - - - - Load type: Drive - Uniform /
Load - Light knocks
17 – 22 6x6 3.5 2.8 25 40 50 70 100 - - -
Assembly: tight
22 – 30 8x7 4 3.3 39 63 78 109 157 195 - - Cycles: >1,000,000
30 – 38 10 x 8 5 3.3 50 82 102 143 204 255 357 - Safety factor: 1.5 - 2.5
IMPORTANT For other conditions, please
38 – 44 12 x 8 5 3.3 62 98 123 173 247 308 432 -
contact the NIASA technical department

100

www.n ias a.es

LINEAR ACTUATORS
F SERIES: steel tube | A SERIES: aluminum tube

Product selection
LUBRICATION
02
The lineal actuator is supplied with G421 DIVINOL The greasing interval depends on the type of work and its
LITHOGREASE for all applications with trapezoidal screws cycle. Under normal conditions it is recommended to lubricate
and L152 KLUBER ISOFLEX TOPAS class 2, DIN51818 for ball every 800 - 2,000 hours of operation. It is important to avoid
screws. For high speeds it is recommended to choose class 1 over-lubricating.
and heavy loads class 3.
A group lubricator is recommended for automatic lubrication,
A change of grease type may affect the correct operation of the which feeds the lubrication point. Depending on the type of
equipment. group lubricator, the lubrication may last up to two years.
NIASA supplies its actuators with the following type of
hydraulic lubricating mechanism:
Specifications
…… Straight lubricator DIN 71412 type A (Actuator F).
A complete cleaning and change of grease is recommended
…… Brass cap with O-ring (Actuator A).
Lithium compound semi-synthetic grease
DIVINOL LITHOGREASE G421 …… As a greasing nozzle for the nipples, the 515/G – 516/G
Working temperature -35 to +160ºC hydraulic connector is recommended.
For its protection and conservation, the use of plastic caps
Density at 15ºC 0.9 kg/dm3
is advised.
130 mm2/s at 40ºC
Cinematic viscosity (s/DIN 51 562) 15 mm2/s at 100ºC
Dropping point (s/DIN ISO 2176) >220ºC There is a possibility to supply F Series actuators with a brass
lubrication cap with an O-ring, and vice versa for A Series. See
Water resistance (s/DIN 51 807/T1) Level 1
the lubrication chapter in accessories.

Synthetic hydrocarbon grease with lithium soap

KLUBER ISOFLEX TOPAS L152
Working temperature -50 to +150ºC
Density at 20ºC 0.9 kg/dm3
100 mm2/s at 40ºC
Cinematic viscosity (s/DIN 51 562) 14.5 mm2/s at 100ºC
Dropping point (s/DIN ISO 2176) >185ºC
Water resistance (s/DIN 51 807/T1) Level 1

A complete cleaning and change of grease is recommended after five years.

The greasing interval...
For further information, please contact the NIASA technical department.

101

www.n ias a.es

 LINEAR ACTUATORS
F SERIES: steel tube | A SERIES: aluminum tube

Product selection
PROTECTION AGAINST CORROSION,
Sealing AND AMBIENT TEMPERA-
TURE
PROTECTION AGAINST THE Input
PROTECTION AGAINST CORROSION OF SOLIDS AND LIQUIDS
Select the environment in which the equipment will work, NIASA actuators offer, as standard, an IP65 protection index
using the atmospheric corrosion categories classification to prevent solid and liquid particles from entering the inside,
established in the DIN EN ISO 12944-2 standard (protection which may damage them or reduce their designed service life.
against the corrosion of steel structures using painted
systems). Also establish the durability required before carrying Use the following table, according to the DIN EN IEC 60529
out the first maintenance of the exterior surfaces (durability standard, if the level of protection must be higher than that
does not imply a "time" guarantee). indicated. NIASA supplies, on request, specially designed units
to withstand the most aggressive environments.
If the corrosion category is higher than “C3” for your
application and/or higher than “average” durability is required, The protection levels are defined with a code made up of the
please contact NIASA so that the technical department can letters “IP“ and two numbers “XY”.
select the surface protection system and select the most
suitable components.
LEVEL OF PROTECTION “IP”, AGAINST THE Input OF …

… solid particles: “X” … liquids: “Y”

ENVIRONMENT
CORROSION ... ...
CATEGORY
Outdoors Indoors
5 Protection against dust 3 Protection against spray
C1 Very low Buildings with heating residues (the dust that water (from angle up to 60º
and clean atmospheres. may penetrate the inside with vertical).
does not imply incorrect
C2 Low Atmospheres with low Buildings with no operation of the equipment).
levels of pollution. heating and possible
Rural areas. condensation. 6 Total protection against the 4 Protection against water
penetration of any kind of splashes (from any
C3 Medium Urban and industrial Manufacturing plants solid body (sealing). direction).
atmospheres, with with high humidity and
moderate SO2 pollution. some pollution. 5 Protection against water
streams from any direction
Coastal areas with low with hose.
salinity.
6 Protection against sporadic
C4 High Industrial areas and Chemical and floods (example: tidal wave).
coastal areas with swimming pool
moderate salinity. industries. ... ...
C5-I Very high Industrial areas with Buildings or areas with
(industrial) high humidity and almost permanent
aggressive atmosphere. condensation and high
contamination. AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
C5-M Very high Coastal and maritime Buildings or areas
(maritime) areas with high salinity. with permanent Contact NIASA if your unit will be installed in an environment
condensation and high that may reach temperatures below -20ºC and/or above +40ºC.
102 contamination.
NIASA's technical department will prescribe the most suitable
materials and sealing components for the specific conditions
DURABILITY of the application.

LOW L 2 to 5 years

MEDIUM M 5 to 15 years

HIGH H More than 15 years

www.n ias a.es

LINEAR ACTUATORS
F SERIES: steel tube | A SERIES: aluminum tube

Product selection
OPTIONAL CONFIGURATIONS
Optionally, NIASA may adapt your F/A actuator, modifying the Special configurations
different parts of it to your preferences. 02
At the customer's request, the linear actuators can be supplied
Some examples are shown below. with a screw of several inputs so that higher speeds can be
See sub-section “Placing an order”. obtained.
Immobilizations
The F Series electro-mechanical actuators, on request, can One input Two inputs Three inputs Four inputs
be supplied with the immobilized stem in rotation. This is
achieved by mounting a key on the upper cap and machining a
groove along the stem.

Groove

Front cap
cotter pin
Cotter pin screws

With this configuration, the scraper for the stem cannot be

mounted on the front cap. To avoid the possible entry of
particles or liquid through the stem, it is recommended to
mount a bellow to protect it.
For further information, please contact the NIASA technical
department.

103

www.n ias a.es

 LINEAR ACTUATORS
F SERIES: steel tube | A SERIES: aluminum tube

order designation

SIZE
01 F16 / A16
F20 / A20
F30 / A30
F40 / A40
F45
F50

CONFIGURATION
02
M100 Base
M205 In line motoreducer
M501 Parallel drive
M505 For drive at 90º
M601 Motoreducer at 90º
M605 In line motor

03 REDUCTION
Configuration M501
01 Reduction 1:1
02 Reduction 1:2
SR Special reduction

Configuration M205/M601
SR To be defined

Other configurations
00 No reduction

04 EQUIPMENT GENERAL PROTECTION

IPS Standard IP protection level
IPX Special IP protection level

05 SCREW TYPE (DIAMETER x PITCH)

TRS Trapezoidal
KGS Ball

Stroke
06
0000 Equipment usable stroke in mm

07 IMMOBILISATION IN ROTATION
00 No immobilization
01 Immobilized

104

Example 01 02 03 04 05
F30 M205 SR IPS KGS3205

www.n ias a.es

 STEM FASTENING ACCESSORY DRIVE ADAPTATION
08 BPS Flange
13 Configuration M100/M505
GKS Single rod VE Wheel 02
GKB Double rod 00 No adaptation
GIR Ball joint
FES Special end fastening Configuration M205/M501/M601/M605
000 No accessory MK Default adaptation corresponding to
configuration
EXTERIOR TUBE FASTENING ACCESSORY MS Special adaptation
09 Actuator F 00 No adaptation
BB Trunnion mount with tipper studs
MOTOR (ONLY IF CONFIGURATION M205/M501/M605)
BH Trunnion mount with bearings 14 MK drive adaptation
Actuator A 080 Group size
BA Trunnion mount A Power-1 / B Power-2

F/A Actuator MS drive adaptation

00 No accessory 1111 Non-standard drive

tilt ACCESSORY Both adaptations

10 SB With tilt support 0000 Without drive
00 No tilt support LUBRICANT
15 GRA Standard lubricant
LIMIT SWITCH ACCESSORY
11 Actuator F GRX Lubricant for low extreme temperatures
FCI Inductive limit switches GRS Other lubricant
FCR Inductive limit switches with regulation
LUBRICATION ACCESSORIES
16 ERT Straight lubricator (standard F Series)
Actuator A
FCG Magnetic limit switches ETP Sealed lubrication cap (standard A Series)
AGR Automatic lubricating accessory
F/A Actuator 000 Other lubricating accessory
000 No limit switches
EQUIPMENT GENERAL COLOUR
STEM PROTECTION ACCESSORY 17 RAZ Blue RAL5017 (standard F Series)
12 Actuator F RGG Graphite grey RAL7024
FB Bellow type protector RGP Silver grey RAL9006
RSP Special colour indicated by the customer
F/A Actuator CIP Only grey 411 priming
00 No protector 000 Not painted (standard A Series)

105

06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
0300 00 BPS 00 SB FCI FB MK GR080A GRA ERT RAZ

www.n ias a.es

 LINEAR ACTUATORS
F SERIES: steel tube | A SERIES: aluminum tube

F SERIES disassembled
Name
01 Body
02 Back cap
03 Ball screw
04 Trapezoidal screw
05 Bearing-holder disc
06 Exterior tube
16
07 Front cap
7
08 Stem 23
24 19
09 Front support 4 9
10 Ball nut 3
11 Trapezoidal nut
12 Supplement bushing
17
13 Axial bearing
14 Radial bearing 8
11
15 Seal
16 Scraper 22
25
17 Bearing 12 10
18 Guide ring 5
13
19 O-Ring 18 14
20 Grooved nut 18 13
21 Straight lubrication nipple
5
22 Straight key
20
23 Exterior circlip
24 Flat washer 6
25 Flat stud

1
21
106

15

www.n ias a.es

LINEAR ACTUATORS
F SERIES: steel tube | A SERIES: aluminum tube

A SERIES disassembled
Name
01 Exterior tube
02 Axial package support body
03 Posterior end carriage 02
04 Back cap
05 Front cap
06 Stem
30
07 Front support
25 22
08 Ball screw 24
9 7 5
09 Trapezoidal screw 11 15
10 Ball nut 6
12 8
11 Trapezoidal nut 20
12 Guide ring 13
13 Supplement bushing 10
14 Bearing-holder disc
12
15 Sealed joint 16
27
16 Profile closure band
17 Lubrication cap
18 Axial bearing
19 Radial bearing
1
20 Bearing 14
26
21 Seal 17
18
22 Scraper 19
23 Grooved nut 2
24 Flat washer
25 Exterior circlip 18
28
26 Straight key 14
27 Flat stud 23
28 Straight stud 15
29 Allen screw 3
30 Allen screw
31 O-Ring 31

4 107

21

29

www.n ias a.es

 LINEAR ACTUATORS
F SERIES: steel tube | A SERIES: aluminum tube

Special configurations
If the standard product range does not meet your requirements,
please contact NIASA for modification to any unit. With complete
safety, it will be adapted to your requirements.

Special trunnion Modified body for mounting

mounts adapted aluminum extrusion profile
to the customer's with magnetic sensor.
requirement.

Special flange for Special flange adapted for

hydraulic motor coupling with a torque limiter
108
 02

Special size stem

union adapted to
customer's accessory

Compact unit, just 5 mm

of safety margin
in both directions

Special flange for

coupling with a torque
limiter
109
Special flange adapted to
NEMA type servomotor

Flange adapted to motor flange

defined by the customer.

www.n ias a.es

03
LINEAR ACTUATORS WITH
INTEGRATED REDUCTION
AND CUBIC GEARBOX
FM Series: Steel tube
AM Series: Aluminum tube
“SUSTAINABILITY IS
INDUSTRIALISED
ECOLOGY.”
DAVID GARCÍA
HOME-THERME

Niasa actuators in the Tonopah thermo-solar plant, Nevada, USA.

© Solar Reserve
 LINEAR ACTUATORS
WITH INTEGRATED REDUCTION AND CUBIC GEARBOX. FM series: steel tube | AM series: aluminum tube

INTRODUCTION
NIASA FM/AM Series electro-mechanical actuators combine The screw supports also characterized for offering an
the sleeve and stem system of the F/A Series linear actuators extensive range of:
with the gearbox of the screw jacks, thus obtaining the most …… Axial load capacities, from 5 kN up to 250 kN.
interesting features of both types of product.
…… Advance speeds; depending on the screw pitch and the
This way, the FM/AM Series electro-mechanical actuators gearbox, two possible reductions are offered depending
become the optimal technical solution for applications that on the size of the actuator, from 4:1 to 40:1.
require the movement specifications of a screw jack, with the
additional advantage of being able to work under the most …… Trapezoidal and ball screws, depending on the
demanding environmental conditions. performance required, precision of movement and
positioning, etc.
Their main advantages against other systems, such as
pneumatic or hydraulic cylinders, are the following: …… Fastening accessories and elements, for optimal
adaptation to the most varied systems that may be
…… Greater movement and positioning precision. designed.
…… Greater safety, due to its irreversibility in many …… Control and safety systems (mechanical/inductive limit
configurations (ask NIASA) and/or the incorporation of switches, absolute/incremental encoders, etc.).
different braking devices.
…… Materials and surface coverings, depending on the
…… Superior energy efficiency, as their parts offer high/very environmental conditions in which the unit will be
high performance, especially with the ball screws, low installed.
transmission ratios and high speeds.
…… Two types of external sleeve for the stem:
…… Easier and faster assembly, since hydraulic or pneumatic
groups are not required, just an electric motor on the unit · Steel round tube.
itself. · Aluminum extrusion profile (magnetic sensors, anti-
…… Greater reliability and duration, and less maintenance, due rotation system).
to the mechanical robustness and construction simplicity. …… …
…… Modular design and the possibility to operate in multiple
positions. Please do not hesitate to contact NIASA if you require FM/AM
…… Easier to obtain synchronized advance movements of actuators (and their drive mechanisms) with specifications
several actuators, including under different loads. other than those covered in this chapter. The NIASA technical
department will specifically develop the special units that best
…… Lower size for the same load capacity. meet your requirements.
…… …

114
 03

115

www.n ias a.es

 LINEAR ACTUATORS
WITH INTEGRATED REDUCTION AND CUBIC GEARBOX. FM series: steel tube | AM series: aluminum tube

APPLICATIONS

Press type system

Three FM3 Series actuators made up of
a three-phase motor drive system, MK
Series drive union flange, with MK Series
drive, transmission between equipment
using MK series coupling, BP Series
fastening flanges on the stem and PR
Series protector on the worm shaft.

116
Three shaft
screw jack system
Three FM3 series actuators made
up of a double-shaft, three-phase
drive system, transmission between
units with EZ series joint shafts, FCI
series inductive sensor with a position
encoding system underneath the
gearbox, bevel gearbox with encoder
adapted and GIR series ball with joint
fastening on the stem.
 Conveyor belt
elevation system
Two FJ1 Series actuators made up
of a three-phase drive system with
brake, MK Series drive union flange,
transmission between units with EZ
Series joint shafts, support structure
with protection for the transmission
shaft, GIR series ball joint on the stem
and HFM Series gearbox fastening.

03

Elevation system
with integrated 117
magnetic sensor.
Two AM2 Series actuators made up
of a three-phase motor drive system,
drive union flange, transmission
between units with EZ Series joint
shafts, exterior aluminum tube with
anti-turning system and an FCG
Series integrated magnetic sensor, tilt
fastening on the BA Series tube, GKB
Series ball joint fastening on the stem.

www.n ias a.es

 LINEAR ACTUATORS
WITH INTEGRATED REDUCTION AND CUBIC GEARBOX. FM series: steel tube | AM series: aluminum tube

SIZES

There are trapezoidal and ball screw options on all the sizes (see
chapter on screws for further information), as well as normal
speed (S) and slow speed (H) gearboxes.

M1 M2 M3
Up to 5 kN 10 kN 25 kN

F
Steel exterior tube
page 122 page 123 page 124

A
Aluminum exterior tube

118 With anti-rotation

on the stem (optional)
With magnetic sensor
integrated on the aluminum
tube (optional) page 122 page 123 page 124

In addition to the standard range of linear actuators, NIASA can specifically develop the unit
that best meets your application requirements. Contact NIASA.
IMPORTANT All the technical data included in this chapter correspond to the configuration with
steel tube and to the aluminum tube configuration.
For further information about the latter, please contact the NIASA technical department.
 03

M4 M5 J1 J3
50 kN 100 kN 150 kN 250 kN

page 125 page 126 page 127 page 128

119

page 125

www.n ias a.es

 LINEAR ACTUATORS
WITH INTEGRATED REDUCTION AND CUBIC GEARBOX. FM series: steel tube | AM series: aluminum tube

GENERAL PRODUCT OVERVIEW

Name Page
01 M Series gearbox 118 24 BA flanges with bearings for aluminum 274
tube
02 Screw + Trapezoidal nut + Stem 122
25 FCG magnetic limit switch 308
03 Screw + Ball nut + Stem 122
26 Connection sensor input adapter 308
04 HFM ball joint 270
27 Position sensor magnet 308
05 LCM mounting feet 266
28 Anti-rotation system
06 Flange with ZKM bolts 267
07 Flanges with ZKH bearings 268
08 Flange with ZKV 90º bolts 269 21

09 SB tilt supports 276 20

10 GIR clevis rod 282
11 GKB double clevis rod 281
12 BPS flange 278 18
13 GKS single clevis rod 280
14 PR worm gear protector 304
15 Wheel with VE grip 300
16 Motor flange 17
17 EK coupling 284 16
18 Motorization 312
20 BB flanges with bolts for steel tube 272
21 Flanges with bearings for BH steel tube 273
22 FCI inductive limit switch 307

7
6

4
120
5

9
 13
12
11
10

3
2

Steel exterior tube

03
Aluminium exterior tube
22
24

24

25

22

25

15
14
26

27

28
121

www.n ias a.es

 FM1/AM1 LINEAR ACTUATOR
Up to
5 kN Tr
TRAPEZ.
KGS
BALLS

FM AM
Ø27H8
Ø32 M26x1,5

6
20

36
Access caps
Ø40 grease screw and nut

COURSE+ 119
Access caps
access cap

32

62
31

= 77 = =
120
M5x8 Prof.
On both sides
Key 3x3x18
1,5 DIN6885 A
10

11
24
Ø28 H7

20 20
Ø12

25

24 27,5

Ø14 h6
100
Ø10 h6
80

78
60

21

36

=
M8x13 Prof.
= 52 = On both sides
72 SAFETY MARGIN

Advance Drive torque, MD (Nm) Start-up Approx.

Diameter Maximum Performance torque, MO (Nm)
and step axial Reduction (mm/revol. Weight weight
(%) stroke 0 each 100
screw strength input) F (kN), load to move in dynamic
(mm) (kN) (kg) mm of
S H S H S H S H S H stroke (kg)

Tr 16x4 5 4:1 16:1 1.00 0.25 35 27 (0,46xF)+0.17 (0,15xF)+0.08 0.80xF 0.34xF 1.8 0.5
122
KGS 1605 5 4:1 16:1 1.25 0.31 71 56 (0.28xF)+0.14 (0.09xF)+0.08 0.39xF 0.16xF 1.8 0.5

… Power required: PD (kW) = 0,157x MD (Nm).

… All the data in the table correspond to an input speed of 1,500 rpm. For other speeds, please see the calculation chapter (page 130).
Ensure that the application's dynamic load does not exceed the critical values indicated, in order to avoid overheating of the unit and buckling and
resonance. See calculations chapter (page 130).

266 267 268 269 270 272 273 274 276 278 280 281 282 300 304 307 308 312

www.n ias a.es

FM2/AM2 LINEAR ACTUATOR
Up to
10 kN TrTRAPEZ.
KGS
BALLS

Ø29 H8
Ø35 M27x2 FM AM

7
26

36
COURSE+ 156
Access caps
Ø55 grease screw and nut

Access caps
access cap
03

35

75
37,5

= 90 = =
140
M6x9 Prof.
On both sides
Key 5x5x20
1,5 DIN6885 A

12
11

28
Ø35 H7

20 20
Ø15

32

27,5 45
Ø14 h6

Ø16 h6
100

130
106
78

29

36
=

M8x15 Prof.
= 63 = On both sides
85 SAFETY MARGIN

Advance Start-up torque, Approx.

Diameter Maximum Performance Drive torque MD (Nm)
Reduction (mm/revol. MO (Nm) Weight weight
and step axial (%)
input) F (kN), load to move in dynamic stroke 0 each 100
screw strength (kg) mm of
(mm) (kN)
S H S H S H S H S H stroke (kg)

Tr 24x5 10 4:1 16:1 1.25 0.31 0.31 0.25 (0.64xF)+0.35 (0.20xF)+0.17 1.11xF 0.43xF 4.6 1
KGS 2005 10 4:1 16:1 1.25 0.31 0.72 0.58 (0.28xF)+0.33 (0.09xF)+0.17 0.39xF 0.15xF 4.6 1
123
KGS 2020 7.5 4:1 16:1 5.00 1.25 0.72 0.58 (1.10xF)+0.33 (0.35xF)+0.17 1.55xF 0.6xF 4.6 1

… Power required: PD (kW) = 0,157x MD (Nm).

… All the data in the table correspond to an input speed of 1,500 rpm. For other speeds, please see the calculation chapter (page 130).
... Ensure that the application's dynamic load does not exceed the critical values indicated, in order to avoid overheating of the unit and buckling and
resonance. See calculations chapter (page 130).

266 267 268 269 270 272 273 274 276 278 280 281 282 300 304 307 308 312

www.n ias a.es

 FM3/AM3 LINEAR ACTUATOR
Up to
25 kN TrTRAPEZ.
KGS
BALLS

Ø43 H8
Ø50 M42x2

8
30

37
FM AM

COURSE+ 214
Access caps
Ø75 grease screw and nut

Access caps
access cap

44

82
41

= 110 = =
195
M8x10 Prof.
On both sides
Key 5x5x36
2 DIN6885 A
12

15
31
Ø35 H7

20* 20*
Ø17

45

45 4
Ø16 h6

Ø20 h6
130
106

180
150
42

37
M10x15 Prof.
= 81 = On both sides
105 SAFETY MARGIN
(*) If incorporating a KGM 3220 nut,
Safety margin is 15 mm.

Advance Drive torque MD (Nm) Start-up torque, Approx.

Diameter Maximum Performance MO (Nm)
Reduction (mm/revol. Weight weight
and step axial (%)
input) F (kN), load to move in dynamic stroke 0 each 100
screw strength (kg) mm of
(mm) (kN)
S H S H S H S H S H stroke (kg)

Tr 36x6 25 6:1 24:1 1.00 0.25 0.28 0.22 (0.58xF)+0.57 (0.18xF)+0.31 1.04xF 0.4xF 12 2.1
KGS 3205 20 6:1 24:1 0.83 0.21 0.73 0.58 (0.18xF)+0.52 (0.06xF)+0.29 0.26xF 0.11xF 12 2.1
KGS 3210 25 6:1 24:1 1.67 0.42 0.73 0.58 (0.36xF)+0.52 (0.12xF)+0.29 0.52xF 0.21xF 12 2.1
KGS 3220 20 6:1 24:1 3.33 0.83 0.73 0.58 (0.73xF)+0.52 (0.23xF)+0.29 1.03xF 0.42xF 12 2.1
124
KGS 3240 10 6:1 24:1 6.67 1.67 0.73 0.58 (1.46xF)+0.52 (0.46xF)+0.29 2.07xF 0.84xF 12 2.1

… Power required: PD (kW) = 0,157x MD (Nm).

… All the data in the table correspond to an input speed of 1,500 rpm. For other speeds, please see the calculation chapter (page 130).
... Ensure that the application's dynamic load does not exceed the critical values indicated, in order to avoid overheating of the unit and buckling and
resonance. See calculations chapter (page 130).

266 267 268 269 270 272 273 274 276 278 280 281 282 300 304 307 308 312

www.n ias a.es

FM4/AM4 LINEAR ACTUATOR
Up to
50 kN Tr TRAPEZ.
KGS
BALLS

Ø62 H8
Ø70 M60x2

9
35

67
FM AM

COURSE+ 262
Access caps
Ø90 grease screw and nut

Access caps
access cap

55
117
03
58,5

= 150 = =
240
M10x14 Prof.
On both sides
Key 6x6x36
2 DIN6885 A
15

17
39
Ø52H7

20 20
Ø25

63

47,5 67,5

Ø25 h6
200
Ø20 h6
180
150

166
63

67
M12x16 Prof.
= 115 = On both sides =
145 SAFETY MARGIN

Advance Drive torque, MD (Nm) Start-up torque, Approx.

Diameter Maximum Performance MO (Nm)
and step axial Reduction (mm/revol. Weight weight
(%) stroke 0 each 100
screw strength input) F (kN), load to move in dynamic
(mm) (kN) (kg) mm of
S H S H S H S H S H stroke (kg)

Tr 45x7 50 7:1 28:1 1.00 0.25 0.26 0.21 (0.61xF)+0.97 (0.19xF)+0.57 1.18xF 0.44xF 27.3 3.3
KGS 4010 42 7:1 28:1 1.43 0.36 0.73 0.60 (0.31xF)+0.93 (0.09xF)+0.56 0.45xF 0.18xF 27.3 3.3
KGS 4020 37 7:1 28:1 2.86 0.71 0.73 0.60 (0.62xF)+0.93 (0.19xF)+0.56 0.9xF 0.36xF 27.3 3.3
125
KGS 4040 35 7:1 28:1 5.71 1.43 0.73 0.60 (1.25xF)+0.93 (0.38xF)+0.56 1.8xF 0.72xF 27.3 3.3

… Power required: PD (kW) = 0,157x MD (Nm).

… All the data in the table correspond to an input speed of 1,500 rpm. For other speeds, please see the calculation chapter (page 130).
... Ensure that the application's dynamic load does not exceed the critical values indicated, in order to avoid overheating of the unit and buckling and
resonance. See calculations chapter (page 130).

266 267 268 269 270 272 273 274 276 278 280 281 282 300 304 307 308 312

www.n ias a.es

 FM5 LINEAR ACTUATOR
Up to
100 kN Tr
TRAPEZ.
KGS
BALLS

The capacity indicated corresponds

to the basic configuration. There is
a possibility for higher capacities on
request.
Ø82 H8
Ø90 M80x2

10
37

65
Access caps

COURSE+ 300
Ø115 grease screw and nut

Access caps
access cap

60

160
80

= 170 = =
300
M12x16 Prof.
On both sides
Key 8x7x56
2,5 DIN6885 A

20
17

71 46
Ø52H7

20 20
Ø28

67,5 65
Ø25 h6
200

210
166

170
Ø25 h6
66

65
M20x30 Prof.
= 131 = On both sides
165 SAFETY MARGIN

Advance Start-up torque, Approx.

Diameter Maximum Performance Drive torque, MD (Nm)
Reduction (mm/revol. MO (Nm) Weight weight
and step axial (%)
input) F (kN), load to move in dynamic stroke 0 each 100
screw strength (kg) mm of
(mm) (kN)
S H S H S H S H S H stroke (kg)

Tr 50x8 100 9:1 36:1 0.89 0.22 0.27 0.21 (0.53xF)+1.91 (0.17xF)+1.08 0.98xF 0.39xF 45.2 4.9
126
KGS 5010 65 9:1 36:1 1.11 0.28 0.73 0.58 (0.24xF)+1.87 (0.08xF)+1.07 0.36xF 0.15xF 45.2 4.9

… Power required: PD (kW) = 0,157x MD (Nm).

… All the data in the table correspond to an input speed of 1,500 rpm. For other speeds, please see the calculation chapter (page 130).
... Ensure that the application's dynamic load does not exceed the critical values indicated, in order to avoid overheating of the unit and buckling and
resonance. See calculations chapter (page 130).

266 267 268 269 270 272 273 276 278 280 281 282 300 304 307 312

www.n ias a.es

FJ1 LINEAR ACTUATOR
Up to
150 kN Tr
TRAPEZ.
KGS
BALLS

The capacity indicated corresponds

to the basic configuration. There is
a possibility for higher capacities on
request.
Ø100 H8
Ø110 M95x2

10
45

95
Access caps

COURSE+ 325
Ø150 grease screw and nut

03
Access caps
access cap

60

175
87,5

= 200 = =
325
M12x16 Prof.
On both sides
Key 8x7x56
8 DIN6885 A
20

25
71 49
Ø52 H7

20 20
Ø28

65 67,5

Ø30 h6
210

240
170

190
Ø25 h6

70

95
M24x40 Prof.
= 155 = On both sides
195 SAFETY MARGIN

Advance Start-up torque, Approx.

Diameter Maximum Performance Drive torque, MD (Nm)
Reduction (mm/revol. MO (Nm) Weight weight
and step axial (%)
input) F (kN), load to move in dynamic stroke 0 each 100
screw strength (kg) mm of
(mm) (kN)
S H S H S H S H S H stroke (kg)

Tr 70x10 150 9:1 36:1 1.11 0.28 0.24 0.18 (0.73xF)+2.3 (0.24xF)+1.21 1.31xF 0.49xF 84.8 9
127
KGS 6310 65 9:1 36:1 1.11 0.28 0.73 0.55 (0.24xF)+1.97 (0.08xF)+1.19 0.33xF 0.14xF 86.8 9

… Power required: PD (kW) = 0,157x MD (Nm).

… All the data in the table correspond to an input speed of 1,500 rpm. For other speeds, please see the calculation chapter (page 130).
... Ensure that the application's dynamic load does not exceed the critical values indicated, in order to avoid overheating of the unit and buckling and
resonance. See calculations chapter (page 130).

266 267 268 269 270 272 273 276 278 280 281 282 300 304 307 312

www.n ias a.es

 FJ3 LINEAR ACTUATOR
Up to
250 kN Tr
TRAPEZ.
KGS
BALLS

Contact versions with ball screw.

Ø114 H8
Ø130 M110x2

10
65

100
Access caps

COURSE+ 360
Ø170 grease screw and nut

Access caps
access cap

165
82,5
°
60

Ø80
= 225 =
355 M12x18 Prof.
On both sides
Key 8x7x56
8 DIN6885 A
25

60
Ø58 H7

20 20
Ø32

80

67,5
Ø30 h6
240
190

75

100
M30x45 Prof.
= 170 = On both sides
220 SAFETY MARGIN

Advance Drive torque, MD (Nm) Start-up torque, Approx.

Diameter Maximum Performance MO (Nm)
and step axial Reduction (mm/revol. Weight weight
(%) stroke 0 each 100
screw strength input) F (kN), load to move in dynamic
(mm) (kN) (kg) mm of
S H S H S H S H S H stroke (kg)
128
Tr 80x10 250 10:1 40:1 1.00 0.25 0.22 0.19 (0.73xF)+2.81 (0.21xF)+1.95 1.18xF 0.4xF 100 14

… Power required: PD (kW) = 0,157x MD (Nm).

… All the data in the table correspond to an input speed of 1,500 rpm. For other speeds, please see the calculation chapter (page 130).
... Ensure that the application's dynamic load does not exceed the critical values indicated, in order to avoid overheating of the unit and buckling and
resonance. See calculations chapter (page 130).

266 267 268 269 270 272 273 276 278 280 281 282 300 304 307 312

www.n ias a.es

LINEAR ACTUATORS
WITH INTEGRATED REDUCTION AND CUBIC GEARBOX. FM series: steel tube | AM series: aluminum tube

Product selection
To select the correct FM/AM Series linear actuator, please follow this flow diagram.
If you would like to know the expected service life of a unit for your application, please send the
relevant data to the NIASA service department.

1 DEFINITION
FM/AM ACTUATOR MODEL AND SIZE
APPLICATION

Page Page
STEEL TUBE (FM) 118 118 ALUMINIUM TUBE (AM)

Page
SIZE PRE-SELECTION 118
03
2 SCREW AND REDUCTION
TYPE DEFINITION
SCREW TYPE Page
122
Page
122 REDUCTION

Ball (KGS)
NORMAL (S)
Trapezoidal (Tr)
REDUCED (H)
SPECIAL

3 CALCULATION
DRIVE TORQUE AND POWER
INDEPENDENT ACTUATOR ACTUATOR SYSTEM

Page TORQUE AND POWER TORQUE AND POWER Page

130 CALCULATION CALCULATION 130

Page
136 STANDARD DRIVE SPECIAL DRIVE

4 AND
ADDITIONAL CONFIGURATION
ACCESSORIES ADDITIONAL CONFIGURATION
- Stem sides
- Input shaft
- Lubrication Page
- Corrosion protection 137
Page - Sealing
ACCESSORIES 260 - Ambient temperature
- ...

5 PLACING AN ORDER PLACING AN ORDER

Page
140

6 DESIGN VALIDATION (NIASA) SIZE VALIDATION AND CONFIGURATION 129

F
F F
LATERAL
BUCKLING RESONANCE OVER-HEATING …
LOADS

SIZE RE-SIZING PROPOSAL

CONFIRMATION

www.n ias a.es

 LINEAR ACTUATORS
WITH INTEGRATED REDUCTION AND CUBIC GEARBOX. FM series: steel tube | AM series: aluminum tube

Product selection
FORCE AND TORQUE Acting on an TORQUE AND POWER OF A LINEAR
FM /AM SERIES ACTUATOR ACTUATOR
F Load to move at traction and/or compression.
INDEPENDENT FM/AM SERIES
FL Lateral load on the stem. After pre-selecting the suitable FM/AM Series linear actuator
V Stem travel speed. for the application, select the drive motor following the steps
FA Axial load on the input shaft. below:
FR Radial load on the input shaft.
1. DRIVE TORQUE
MD Torque on the input shaft.
n Speed on the input shaft. FxP
MD (Nm) = + Mi
2 x π x 0.9 x ηDG x η DS x i

MD Drive torque (kN)

F Load to move in dynamic (kN)
P Screw pitch (mm)
Mi Idle torque (Nm)
i Actuator reduction
0.9 Cylinder dynamic efficiency
ηDG Gearbox dynamic efficiency
F ηDS Screw dynamic efficiency

2. POWER REQUIRED
MD x n
V PD (kW)=
9550
MD Drive torque (Nm)
n Screw jack input speed (rpm)

Important

FL …… In general, it is advisable to multiply the power value

calculated for a safety coefficient of 1.3 to 2; the smaller
the installation the higher the coefficient
…… When the load to move is lower than 10% of the elevator's
nominal load, consider that value as the load to move.

3. Start-up torque

MD FR For loads between 25% and 100% of the actuator's nominal

130
value, calculate the start-up torque with this formula:
n
FA
FxP
MO (Nm) = 2 x π x 0.9 x η x i
SA

ηSA Actuator static efficiency

(gearbox + screw)

Important

…… For loads under 25% of the actuator's nominal value,

select the start-up torque by multiplying the drive torque
by 2.

www.n ias a.es

ηDG Gearbox dynamic efficiency
S gearbox version (normal speed) H gearbox version (slow speed)
input FM1/ FM2/ FM3/ FM4/ input FM1/ FM2/ FM3/ FM4/
FM5 FJ1 FJ3 FM5 FJ1 FJ3
rpm AM1 AM2 AM3 AM4 rpm AM1 AM2 AM3 AM4
3,000 0.91 0.90 0.92 Non-standard 3,000 0.75 0.77 0.76 Non-standard
1,500 0.88 0.89 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 1,500 0.69 0.71 0.71 0.74 0.72 0.68 0.77
1000 0.87 0.88 0.88 0.88 0.87 0.89 0.89 1000 0.67 0.69 0.68 0.69 0.67 0.67 0.76
750 0.85 0.87 0.87 0.87 0.86 0.88 0.89 750 0.64 0.66 0.67 0.68 0.65 0.65 0.75
500 0.84 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.84 0.87 0.88 500 0.61 0.64 0.63 0.64 0.62 0.64 0.74
100 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.78 0.81 0.84 100 0.54 0.56 0.54 0.55 0.53 0.55 0.66

ηDS Screw dynamic efficiency

03

Trapezoidal screw (Tr)

16x4 24x5 36x6 45x7 50x8 70x10 80x10
0.44 0.39 0.34 0.32 0.33 0.30 0.27

Ball screw (KGS)

0.9 (for all sizes)

MI Idle Torque
S gearbox version (normal speed) H gearbox version (slow speed)
FM1/ FM2/ FM3/ FM4/ FM1/ FM2/ FM3/ FM4/
FM5 FJ1 FJ3 FM5 FJ1 FJ3
AM1 AM2 AM3 AM4 AM1 AM2 AM3 AM4
Trapezoidal 0.17 0.35 0.57 0.97 1.91 2.03 2.81 Trapezoidal 0.08 0.17 0.31 0.57 1.08 1.21 1.95
Balls 0.14 0.33 0.52 0.93 1.87 1.97 2.75 Balls 0.08 0.17 0.29 0.56 1.07 1.19 1.94

ηSA Actuator static efficiency

S gearbox version (normal speed) H gearbox version (slow speed)
FM1/ FM2/ FM3/ FM4/ FM1/ FM2/ FM3/ FM4/
FM5 FJ1 FJ3 FM5 FJ1 FJ3
AM1 AM2 AM3 AM4 AM1 AM2 AM3 AM4
Trapezoidal 0.22 0.20 0.17 0.15 0.16 0.15 0.15 Trapezoidal 0.13 0.13 0.11 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.11
Balls 0.57 0.57 0.57 0.56 0.55 0.59 0.64 Balls 0.35 0.37 0.35 0.35 0.32 0.36 0.45

Important
131
…… The values indicated in the tables correspond to the lubrication conditions established by NIASA, for gearbox and screw, and
will be reached after a small period of operation.
…… In the case of low temperatures, these can be reduced considerably.

www.n ias a.es

 LINEAR ACTUATORS
WITH INTEGRATED REDUCTION AND CUBIC GEARBOX. FM series: steel tube | AM series: aluminum tube

Product selection
DESIGNING INSTALLATIONS WITH
FM/AM SERIES LINEAR ACTUATORS
For the application of FM/AM Series linear actuators in
installations with several units, the following criteria must be Example:
taken into account: Elevation system with four FM linear actuators and two bevel
gearboxes.
1. Define the number, position and orientation of the
equipment.
2. Select the drag components (couplings, transmission shafts,
supports, bevel gearboxes, motors, etc.) taking the following Transmission shaft Bevel gearbox
recommendations into account:

…… Ensure that the total load is distributed uniformly between

all the installation's actuators. Coupling
Electromechanical
…… The lowest possible number of transmission parts is actuator Geared F M
recommended. series FM

…… The transmission shafts should be as short as possible.

Turning sense
…… Try to protect the overall installation with a safety torque
limiter.
3. If a problem arises during the design of the installation in
defining the turning sense of the different elements, it is
advisable to apply the following method:
…… Indicate the orientation of the actuator elements.
…… Mark the screw turning sense on each actuator to “lift”.
…… Show the position of the bevel gearboxes and the
transmission shafts in a diagram.

132
 03

133

www.n ias a.es

 LINEAR ACTUATORS
WITH INTEGRATED REDUCTION AND CUBIC GEARBOX. FM series: steel tube | AM series: aluminum tube

Product selection
DRIVE TORQUE
OF AN FM/AM SERIES LINEAR
ACTUATOR SYSTEM
The drive torque of a system made up of several FM/AM To help the calculation, some frequent arrangements are
Series linear actuators connected to each other depends on shown for those for which the system's drive torque can be
the torque required for the individual drive of each one and the calculated approximately using the following formula.
efficiency of the transmission parts that connect them.
It is assumed that the load distribution is uniform between all
the units and that they are all the same size.
Example:
ACTUATOR 2
ACTUATOR 1

MDS (Nm)= MD + fS

MD Independent elevator drive torque

Transmission shaft V1 Bevel gearbox K fS Factor, according to system (see figures next page)

2.System start-up torque

Transmission shaft For loads by screw jack between 25% and 100% of the screw
V2
jack's nominal value, calculate the start-up torque with this
formula:

ACTUATOR 3
MDS
MDS (Nm) =
ηSA
MDS System drive torque (Nm)
ηSJ Elevator static efficiency

1. System drive torque

MD1 MD3 1
MDS (Nm) =
ηV1
+ MD2 + (
ηV2
x
ηk ) Important

MD1/MD2/MD3 Actuator drive torque 1 / 2 / 3 (Nm) …… For loads by elevator lower than 25% of its nominal value,
ηV1/ηV2 Gearbox efficiency V1/V2 multiply the system drive torque by 2.
(0.90-0.95 approx.)
134
ηK Bevel gearbox efficiency (0.90 approx.)

Important

…… In general, it is advisable to multiply the value calculated for

a safety coefficient of 1.3 to 1.5; or for small installations, a
factor of 2.
…… When the load to move is lower than 10% of the elevator's
nominal load, consider that value for the previous
calculations.
fs = 2.1 fs = 2.25

fs = 3.34

fs = 2.25

03
fs = 6.8

fs = 3.27

fs = 3.35
fs = 3.1

fs = 4.4

fs = 4.6
135

www.n ias a.es

 LINEAR ACTUATORS
WITH INTEGRATED REDUCTION AND CUBIC GEARBOX. FM series: steel tube | AM series: aluminum tube

Product selection
STANDARD DRIVE
The standard drive of the FM/AM Series linear actuators is For another size or different type of drive, please contact
made using Ac motors. NIASA. NIASA can supply alternating or stepper motors with
sensors of any type, etc.
The following table shows the powers available for each
actuator size and the type of flange on the motor, in addition to
the length of its fastening flange to the gearbox.

Motor group
56 63 71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180
Motor flange Power (kW)
A B A B A B A B A B A B A A B A B A B
0.06 0.09 0.12 0.18 0.25 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22
L 57 60 67
FM1 / AM1
Motor flange B14 B14 B14
L 63 70 83
FM2 / AM2
Motor flange B14 B14 B14
L 91 101 113 123
FM3 / AM3
Motor flange B5 B14 B14 B14
L 91 101 113 123
FM4 / AM4
Motor flange B5 B5 B14 B14
L 125 135 145 167 201
FM5
Motor flange B5 B5 B14 B14 B14
L 145 165 199
FJ1
Motor flange B14 B14 B14
L 135 145 167 201 203
FJ3
Motor flange B5 B5 B5 B5 B5

For asynchronous motor specifications, see the motorization chapter (page 312).

If using ball screws (or trapezoidal screws with more than

one input), together with the normal speed gearboxes (S) the
FM/AM linear actuator may be reversible. Contact the NIASA
technical department for the most suitable brake selection for Unit spacer bushing
your application. Coupling
Motor spacer bushing
136 In general, it is always advisable that the motors incorporate
a brake, standard brakes are sufficient for each motor size in
most cases. This will ensure the screw does not loose position
when it stops or if there are vibrations, etc.

L L Motor

www.n ias a.es

LINEAR ACTUATORS
WITH INTEGRATED REDUCTION AND CUBIC GEARBOX. FM series: steel tube | AM series: aluminum tube

Product selection
MAXIMUM TRANSFERABLE TORQUE ACCORDING TO SHAFT/ PARALLEL
COTTER PIN (DIN 6885)
b
The following table shows the maximum transferrable torque

t2
for a shaft and its keys. It is considered that the shaft is subject
exclusively to torsional forces.

t1
Important

…… Never subject the input of an FM Series actuator to torque

over that indicated for its shaft
and keys (see plans in the sub-chapter “sizes”, page 118). L1
Ø
03
Maximum transferrable torque, MD (Nm)
Shaft Key dimensions / Effective key length, L1 (mm)
diameter
Ø (mm) bxh t1 t2 10 16 20 28 40 50 70 Material: C45 (1.1191) according to EN 10083-1
(mm) (mm) (mm)
Load type: Drive - Uniform /
8 – 10 3x3 1.8 1.4 5 9 12 - - - -
Load - Slight knocks
10 – 12 4x4 2.5 1.8 9 13 17 - - - -
Assembly: tight
12 – 17 5x5 3 2.3 15 24 30 42 - - -
Cycles: >1,000,000
17 – 22 6x6 3.5 2.8 25 40 50 70 100 - -
Safety factor: 1.5 - 2.5
22 – 30 8x7 4 3.3 39 63 78 109 157 195 -
IMPORTANT For other conditions,
30 – 38 10 x 8 5 3.3 50 82 102 143 204 255 357 please contact the NIASA technical department.

LUBRICATION
NIASA FM/AM Series linear actuators are supplied lubricated at 45º DIN 71412 type B for the gearbox, and a straight grease
with DIVINOL LITHOGREASE G421 type grease. nipple
This is a semi-synthetic grease with a lithium compound DIN 71412 type A for the tube.
with the following specifications,.
A complete cleaning and change of grease is recommended
Specifications after five years.
The greasing interval depends on the type of work and its
G421 DIVINOL LITHOGREASE cycle. It is advisable to lubricate from 30 to 50 hours
Working temperature -35 to +160ºC after start-up and approximately every six months.
Density at 15ºC 0.9 kg/dm3 It is important to avoid over-lubricating.
130 mm2/s at 40ºC A group lubricator is recommended for automatic lubrication
Cinematic viscosity (s/DIN 51 562)
15 mm2/s at 100ºC of the units. Depending on the type of group lubricator, the
Dropping point (s/DIN ISO 2176) >220ºC lubrication may last up to two years. See lubrication chapter in
Water resistance (s/DIN 51 807/T1) Level 1 accessories. 137
For further information, please contact the NIASA technical department.

NIASA supplies its FM/AM Series actuators with a brass

lubrication cap with O-ring, on the gearbox and on the tube, to
ensure it is sealed.
A change of grease type may affect the correct operation of the
actuator.
There is a possibility of supplying FM/AM Series actuators with
an angled grease nipple

www.n ias a.es

 LINEAR ACTUATORS
WITH INTEGRATED REDUCTION AND CUBIC GEARBOX. FM series: steel tube | AM series: aluminum tube

Product selection
PROTECTION AGAINST CORROSION,
Sealing AND AMBIENT TEMPERA-
TURE
PROTECTION AGAINST THE Input
PROTECTION AGAINST CORROSION OF SOLIDS AND LIQUIDS

Select the environment in which the equipment will work, NIASA actuators offer, as standard, an IP65 protection index
using the atmospheric corrosion categories classification to prevent solid and liquid particles from entering the inside,
established in the DIN EN ISO 12944-2 standard (protection which may damage them or reduce their designed service life.
against the corrosion of steel structures using painted
Use the following table, according to the DIN EN IEC 60529
systems). Also establish the durability required before carrying
standard, if the level of protection must be higher than that
out the first maintenance of the exterior surfaces (durability
indicated. NIASA supplies, on request, specially designed units
does not imply a "time" guarantee).
to withstand the most aggressive environments.
If the corrosion category is higher than “C3” for your
The protection levels are defined with a code made up of the
application and/or higher than “average” durability is required,
letters “IP“ and two numbers “XY”.
please contact NIASA so that the technical department can
select the surface protection system and select the most
suitable components.
LEVEL OF PROTECTION “IP”, AGAINST THE Input OF …

… solid particles: “X” … liquids: “Y”

ENVIRONMENT
CORROSION ... ...
CATEGORY
Outdoors Indoors
5 Protection against dust 3 Protection against spray
C1 Very low Buildings with heating residues (the dust that water (from angle up to 60º
and clean atmospheres. may penetrate the inside with vertical).
does not imply incorrect
C2 Low Atmospheres with low Buildings with no operation of the equipment).
levels of pollution. heating and possible
Rural areas. condensation. 6 Total protection against the 4 Protection against water
penetration of any kind of splashes (from any
C3 Medium Urban and industrial Manufacturing plants solid body (sealing). direction).
atmospheres, with with high humidity and
moderate SO2 pollution. some pollution. 5 Protection against water
Coastal areas with low streams from any direction
salinity. with hose.

C4 High Industrial areas and Chemical and 6 Protection against sporadic

coastal areas with swimming pool floods (example: tidal wave).
moderate salinity. industries.
... ...
C5-I Very high Industrial areas with Buildings or areas with
(industrial) high humidity and almost permanent
aggressive atmosphere. condensation and high
contamination. AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
C5-M Very high Coastal and maritime Buildings or areas
(maritime) areas with high salinity. with permanent Contact NIASA if your unit will be installed in an environment
condensation and high that may reach temperatures below -20ºC and/or above +40ºC.
contamination.
138 NIASA's technical department will prescribe the most suitable
materials and sealing components for the specific conditions
DURABILITY of the application.

LOW L 2 to 5 years

MEDIUM M 5 to 15 years

HIGH H More than 15 years

www.n ias a.es

LINEAR ACTUATORS
WITH INTEGRATED REDUCTION AND CUBIC GEARBOX. FM series: steel tube | AM series: aluminum tube

Product selection
OPTIONAL CONFIGURATIONS
Optionally, NIASA may adapt your FM/AM linear actuator, Special configurations
modifying the different parts of it to your preferences.
At the customer's request, the FM/AM Series linear actuators
Some examples are shown below. can be supplied with a screw of several inputs so that higher
See sub-chapter “Placing an order”. speeds can be obtained.

Immobilizations One input Two inputs Three inputs Four inputs

The FM Series electro-mechanical actuators, on request, can

be supplied with the immobilized stem in rotation. This is
achieved by mounting a key on the upper cap and machining a
03
groove along the stem.

Groove
Worm gear
At the customer's request, the FM/AM linear actuators can be
Front cap supplied with one of the sides of the worm shaft cut.
cotter pin
Cotter pin screws

With this configuration, the scraper for the stem cannot be

mounted on the front cap. To avoid the possible input of
particles or liquid through the stem, it is recommended to
mount a bellow to protect it.
For further information, please contact the NIASA technical
department.

139

End A
End B

www.n ias a.es

 LINEAR ACTUATORS
WITH INTEGRATED REDUCTION AND CUBIC GEARBOX. FM series: steel tube | AM series: aluminum tube

PLACING AN ORDER
SIZE BOX FASTENING ACCESSORY
01 FM1/AM1
08 Always on the back of the box
FM2/AM2 HFM Gearbox fastening rod
FM3/AM3 LCM Gearbox mounting feet
FM4/AM4 ZKM ZK gearbox fastening with bolts
FM5 ZKH ZK gearbox fastening with bearings
FJ1 ZKV ZK gearbox fastening with 90º bolts
FJ3 FMS Special gearbox fastening
000 No accessory
GEARBOX
02 S Normal speed EXTERIOR TUBE FASTENING ACCESSORY
09
H Slow speed Exterior tube configuration F
BB Trunnion mount with studs
EQUIPMENT GENERAL PROTECTION BH Trunnion mount with ball bearings
03 IPS Standard IP protection level
IPX Special IP protection level Exterior tube configuration A
BA Trunnion mount with studs
SCREW TYPE (DIAMETER x PITCH)
04 TRS Steel trapezoidal screw All models
KGS Ball screw FS Special fastening
00 No accessory
Stroke
05 0000 Equipment usable stroke in mm tilt ACCESSORY
10 SB With tilt support
IMMOBILISATION IN ROTATION 00 No tilt support
06 00 No immobilization
01 Immobilized LIMIT SWITCH ACCESSORY
11 Exterior tube configuration F
STEM FASTENING ACCESSORY FCI Inductive limit switches
07 BPS Screw flange FCR Inductive limit switches with regulation
GKS Single rod
GKB Double rod Exterior tube configuration A
GIR Ball joint FCG Magnetic limit switches
FES Special end fastening
000 No accessory All models
000 No limit switches

140

Example 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11
FM3 H IPS TRS3606 1000 00 BPS HFM 00 00 FCI
 STEM PROTECTION ACCESSORY LUBRICANT
12 Exterior tube configuration F
18 GRA Standard lubricant
FB Bellow type protector GRX Lubricant for low extreme temperatures
00 No protector GRS Other lubricant

DRIVE ADAPTATION 19 LUBRICATION ACCESSORIES

13
MK Standard flange ETP Sealed lubrication cap (standard)
MS Special drive union EMT Angled lubricator on gearbox or straight on
VE Wheel tube
00 No adaptation AGR Automatic lubricating accessory
000 No lubricating accessory
DRIVE POSITION ON GEARBOX
14 20
A Worm shaft side A EQUIPMENT GENERAL COLOUR 03
B Worm shaft side B With type A configuration, only the gearbox is
painted
STANDARD MOTOR RGG Graphite grey RAL7024 (standard)
15 MK drive adaptation RAZ Blue RAL5017
080 Group size RGP Silver grey RAL9006
A Power-1 / B Power-2 RSP Special colour indicated by the customer
CIP Only grey 411 priming
MS drive adaptation 000 Not painted
1111 Non-standard drive

Both adaptations
0000 Without drive

WORM SHAFT END

16
A Side A end suppressed
B Side B end suppressed
0 Both sides maintained

17 WORM SHAFT PROTECTION ACCESSORY

PR With protector
00 No protector

141

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
FB MK A GR080A B 00 GRA AGR RGG

www.n ias a.es

 LINEAR ACTUATORS
WITH INTEGRATED REDUCTION AND CUBIC GEARBOX. FM series: steel tube | AM series: aluminum tube

DISASSEMBLY
Name
01 M series box 15 Trapezoidal nut 29 Adjustment washer
02 Top cap 16 Ball screw 30 Flat washer
03 Worm gear 17 Trapezoidal screw 31 Brass lubrication cap
04 Worm wheel 18 Axial bearing 32 Exterior Circlip
05 Lower cap 19 Radial bearing 33 Inside circlip
06 Exterior tube 20 Seal 34 Straight key
07 Front cap 21 Seal 35 Straight key
08 Stem 22 Scraper 36 Stud with point
09 Tube position nut 23 Bearing 37 Flat stud
10 Front support 24 Bearing 38 Stud with point
11 Lock nut 25 Guide ring 39 Flat stud
12 Lock nut 26 O-Ring 40 Allen screw
13 Supplement bushing 27 O-Ring
14 Ball nut 28 O-Ring

28 7 22

24

8 26
31 27
6 32
30 23
37 10
2
14
38 9
39 16 20
25 15
18
17
13 4
38 34
11 18
12 21
33 1
40 19 36
29
142 36
35

3
5 35

29
31 19
33
21

www.n ias a.es

LINEAR ACTUATORS
WITH INTEGRATED REDUCTION AND CUBIC GEARBOX. FM series: steel tube | AM series: aluminum tube

SPECIAL CONFIGURATIONS

Special Gir clevis rod

for large loads

03
Special front
cap with double
scraping system

Detection system
with magnetic
sensors
Special BB flange
with ASME
threaded holes

Rounded
Client fastening aluminum tube Special surface
using treatment for
ball and beam more than 1,000
system h in saline fog
chamber

Load cell
mounted on the
stem end

Special ball nut

for large loads
Aluminum profile for
anti-rotation system Special
optimised
box with rear 143
fastening and
Custom planetary
integrated motor
Special gearbox with
flange
transmission by special flange
means of adapted to a NEMA
pulley and electro- motor
magnetic clutch

Special encoder
according to
customer's
requirement
www.n ias a.es
04
LINEAR ACTUATORS
WITH INTEGRATED REDUCTION
AND COMPACT GEARBOX
FHM Series: Steel tube
AHM Series: Aluminum tube
“WE HAVE A STRATEGIC
PLAN. IT'S CALLED
DOING THINGS.”
HERB KELLEHER
SOUTHWEST AIRLINES
 LINEAR ACTUATORS
WITH INTEGRATED REDUCTION AND COMPACT GEARBOX. FHM series: steel tube | AHM series: aluminum tube

INTRODUCTION

NIASA FHM/AHM Series electro-mechanical actuators have The screw supports also characterized for offering an
evolved from the FM/AM Series, aimed at specific requirements extensive range of:
in the solar energy generation sector (photovoltaic, thermo-solar,
…… Axial load capacities, from 5 kN up to 250 kN.
etc.). They can also be used in any other kind of application with
demanding environmental conditions. …… Advance speeds, depending on the screw pitch and
gearbox. Three possible reductions per actuator size are
The gearbox is round and not cubic, and the input shaft offers the
offered, from 4:1 up to 160:1.
possibility to connect directly to any type of drive. Additionally,
the D variant includes a second reduction, thus avoiding the use …… Trapezoidal and ball screws, depending on the
of reducers in solar tracking or similar applications, where very performance required, precision of movement and
slow advance speeds are required. positioning, etc.
Their main advantages against other systems, such as …… Fastening accessories and elements, for optimal
pneumatic or hydraulic cylinders, are the following: adaptation.
…… Greater movement and positioning precision. …… Control and safety systems (mechanical/inductive limit
switches, absolute/incremental encoders, etc.).
…… Greater safety, due to their irreversibility in many
configurations (ask NIASA) and/or the incorporation of …… Materials and surface coverings, depending on the
different braking devices. environmental conditions in which the unit will be
installed.
…… Superior energy efficiency, as their parts offer high/very
high performance, especially with the ball screws, low …… Two types of external sleeve for the stem
transmission ratios and high speeds.
· Steel round tube.
…… Easier and faster assembly, since hydraulic or pneumatic
· Aluminum extrusion profile.
groups are not required, just an electric motor on the unit
itself. · ...
…… Greater reliability and duration, and less maintenance, due Please do not hesitate to contact NIASA if you require
to the mechanical robustness and construction simplicity. FHM/AHM actuators (and their drive mechanisms) with
specifications other than those covered in this chapter. The
…… Possibility to operate in multiple positions.
NIASA technical department will specifically develop the
…… Lower size for the same load capacity. special units that best meet your requirements.
…… …

148
 04

149

www.n ias a.es

 LINEAR ACTUATORS
WITH INTEGRATED REDUCTION AND COMPACT GEARBOX. FHM series: steel tube | AHM series: aluminum tube

Applications

STIRLING TRACKER
FHM-D Series actuator, with IPX
protection, that produces the zenithal
orientation movement of a parabolic
mirror grid, whose purpose is to
concentrate the Sun's rays on a Stirling
motor joined to them. The actuator size
depends on the total surface of the
mirrors, the tilt of the Stirling, etc.

150

PHOTOVOLTAIC INSTALLATION
FHM-D Series actuator that enables zenithal
movement on one or more horizontal or polar
photovoltaic panel grids. The number and size
of the grids to move depends on the size of the
actuator, motorization, etc.
 SOLAR/HELIOSTAT TRACKER 2 SHAFTS
Two FHM-D actuators, with IPX protection,
independently driven, provide azimuth and zenithal
movement to a grid of panels or mirrors, to
maintain it in the desired orientation at all times.
The m2 of grid to move will depend on the size of
the actuators, motorization, etc.

04

151
CYLINDER/PARABOLIC SOLAR CONCENTRATION
FHM-D Series actuator, with IPX protection, placed on a
horizontal movement table. Both actuators combined change
the angle of parabolic trough’s orientation to concentrate
the solar energy on the central conduit where the fluid to be
heated circulates.

w w w.n ias a.es

 LINEAR ACTUATORS
WITH INTEGRATED REDUCTION AND COMPACT GEARBOX. FHM series: steel tube | AHM series: aluminum tube

sizes

On all the sizes there are trapezoidal and ball screw options (see chapter on screws
for further information), as well as normal speed (S) and slow speed (H) gearboxes. A
third reduction with super slow speed (D) is also available from size HM4.

HM1 HM2 HM3

Up to 5 kN 10 kN 25 kN

F
Steel exterior tube page 156 page 157 page 158

A
Aluminum exterior tube
With anti-corrosion
152 on the stem (optional)
With magnetic sensor
integrated on the aluminum
tube (optional) page 156 page 157 page 158

In addition to the standard range of HM Series linear actuators, NIASA can specifically
develop the unit that best meets your application requirements. Contact NIASA.
IMPORTANT All the technical data included in this chapter correspond to the configuration with
steel tube and to the aluminum tube configuration.
For further information, please contact the NIASA technical department.
 HM4 HM5 HJ1 HJ3
50 kN 100 kN 150 kN 250 kN 04

page 159 page 160 page 161 page 162

153

page 159

www.n ias a.es

 LINEAR ACTUATORS
WITH INTEGRATED REDUCTION AND COMPACT GEARBOX. FHM series: steel tube | AHM series:
aluminum tube

GENERAL PRODUCT OVERVIEW

Steel
exterior
15 tube Aluminum
exterior
17 18 tube

5
13
14

18

19
20

21

Name Page

154 01 HM series gearbox 152 09 GKS single clevis rod 280 17 BA bolts for aluminum tube 274

02 Screw
Stem
+ Trapezoidal nut + 156 10 Motor flange 312 18 FCG magnetic limit switch 308
11 Motorization 312 19 Connection sensor input 308
03 Screw + Ball nut 156 adapter
+ Stem 13 Flanges with bolts for BB
Series steel tube 272 20 Position sensor magnet 308
04 HFR ball joint 271
05 SB tip supports 276 14 Flanges with bearings for
BH steel tube 273 21 Anti-rotation system
22 D reduction 163
06 GIR clevis rod 282 15 FCI inductive limit switch 307
07 GKB double clevis rod 281
08 BPS flange 278
 8
9
7
6

3
2

10 04
11

1
22
10
11

155
4

www.n ias a.es

 FHM1/AHM1 LINEAR ACTUATOR HM2
Up to
5 kN Tr TRAPEZ.
KGS
BALLS

Ø27 H8
Ø32
M26x1,5
6
20

FHM AHM
36

Ø40
COURSE + 120

Access caps
grease screw and nut

Shaft up to Ø11 with

DIN6885 A keyway
(4x) M5x8 Prof. 3
45°

Ø35 H7
62,5
52

Ø18
31,25

25 Ø50
70
84
71

Ø60 Ø50
(8x) M5x10 20 20 36
45°

Ø28

LOWER GEARBOX FASTENING SAFETY MARGIN

Travel Start-up torque, MO Approx.

Screw Maximum Performance Drive torque, MD (Nm) Weight weight
Reduction (mm/revol. (Nm)
diameter axial (%) stroke each
input) F (kN), load to move in dynamic
and step strength 0 100mm
(mm) (kN) (kg) of stroke
S H S H S H S H S H (kg)
156 Tr 16x4 5 4:1 16:1 1.00 0.25 35 27 (0.46 x F) + 0.17 (0.15 x F) + 0.08 0.80 x F 0.34 x F 1.9 0.5
KGS 1605 5 4:1 16:1 1.25 0.31 71 56 (0.28 x F) + 0.14 (0.09 x F) + 0.08 0.39 x F 0.16 x F 1.9 0.5

… Power required: PD (kW) = 0,157x MD (Nm).

… All the data in the table correspond to an input speed of 1,500 rpm. For other speeds, please see the calculation chapter (page 166).
... Ensure that the dynamic load of the application does not surpass the critical values indicated, in order to avoid overheating of the unit and buckling
and resonance of the screw. See calculations chapter (page 166).

276 272 273 274 271 278 282 281 280 308 307 312

www.n ias a.es

2 FHM2/AHM2 LINEAR ACTUATOR HM
Up to
10 kN Tr
TRAPEZ.
KGS
BALLS

Ø29 H8
M27x2 Ø35
7
26

FHM AHM
36

Ø55
COURSE + 161

Access caps
grease screw and nut

Shaft up to Ø20 with

DIN6885 A keyway
(4x) M5x10 Prof. 3
45°

Ø60 H7
70

Ø30
89
44,5

04
32 Ø65 99
112 100

Ø85 Ø65
(8x) M6x12 20 20 36
45°

Ø52

LOWER GEARBOX FASTENING SAFETY MARGIN

Travel Start-up torque, MO Approx.

Screw Maximum Performance Drive torque, MD (Nm) Weight weight
Reduction (mm/revol. (Nm)
diameter axial (%) stroke each
input) F (kN), load to move in dynamic
and step strength 0 100mm
(mm) (kN) (kg) of stroke
S H S H S H S H S H (kg)
Tr 24x5 10 4:1 16:1 1.25 0.31 31 25 (0.64 x F) + 0.35 (0.20 x F) + 0.17 1.11 x F 0.43 x F 4.7 1
KGS 2005 10 4:1 16:1 1.25 0.31 72 58 (0.28 x F) + 0.32 (0.09 x F) + 0.17 0.39 x F 0.15 x F 4.7 1 157
KGS 2020 7.5 4:1 16:1 5.00 1.25 72 58 (1.10 x F) + 0.34 (0.35 x F) + 0.17 1.55 x F 0.60 x F 4.7 1

… Power required: PD (kW) = 0,157x MD (Nm).

… All the data in the table correspond to an input speed of 1,500 rpm. For other speeds, please see the calculation chapter (page 166).
... Ensure that the dynamic load of the application does not surpass the critical values indicated, in order to avoid overheating of the unit and buckling
and resonance of the screw. See calculations chapter (page 166).

276 272 273 274 271 278 282 281 280 308 307 312

www.n ias a.es

3 HM
FHM3/AHM3 LINEAR ACTUATOR
Up to
25 kN TrTRAPEZ.
KGS
BALLS

Ø43 H8
M42x2 Ø50
9
30

37
FHM AHM
Ø75
COURSE + 224

Access caps
grease screw and nut

Shaft up to Ø20 with

DIN6885 A keyway 3 15
(4x) M6x12 Prof.
45°

Ø62 H7
Ø30
95
47,5

Ø70
R40
45 110
125 125

20* 20* 37
Ø98 Ø70
(8x) M8x16
45°

Ø47
SAFETY MARGIN
(*) If incorporating a KGM 3220 nut,
LOWER GEARBOX FASTENING the safety margin is 15 mm.

Travel Start-up torque, MO Approx.

Screw Maximum Performance Drive torque, MD (Nm) Weight weight
Reduction (mm/revol. (Nm)
diameter axial (%) stroke each
input) F (kN), load to move in dynamic
and step strength 0 100mm
(mm) (kN) (kg) of stroke
S H S H S H S H S H (kg)
Tr 36x6 25 6:1 24:1 1.00 0.25 28 22 (0.58 x F) + 0.57 (0.18 x F) + 0.31 1.04 x F 0.40 x F 11.5 2.1
KGS 3205 20 6:1 24:1 0.83 0.21 73 58 (0.18 x F) + 0.52 (0.06 x F) + 0.29 0.26 x F 0.11 x F 11.5 2.1
KGS 3210 25 6:1 24:1 1.67 0.42 73 58 (0.36 x F) + 0.52 (0.12 x F) + 0.29 0.52 x F 0.21 x F 11.5 2.1
158 KGS 3220 20 6:1 24:1 3.33 0.83 73 58 (0.73 x F) + 0.52 (0.23 x F) + 0.29 1.03 x F 0.42 x F 11.5 2.1
KGS 3240 10 6:1 24:1 6.67 1.67 73 58 (1.46 x F) + 0.52 (0.46 x F) + 0.29 2.07 x F 0.84 x F 11.5 2.1

… Power required: PD (kW) = 0,157x MD (Nm).

… All the data in the table correspond to an input speed of 1,500 rpm. For other speeds, please see the calculation chapter (page 166).
... Ensure that the dynamic load of the application does not surpass the critical values indicated, in order to avoid overheating of the unit and buckling
and resonance of the screw. See calculations chapter (page 166).

276 272 273 274 271 278 282 281 280 308 307 312

www.n ias a.es

M4 H
FHM4/AHM4 LINEAR ACTUATOR
Up to
50 kN Tr
TRAPEZ.
KGS
BALLS

Ø62 H8
M60x2 Ø70
9
35

67
FHM AHM
Ø90
COURSE + 262

Access caps
grease screw and nut

Shaft up to Ø24 with

DIN6885 A keyway
(4x) M10x16 Prof. 3 22
NOTE:
See dimensions of the D configuration
45°

Ø72 H7 at the end of this chapter.

Ø35
140

Ø90
70

63 R 65 = =
196 144 04
166

Ø 95
Ø 125 Screw Maximum Travel (mm/revol.
(8x) M10x16 diameter axial Reduction
20 20 67 input)
and pitch strength
45°

(mm) (kN) S H D S H D
Ø 62 Tr 45x7 50 7:1 28:1 84:1 1.00 0.25 0.08
KGS 4010 42 7:1 28:1 84:1 1.43 0.36 0.12
LOWER GEARBOX FASTENING SAFETY MARGIN KGS 4020 37 7:1 28:1 84:1 2.86 0.71 0.24
KGS 4040 35 7:1 28:1 84:1 5.71 1.43 0.48

Approx.
Screw Performance Drive torque, MD (Nm) Start-up torque, MO (Nm) Weight weight DR
diameter (%) stroke each 100 accessory
and step F (kN), load to move in dynamic 0 mm of weight
(mm) (kg) stroke (kg)
S H D S H D S H D (kg)
Tr 45x7 26 21 18 (0.61 x F) + 0.97 (0.19 x F) + 0.57 (0.076 x F) + 0.19 1.18 x F 0.44 x F 0.155 x F 26 3.3 2.5
KGS 4010 73 60 49 (0.31 x F) + 0.93 (0.09 x F) + 0.56 (0.038 x F) + 0.19 0.45 x F 0.18 x F 0.063 x F 26 3.3 2.5
KGS 4020 73 60 49 (0.62 x F) + 0.94 (0.19 x F) + 0.56 (0.077 x F) + 0.19 0.90 x F 0.36 x F 0.127 x F 26 3.3 2.5 159
KGS 4040 73 60 49 (1.25 x F) + 0.94 (0.38 x F) + 0.56 (0.154 x F) + 0.19 1.80 x F 0.72 x F 0.253 x F 26 3.3 2.5

… Power required: PD (kW) = 0,157x MD (Nm).

… All the data in the table correspond to an input speed of 1,500 rpm. For other speeds, please see the calculation chapter (page 166).
... Ensure that the dynamic load of the application does not surpass the critical values indicated, in order to avoid overheating of the unit and buckling
and resonance of the screw. See calculations chapter (page 166).

276 272 273 274 271 278 282 281 280 308 307 312

www.n ias a.es

 FHM5 ACTUATOR
M5
Up to
100 kN Tr
TRAPEZ.
KGS
BALLS H

The capacity indicated corresponds to the basic configuration.

Higher capacities are available on request.

Ø82 H8
M80x2 Ø90
10
37

65

Ø115
COURSE + 300

Access caps
grease screw and nut

Shaft up to Ø30 with

DIN6885 A keyway
(4x) M12x16 Prof. 2 25
NOTE:
45°

Ø80 H7

See dimensions of the D configuration

Ø40
170

at the end of this chapter.

Ø100
85

R75
71 = =
226 160
185

Ø145 Ø120
(8x) M12x18 20 20 65 Screw Maximum Travel (mm/revol.
diameter axial Reduction input)
45°

and pitch strength

(mm) (kN) S H D S H D
Ø80
Tr 50x8 100 9:1 36:1 108:1 0.89 0.22 0.07
KGS 5010 65 9:1 36:1 108:1 1.11 0.28 0.09
LOWER GEARBOX FASTENING SAFETY MARGIN

Approx.
Screw Performance Drive torque, MD (Nm) Start-up torque, MO (Nm) Weight weight DR
diameter (%) stroke each 100 accessory
and step F (kN), load to move in dynamic 0 mm of weight
(mm) (kg) stroke (kg)
S H D S H D S H D (kg)

Tr 50x8 27 21 17 (0.53 x F) + 1.91 (0.17 x F) + 1.08 (0.067 x F) + 0.98 x F 0.39 x F 0.138 x F 40.2 4.9 3
160 0.36

KGS 5010 73 58 48 (0.24 x F) + 1.87 (0.08 x F) + 1.07 (0.031 x F) + 0.36 x F 0.15 x F 0.054 x F 40.2 4.9 3
0.36

… Power required: PD (kW) = 0,157x MD (Nm).

… All the data in the table correspond to an input speed of 1,500 rpm. For other speeds, please see the calculation chapter (page 166).
... Ensure that the dynamic load of the application does not surpass the critical values indicated, in order to avoid overheating of the unit and buckling
and resonance of the screw. See calculations chapter (page 166).

276 272 273 274 271 278 282 281 280 307 312

www.n ias a.es

 FHJ1 ACTUATOR
HJ1
Up to
150 kN Tr
TRAPEZ.
KGS
BALLS

The capacity indicated corresponds to the basic configuration.

Higher capacities are available on request.

Ø100 H8
M95x2 Ø110
10
45

95

Ø150
COURSE + 325

Access caps
grease screw and nut

Shaft up to Ø34 with

DIN6885 A keyway 3 30
(4x) M10x16 Prof.
NOTE:
45°

04
Ø85 H7

See dimensions of the D configuration

Ø45
180

at the end of this chapter.

16

Ø105
71 R70 = =
268 190
220

Ø180 Ø160
(8x) M12x20 20 20 95 Screw Maximum Travel (mm/revol.
diameter axial Reduction input)
45°

and pitch strength

(mm) (kN) S H D S H D
Ø90
Tr 70x10 150 9:1 36:1 108:1 1.11 0.28 0.09
KGS 6310 65 9:1 36:1 108:1 1.11 0.28 0.09
LOWER GEARBOX FASTENING SAFETY MARGIN

Approx.
Screw Performance Drive torque, MD (Nm) Start-up torque, MO (Nm) Weight weight DR
diameter (%) stroke each 100 accessory
and step F (kN), load to move in dynamic 0 mm of weight
(mm) (kg) stroke (kg)
S H D S H D S H D (kg)

Tr 70x10 24 18 16 (0.73 x F) + 2.03 (0.24 x F) + 1.21 (0.09 x F) + 0.4 1.31 x F 0.49 x F 0.172 79.5 9 3.8
xF 161
KGS 6310 73 55 49 (0.24 x F) + 1.97 (0.08 x F) + 1.19 (0.03 x F) + 0.4 0.33 x F 0.14 x F 0.048 81.5 9 3.8
xF

… Power required: PD (kW) = 0,157x MD (Nm).

… All the data in the table correspond to an input speed of 1,500 rpm. For other speeds, please see the calculation chapter (page 166).
... Ensure that the dynamic load of the application does not surpass the critical values indicated, in order to avoid overheating of the unit and buckling
and resonance of the screw. See calculations chapter (page 166).

276 272 273 274 271 278 282 281 280 307 312

www.n ias a.es

 FHJ3 ACTUATOR

HJ3
Up to
250 kN Tr TRAPEZ.

Contact versions with ball screw. The

capacity indicated corresponds to the basic
configuration. Higher capacities are available
on request.

Ø114 H8
Ø130
M110x2
10
65

100

Ø150
Access caps
COURSE + 360

grease screw and nut

Shaft up to Ø42 with

DIN6885 A keyway 3 40
(4x) M12x18 Prof.
NOTE:
45°

Ø140 H7
Ø80
195

See dimensions of the D configuration

97,5

Ø125 at the end of this chapter.

80 R80 = =
300 220
260

Ø205 Ø165
(8x) M16x25 20 20 110 Screw Maximum Travel (mm/revol.
diameter axial Reduction input)
45°

and pitch strength

(mm) (kN) S H D S H D
Ø100
Tr 80x10 250 10:1 40:1 160:1 1.00 0.25 0.06
KGS 8010 80 10:1 40:1 160:1 1.00 0.25 0.06
LOWER GEARBOX FASTENING SAFETY MARGIN

Approx.
Screw Performance Drive torque, MD (Nm) Start-up torque, MO (Nm) Weight weight DR
diameter (%) stroke each 100 accessory
and step F (kN), load to move in dynamic 0 mm of weight
(mm) (kg) stroke (kg)
S H D S H D S H D (kg)
162
Tr 80x10 22 19 17 (0.73 x F) + 2.81 (0.21 x F) + 1.95 (0.058 x F) + 0.49 1.18 x F 0.40 x F 0.106 x F 109.5 14 5

… Power required: PD (kW) = 0,157x MD (Nm).

… All the data in the table correspond to an input speed of 1,500 rpm. For other speeds, please see the calculation chapter (page 166).
... Ensure that the dynamic load of the application does not surpass the critical values indicated, in order to avoid overheating of the unit and buckling
and resonance of the screw. See calculations chapter (page 166).

276 272 273 274 271 278 282 281 280 307 312

www.n ias a.es

 D REDUCTION
FHM4 / FHM5
FHJ1 / FHJ3
AHM4

M5 - HJ1 - HJ3)

04

Shaft up to Ø D
45°

Ø B f7
ØC
ØA

J H 163
(4x) MFxG Prof.
K
ØE
L

øA øB øC øD øE M FxG H J K L

HM4 30 54 81 22 67 M 6x12 10 4 51 195

HM5 40 72 110 28 90 M 6x12 15 4 60 220

HJ1 50 85 130 38 105 M 8x16 15 4 104 294

HJ3 65 115 150 50 130 M 10x18 18 6 107 305

Insertar tabla dimensiones www.n ias a.es

 LINEAR ACTUATORS
WITH INTEGRATED REDUCTION AND COMPACT GEARBOX. FHM series: steel tube | AHM series: aluminum tube

Product selection

To select the correct HM Series linear actuator, please

follow this flow diagram.
If you would like to know the expected service life of a unit
for your application, please send the relevant data to the
NIASA service department.

164
1 DEFINITION
FHM/AHM ACTUATOR MODEL AND SIZE
APPLICATION

STEEL TUBE (FHM) Page Page ALUMINIUM TUBE (AHM)

152 152

Page
SIZE PRE-SELECTION 152

2 SCREW AND REDUCTION TYPE DEFINITION SCREW TYPE Page

156
Page
156 REDUCTION

Ball (KGS) NORMAL (S)

Trapezoidal (Tr) SLOW (H)
SPECIAL super SLOW(D)

3 CALCULATION
DRIVE TORQUE AND POWER
Page
166 TORQUE AND POWER
CALCULATION 04

Standard DRIVE SPECIAL DRIVE

4 ADDITIONAL CONFIGURATION
AND ACCESSORIES
ADDITIONAL CONFIGURATION
- Stem end
- Input shaft
- Lubrication Page
- Corrosion protection 168
Page - Sealing
ACCESSORIES 260 - Ambient temperature
- ....

5 PLACING AN ORDER PLACING AN ORDER

Page
171

6 DESIGN VALIDATION (NIASA)

SIZE AND CONFIGURATION VALIDATION

165
F F F
BUCKLING LATERAL RESONANCE OVER-HEATING …
LOADS

SIZE RE-SIZING PROPOSAL

CONFIGURATION

www.n ias a.es

 LINEAR ACTUATORS
WITH INTEGRATED REDUCTION AND COMPACT GEARBOX. FHM series: steel tube | AHM series: aluminum tube

PRODUCT SELECTION
STRENGTH AND TORQUE Acting on TORQUE AND POWER OF
an HM SERIES LINEAR ACTUATOR A LINEAR ACTUATOR
HM SERIES LINEAR
After pre-selecting the suitable HM Series linear actuator
F Load to move at traction and/or compression. for the application, select the drive motor following the
FL Lateral load on the stem. steps below:
V Stem advance speed.
MD Torque on the input shaft.
1. DRIVE TORQUE
n Speed on the input shaft.
FxP
MD (Nm) = + MI
2 x π x 0,9 x ηDG x η DS x i

F Load to move in dynamic (kN)

P Screw pitch (mm)
MI Drive idle torque (Nm)
i Actuator reduction
F 0.9 Cylinder dynamic efficiency
ηDG Gearbox dynamic efficiency
ηDS Screw dynamic efficiency

2. POWER REQUIRED

MD x n
PD (kW)=
V 9550
MD Drive torque (Nm)
FL
n Screw jack input speed (rpm)

Important

…… In general, it is advisable to multiply the power value

calculated for a safety coefficient of 1.3 to 2; the smaller
the installation the higher the coefficient
…… When the load to move is lower than 10% of the elevator's
nominal load, consider that value as the load to move.

3. Start-up torque

For loads between 25% and 100% of the actuator's nominal

value, calculate the start-up torque with this formula:
166
MO (Nm) =
FxP
2 x π x 0.9 x ηSA x i

ηSA Actuator static efficiency

MD
(gearbox + stem)
n
Important

…… For loads under 25% of the actuator's nominal value,

select the start-up torque by multiplying the drive torque
by 2.
ηDG Gearbox dynamic efficiency

input FHM1/AHM1 FHM2/AHM2 FHM3/AHM3 FHM4/AHM4 FHM5 FHJ1 FHJ3

rpm S H S H S H S H D S H D S H D S H D
3,000 0.91 0.75 0.90 0.77 0.92 0.76 Non-standard
1,500 0.88 0.69 0.89 0.71 0.90 0.71 0.90 0.74 0.61 0.90 0.72 0.59 0.90 0.68 0.61 0.90 0.77 0.68
1000 0.87 0.67 0.88 0.69 0.88 0.68 0.88 0.69 0.57 0.87 0.67 0.55 0.89 0.67 0.57 0.89 0.76 0.66
750 0.85 0.64 0.87 0.66 0.87 0.67 0.87 0.68 0.55 0.86 0.65 0.54 0.88 0.65 0.55 0.89 0.75 0.64
500 0.84 0.61 0.85 0.64 0.85 0.63 0.85 0.64 0.53 0.84 0.62 0.51 0.87 0.64 0.53 0.88 0.74 0.63
100 0.79 0.54 0.79 0.56 0.79 0.54 0.79 0.55 0.51 0.78 0.53 0.49 0.81 0.55 0.51 0.84 0.66 0.61

ηDS Screw dynamic efficiency

Trapezoidal screw (Tr)

16x4 24x5 36x6 45x7 50x8 70x10 80x10
0.44 0.39 0.34 0.32 0.33 0.30 0.27

Ball screw (KGS)

0.9 (for all sizes)
04
MI Idle Torque (F/A)
S gearbox version (normal speed) H gearbox version (slow speed)

HM1 HM2 HM3 HM4 HM5 HJ1 HJ3 HM1 HM2 HM3 HM4 HM5 HJ1 HJ3
Trapezoidal 0.17 0.35 0.57 0.97 1.91 2.03 2.81 Trapezoidal 0.08 0.17 0.31 0.57 1.08 1.21 1.95
Balls 0.14 0.33 0.52 0.93 1.87 1.97 2.75 Balls 0.08 0.17 0.29 0.56 1.07 1.19 1.94

D gearbox version (super-slow speed)

HM1 HM2 HM3 HM4 HM5 HJ1 HJ3

Trapezoidal 0.19 0.36 0.40 0.49
Balls 0.19 0.36 0.40 0.48

ηSA Actuator static efficiency (F/A)

S gearbox box version (normal speed) H gearbox version (slow speed)

HM1 HM2 HM3 HM4 HM5 HJ1 HJ3 HM1 HM2 HM3 HM4 HM5 HJ1 HJ3
Trapezoidal 0.22 0.20 0.17 0.15 0.16 0.15 0.15 Trapezoidal 0.13 0.13 0.11 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.11
Balls 0.57 0.57 0.57 0.56 0.55 0.59 0.64 Balls 0.35 0.37 0.35 0.35 0.32 0.36 0.45
167
D gearbox version (super-slow speed)

HM1 HM2 HM3 HM4 HM5 HJ1 HJ3

Trapezoidal 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10
Balls 0.33 0.30 0.34 0.43

Important

…… The values indicated in the tables correspond to the lubrication conditions established by NIASA, for gearbox and screw, and
will be reached after a small period of operation.
…… In the case of low temperatures, these can be reduced considerably.

www.n ias a.es

 LINEAR ACTUATORS
WITH INTEGRATED REDUCTION AND COMPACT GEARBOX. FHM series: steel tube | AHM series: aluminum tube

PRODUCT SELECTION
MAXIMUM TRANSFERABLE TORQUE ACCORDING TO SHAFT/ PARALLEL
COTTER PIN (DIN 6885)
The following table shows the maximum transferrable torque b

t2
for a shaft and its keys. It is considered that the shaft is subject
exclusively to torsional forces.

h
Important

t1
…… Never subject the input of a screw jack
to torque over that indicated for its shaft
and keys (see plans in the chapter “sizes”, page 152).
Ø L1

Maximum transferrable torque, MD (Nm)

Shaft Key dimensions
Key effective length, L1 (mm)
diameter
Ø (mm) bxh t1 t2 10 16 20 28 40 50 70
(mm) (mm) (mm)
Material: C45 (1.1191) according to EN 10083-1
8 – 10 3x3 1.8 1.4 5 9 12 - - - -
Load type: Drive - Uniform /
10 – 12 4x4 2.5 1.8 9 13 17 - - - -
Load - Light knocks
12 – 17 5x5 3 2.3 15 24 30 42 - - -
Assembly: tight
17 – 22 6x6 3.5 2.8 25 40 50 70 100 - -
22 – 30 8x7 4 3.3 39 63 78 109 157 195 - Cycles: >1,000,000
30 – 38 10 x 8 5 3.3 50 82 102 143 204 255 357 Safety factor: 1.5 - 2.5
38 – 44 12 x 8 5 3.3 62 98 123 173 247 308 432 IMPORTANT For other conditions, please
44 – 50 14 x 9 5.5 3.8 82 132 164 230 330 412 575 contact the NIASA technical department

LUBRICATION
NIASA HM Series linear actuators are supplied lubricated with There is a possibility to supply HM Series actuators with a
DIVINOL LITHOGREASE G421 type grease. This is a semi- grease nipple angled at 45º DIN 71412 type B for the gearbox,
synthetic grease with a lithium compound with the following and a straight grease nipple DIN 71412 type A for the tube.
specifications.
A complete cleaning and change of grease is recommended
A change of grease type may affect the correct operation of the after five years.
actuator.
The greasing interval depends on the type of work and its
cycle. It is advisable to lubricate from 30 to 50 hours after
Specifications
start-up and approximately every six months.
It is important to avoid over-lubricating.
G421 DIVINOL LITHOGREASE A group lubricator is recommended for automatic lubrication
Working temperature -35 to +160ºC of the units. Depending on the type of group lubricator, the
168 Density at 15ºC 0.9 kg/dm3 lubrication may last up to two years.
See lubrication chapter in accessories.
130 mm2/s at 40ºC
Cinematic viscosity (s/DIN 51 562)
15 mm2/s at 100ºC
Dropping point (s/DIN ISO 2176) >220ºC
Water resistance (s/DIN 51 807/T1) Level 1

For further information, please contact the NIASA technical department.

NIASA supplies its HM Series actuators with a brass

lubrication cap with O-ring, on the gearbox and on the tube, to
ensure it is sealed.

www.n ias a.es

LINEAR ACTUATORS
WITH INTEGRATED REDUCTION AND COMPACT GEARBOX. FHM series: steel tube | AHM series: aluminum tube

PRODUCT SELECTION
PROTECTION AGAINST THE Input
PROTECTION AGAINST CORROSION, OF SOLIDS AND LIQUIDS

Sealing AND AMBIENT TEMPERA- NIASA actuators offer, as standard, an IP65 protection index

TURE to prevent solid and liquid particles from entering the inside,
which may damage them or reduce their designed service life.
Use the following table, according to the DIN EN IEC 60529
PROTECTION AGAINST CORROSION
standard, if the level of protection must be higher than that
Select the environment in which the equipment will work, indicated. NIASA supplies, on request, specially designed units
using the atmospheric corrosion categories classification to withstand the most aggressive environments.
established in the DIN EN ISO 12944-2 standard (protection
against the corrosion of steel structures using painted
systems). Also establish the durability required before carrying The protection levels are defined with a code made up of the
out the first maintenance of the exterior surfaces (durability letters “IP“ and two numbers “XY”.
does not imply a "time" guarantee).
If the corrosion category is higher than “C3” for your
application and/or higher than “average” durability is required, LEVEL OF PROTECTION “IP”, AGAINST THE Input OF …
please contact NIASA so that the technical department can … solid particles: “X” … liquids: “Y”
select the surface protection system and select the most
suitable components. ... ...

5 Protection against dust 3 Protection against spray

residues (the dust that water (from angle up to 60º 04
may penetrate the inside with vertical).
ENVIRONMENT does not imply incorrect
CORROSION operation of the equipment).
CATEGORY
Outdoors Indoors 6 Total protection against the 4 Protection against water
penetration of any kind of splashes (from any
C1 Very low Buildings with heating solid body (sealing). direction).
and clean atmospheres.
5 Protection against water
C2 Low Atmospheres with low Buildings with no streams from any direction
levels of pollution. heating and possible with hose.
Rural areas. condensation.
6 Protection against sporadic
C3 Medium Urban and industrial Manufacturing plants floods (example: tidal wave).
atmospheres, with with high humidity and
moderate SO2 pollution. some pollution. ... ...
Coastal areas with low
salinity.
C4 High Industrial areas and Chemical and AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
coastal areas with swimming pool
moderate salinity. industries.
Contact NIASA if your unit will be installed in an environment
C5-I Very high Industrial areas with Buildings or areas with
(industrial) high humidity and almost permanent that may reach temperatures below -20ºC and/or above +40ºC.
aggressive atmosphere. condensation and high
contamination. NIASA's technical department will prescribe the most suitable
C5-M Very high Coastal and maritime Buildings or areas materials and sealing components for the specific conditions
(maritime) areas with high salinity. with permanent of the application.
condensation and high
contamination.
169

DURABILITY

LOW L 2 to 5 years

MEDIUM M 5 to 15 years

HIGH H More than 15 years

www.n ias a.es

 LINEAR ACTUATORS
WITH INTEGRATED REDUCTION AND COMPACT GEARBOX. FHM series: steel tube | AHM series: aluminum tube

PRODUCT SELECTION
OPTIONAL CONFIGURATIONS
Optionally, NIASA may adapt your HM linear actuator,
modifying the different parts of it to your preferences.
Some examples are shown below.
See sub-chapter “Placing an order”.
Immobilizations Special configurations
The FM Series electro-mechanical actuators, on request, can At the customer's request, the linear actuators can be supplied
be supplied with the immobilized stem in rotation. This is with a screw of several inputs so that higher speeds can be
achieved by mounting a key on the upper cap and machining a obtained.
groove along the stem.
One Two Three Four
input inputs inputs inputs

Groove

Front cap
cotter pin
Cotter screws
pin

With this configuration, the scraper for the stem cannot be

mounted on the front cap. To avoid the possible input of
particles or liquid through the stem, it is recommended to
mount a bellow to protect it.
For further information, please contact the NIASA technical
department.

170

www.n ias a.es

LINEAR ACTUATORS
WITH INTEGRATED REDUCTION AND COMPACT GEARBOX. FHM series: steel tube | AHM series: aluminum tube

PLACING AN ORDER
SIZE TIP ACCESSORY
01 FHM1 / AHM1
10 SB With tip support
FHM2 / AHM2 00 No tip support
FHM3 / AHM3
FHM4 / AHM4 LIMIT SWITCH ACCESSORY
FHM5 11 Exterior tube configuration F
FHJ1 FCI Inductive limit switches
FHJ3 FCR Inductive limit switches with regulation

GEARBOX Exterior tube configuration A

02 All sizes FCG Magnetic limit switches
S Normal speed
H Reduced speed All models
000 No limit switches
Only sizes hm4 / hm5 / hj1 / hj3
D Super-slow speed STEM PROTECTION ACCESSORY
12 Exterior tube configuration F
EQUIPMENT GENERAL PROTECTION FB Bellow type protector
03 IPS Standard IP protection level 00 No protector
IPX Special IP protection level
DRIVE ADAPTATION
SCREW TYPE (DIAMETER x PITCH) 13 MB Adaptation flange
04 TRS Steel trapezoidal screw 00 No adaptation
KGS Ball screw
14 STANDARD MOTOR 04
Stroke MK drive adaptation
05 0000 Equipment usable stroke in mm 080 Group size
A Power-1 / B Power-2
IMMOBILISATION IN ROTATION
06 00 No immobilization MS drive adaptation
01 Immobilized 1111 Non-standard drive

STEM FASTENING ACCESSORY Both adaptations

07 BPS Screw flange 0000 Without drive
GKS Single rod
GKB Double rod LUBRICANT
GIR Clevis rod 15 GRA Standard lubricant
FES Special end fastening GRX Lubricant for low extreme temperatures
000 No accessory GRS Other lubricant

GEARBOX FASTENING ACCESSORY LUBRICATION ACCESSORIES

08 Always on the back of the gearbox 16 ETP Sealed lubrication cap (standard)
HFR Gearbox fastening rod EMT Angled lubricator on gearbox or
FMS Special gearbox fastening straight on tube
000 No accessory AGR Automatic lubricating accessory
000 No lubricating accessory
EXTERIOR TUBE FASTENING ACCESSORY
09 Exterior tube configurationf 17 EQUIPMENT GENERAL COLOUR
Bb Trunnion mount with studs With type A configuration, only the 171
Bh Trunnion mount with ball bearings gearbox is painted
RGG Graphite grey RAL7024 (standard)
Exterior tube configuration A RAZ Blue RAL5017
Ba Trunnion mount with studs RGP Silver grey RAL9006
RSP Special colour indicated by the customer
All models CIP Only grey 411 priming
Fs Special fastening 000 Not painted
00 No accessory

Example 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
HM3 H IPS TRS3606 1000 00 BPS HFR 00 00 FCI FB MB GR080A GRA AGR RGG

www.n ias a.es

 LINEAR ACTUATORS
WITH INTEGRATED REDUCTION AND COMPACT GEARBOX. FHM series: steel tube | AHM series: aluminum tube

DISASSEMBLY

15
24

9 30
14
40
2
11 31
8
29
5

25
3 13

20

32 7
23

41 20
38 22
4 27
38
10 1 36
21
37
6

16

17
19 12
35 28

19

39
172
18

41

www.n ias a.es

 Name
01 HM series gearbox 15 Screw support ring 29 Dual-effect scraper
02 Top cap 16 Nut 30 O-Ring
03 Front cap 17 Locknut 31 O-Ring
04 Exterior tube 18 Tube position nut 32 O-Ring
05 Stem 19 Lubrication cap 33 Adjustment washer
06 Worm gear 20 Axial bearing 34 Inside circlip
07 Worm wheel 21 Radial bearing 35 Allen screw
08 Ball screw 22 Radial bearing 36 Straight key
09 Trapezoidal screw 23 Bearing 37 Straight key
10 Ball nut 24 Bearing 38 Stud with point
11 Trapezoidal nut 25 Double lip radial seal ring 39 Stud with point
12 Guide ring 26 Double lip radial seal ring 40 Stud with point
13 Supplement nut bushing 27 Obturator 41 Flat stud
14 Front support 28 Obturator

04

33 34
26

D reduction designation
45 42 Cap
43 43 Wheel
50 54
47 44 Pinion
42 19
44 53 45 Sealed joint
46
46 Radial bearing

51
47 Radial bearing
49 48 Double lip seal ring
48
52 49 Adjustment washer 173
50 Exterior circlip
51 Inside circlip
52 Grower washer
53 Allen screw
D reduction components 54 Extraction thread stud

www.n ias a.es

 LINEAR ACTUATORS
WITH INTEGRATED REDUCTION AND COMPACT GEARBOX. FHM series: steel tube | AHM series: aluminum tube

Special configurations

Special GK
clevis rod

Front cap with

double scraper
system

BB special non-
symmetrical
flange

Special cast gearbox

with flange adapted
Flange for customer's
adapted to the servomotor
customer's
servomotor

Encoder system
174 direct to the screw
mounted underneath
the gearbox
 04

175

www.n ias a.es

05
SCREW
SUPPORTS
“IF YOU WANT A
creative team, GIVE
THEM ENOUGH TIME
TO PLAY.”
JOHN CLEESE
MEMBER OF MONTY PYTHON.
 SCREW SUPPORTS
INTRODUCTION

NIASA SH Series screw supports are a simple and economical They are also also characterized for offering an extensive
solution for mounting a screw on a support and fastening range of:
it to any part of a machine. The turn of the screw moves
…… Axial load capacities, from 2.5 kN up to 45 kN.
its corresponding nut and with this the desired part of the
machine moves (carriages, tables, etc.). …… Nut advance speeds depend on the screw pitch and the
transmission used.
The screw supports are motorized in a very simple way, by
motors or motoreducers in different configurations and with …… Trapezoidal and ball screws, depending on the
different speeds. The power transmission from the motor may performance required, precision of the desired movement
be direct or by means of different gear solutions and toothed and positioning, etc.
belts. …… Fastening accessories and elements, for optimal
Against other systems with pneumatic or hydraulic drives, adaptation to the most varied systems that may be
their main advantages are: designed.

…… Greater movement and positioning precision. …… Drives, with different reduction ratios and positions, which
enables the best solution to be offered for any speed and
…… Superior energy efficiency, as their parts offer high/very configuration problem. Among these are the following as
high performance, especially with the ball screws, low standard:
transmission ratios and high speeds.
· Motors / In line motoreducers.
…… Easier and faster assembly, since hydraulic or pneumatic
groups are not required, just an electric motor mounted · Motors / Motoreduc. in parallel with the toothed belt.
on the unit itself. · Motors / Motoreducers at 90º.
…… Greater reliability and duration, and less maintenance, due
·…
to the mechanical robustness and construction simplicity.
…… Materials and surface coverings, depending on the
…… Lower size for the same load capacity.
environmental conditions in which the unit will be
…… … installed.
…… …

180
Please do not hesitate to contact NIASA if you require screw
supports (and their drive mechanisms) with specifications
other than those covered in this chapter. The NIASA technical
department will specifically develop the special units that best
meet your requirements.

05

181

www.n ias a.es

 SCREW SUPPORTS
APPLICATIONS

Door opening/
closing systems
SH20 Series screw support made up of a
three-phase motor drive system, drive union
flange, left-right screw with KGF double ball
nut and SP bearing supports.

182
Machine TILTING system
Set of four SH30 Series screw
supports made up of a servomotor
drive system and joined together
with GX transmission shaft and bevel
gearboxes. Screw fastening with BPS
flanges, KGF ball nuts, SF Series spiral
screw protectors and two electro-
magnetic brakes.

05

183

www.n ias a.es

 SCREW SUPPORTS
SIZES

For further information about M205/M501/M505/M601/M605 configurations, please

contact NIASA.
There are trapezoidal and ball screw options on all sizes (see the chapter
about screws for more details).

SH20 SH30 SH40

Up to 12.5 kN 25 kN 45 kN

M100
Basic configuration page 186 page 187 page 188

M205
In line motoreducer page 185 page 185 page 185

M501
Parallel drive page 185 page 185 page 185

M505
For drive at 90º page 185 page 185 page 185

184 M601
Motoreducer at 90º page 185 page 185 page 185

M605
In line motor page 185 page 185 page 185

In addition to the standard range of screw supports, NIASA can specifically develop
the unit that best meets your application requirements. Contact NIASA.
SCREW SUPPORTS
GENERAL PRODUCT OVERVIEW
18 12

17

20
19 16

15

14

1 13

2 10
8

5 11
7
4

9 05

Accessories
Name Page
01 Body 184
02 Ball screw 186
03
04
Trapezoidal screw
KGF nut
186
246 configurations 185
05 KGM nut 248
06 EFM nut 258 Name M205 M501 M505 M601 M605
07 EFM safety nut 258 14 F flange • • •
08 KAR flange 275 15 EK coupling • • •
09 BPR flange 279 16 Motor •
10 FB protector bellow 301 17 In line motoreducer •
11 SF protector bellow 302 18 Motoreducer at 90º •
12 VE wheel 300 19 Parallel drive •
13 SB tip support 276 20 90º bevel gearbox •

www.n ias a.es

 SH20 SCREW SUPPORTS
Up to
12.5 kN Tr
TRAPEZ.
KGS
BALLS

The capacities indicated correspond to

the standard input shaft configurations.
Higher capacities are available on request.

Key 5x5x20 Specify orientation

DIN6885 A 2 13 13 2 of the nut

4 x M8

ØD j6
*
Ø72h8
Ø14h6

Ø72h8
Ø110

Ø110
Ø84

Ø84

4 x M8

30 90 20 COURSE (1) 20 A

NOTES: (1) See nut dimensions in the corresponding chapter.

Stroke Approx. weight

Screw Maximum Advance Drive torque, MD (Nm)
Performance weight 0 each 100 mm of
diameter and A øD axial (mm/revol. (%) F (kN), load to move in dynamic without nut stroke without nut
step (mm) strength (kN) input) (kg) (kg)
Tr 20x4 20 15 12.5 4 36 (1.76xF)+0.5 1.6 0.2
Tr 24x5 20 15 10.2 5 37 (2.15xF)+0.5 1.6 0.29
Tr 30x6 25 20 8.3 6 36 (2.65xF)+0.5 1.6 0.45
KGS 2005 20 15 10.5 5 86 (0.93xF)+0.4 1.6 0.22
KGS 2020 20 15 5.9 20 86 (3.72xF)+0.4 1.6 0.2
KGS 2050 20 15 2.4 50 86 (9.31xF)+0.4 1.6 0.33
KGS 2505 20 15 12.3 5 86 (0.93xF)+0.4 1.6 0.34
KGS 2510 20 15 11.9 10 86 (1.86xF)+0.4 1.6 0.33
KGS 2525 20 15 4.7 25 86 (4.65xF)+0.4 1.6 0.33
KGS 2550 20 15 2.4 50 86 (9.31xF)+0.4 1.6 0.34
KGS 3205 25 20 21.5 5 86 (0.93xF)+0.4 1.6 0.39
KGS 3210 25 20 11.9 10 86 (1.86xF)+0.4 1.6 0.56
186 KGS 3220 25 20 5.9 20 86 (3.72xF)+0.4 1.6 0.57
KGS 3240 25 20 3.0 40 86 (7.45xF)+0.4 1.6 0.57

… Power required: PD (kW) = 0,157x MD (Nm).

… Contact NIASA to ensure the dynamic load does not exceed the critical values indicated, in order to avoid buckling and resonance of the unit. See
calculations chapter at the end of the chapter (page 190).”
… The maximum axial force values correspond to the standard NIASA nuts. In some cases they may be increased by using larger, pre-loaded, etc.
nuts. Please contact NIASA.

275 276 258 258 248 246 279 300 301 302

www.n ias a.es

SH30 SCREW SUPPORTS
Up to
25 kN Tr
TRAPEZ.
KGS
BALLS

The capacities indicated correspond to

the standard input shaft configurations.
Higher capacities are available on request.

Key 6x6x25 Specify orientation

DIN 6885 A 3 15 15 3 of the nut

4 x M12

ØD j6
*
Ø90h8
Ø19h6

Ø90h8
Ø130

Ø106

Ø106
Ø130

4 x M12

35 100 25 COURSE (1) 25 A

NOTES: (1) See nut dimensions in the corresponding chapter.

Screw Maximum Approx. weight

05
Travel (mm/ Performance Drive torque, MD (Nm) Stroke
diameter and A øD axial each 100 mm of
revol. input) (%) F (kN), load to move in dynamic weight 0 (kg)
step (mm) strength (kN) stroke (kg)
Tr 36x6 25 20 15.5 6 32 (2.96xF)+1.6 2.9 0.67
Tr 40x7 30 25 13.7 7 33 (3.35xF)+1.6 2.9 0.82
KGS 3205 25 20 21.5 5 86 (0.93xF)+1.3 2.9 0.39
KGS 3210 25 20 24.8 10 86 (1.86xF)+1.3 2.9 0.56
KGS 3220 25 20 12.4 20 86 (3.72xF)+1.3 2.9 0.57
KGS 3240 25 20 6.2 40 86 (7.45xF)+1.3 2.9 0.57
KGS 4005 30 25 23.8 5 86 (0.93xF)+1.3 2.9 0.9
KGS 4010 30 25 24.8 10 86 (1.86xF)+1.3 2.9 0.84
KGS 4020 30 25 12.4 20 86 (3.72xF)+1.3 2.9 0.9
KGS 4040 30 25 6.2 40 86 (7.45xF)+1.3 2.9 0.84
187

… Power required: PD (kW) = 0,157x MD (Nm).

… Contact NIASA to ensure the dynamic load does not exceed the critical values indicated, in order to avoid buckling and resonance of the unit. See
calculations chapter at the end of the chapter (page 190).”
… The maximum axial force values correspond to the standard NIASA nuts. In some cases they may be increased by using larger, pre-loaded, etc.
nuts. Please contact NIASA.

275 276 258 258 248 246 279 300 301 302

www.n ias a.es

 SH40 SCREW SUPPORTS
Up to
45 kN Tr
TRAPEZ.
KGS
BALLS

The capacities indicated correspond to

the standard input shaft configurations.
Higher capacities are available on request.

Key 8x7x30 Specify orientation

DIN 6885 A 4 18 18 4 of the nut

6 x M12

ØD j6
*
Ø110h8

Ø110h8
Ø24h6
Ø150

Ø130

Ø130
Ø150

6 x M12

40 120 25 COURSE (1) 25 A

NOTES: (1) See nut dimensions in the corresponding chapter.

Screw Maximum Drive torque, MD (Nm) Approx. weight

Travel (mm/ Performance Stroke
diameter and A øD axial each 100 mm of
revol. input) (%) F (kN), load to move in dynamic weight 0 (kg)
step (mm) strength (kN) stroke (kg)
Tr 50x8 40 35 20.6 8 31 (4.06xF)+1.9 5.1 1.31
Tr 60x9 55 45 17.2 9 29 (4.86xF)+1.9 5.1 1.9
KGS 5010 40 35 45.2 10 86 (1.86xF)+1.6 5.1 1.35
KGS 5020 40 35 22.6 20 86 (3.72xF)+1.6 5.1 1.35
KGS 6310 55 45 45.2 10 86 (1.86xF)+1.6 5.1 2.21
188
KGS 6320 55 45 22.6 20 86 (3.72xF)+1.6 5.1 2.21

… Power required: PD (kW) = 0,157x MD (Nm).

… Contact NIASA to ensure the dynamic load does not exceed the critical values indicated, in order to avoid over-heating, buckling and resonance of
the unit. See calculations chapter at the end of the chapter (page 190).”
… The maximum axial force values correspond to the standard NIASA nuts. In some cases they may be increased by using larger, pre-loaded, etc.
nuts. Please contact NIASA.

275 276 258 258 248 246 279 300 301 302

www.n ias a.es

SCREW SUPPORTS
Product selection
To select the correct screw support, please follow this flow diagram.
If you would like to know the expected service life of a unit for your application, please send
the relevant data to the NIASA service department.

1 AND
SCREW SUPPORT MODEL
SIZE DEFINITION APPLICATION

M100 BASE Page Page OTHER

CONFIGURATION 184 185 CONFIGURATION
Page
SIZE PRE-SELECTION 184

2 DEFINITION OF SCREW TYPE

AND ADVANCE SPEED SCREW TYPE Page
186 REDUCTION

Ball (KGS)
Trapezoidal (Tr)
SPECIAL

3 SCREW SUPPORT SIZE

VALIDATION
F(kN)

BUCKLING Only for load Page

with compression 191

NOK OK
RESONANCE Page
192

NOK OK
05
F F Page
LATERAL LOADS 193

4 CALCULATION
DRIVE TORQUE AND POWER
SCREW SUPPORT SCREW
INDEPENDENT SUPPORT SYSTEM

Page
193 TORQUE AND POWER TORQUE AND POWER
CALCULATION CALCULATION
189
STANDARD DRIVE SPECIAL DRIVE

5 ADDITIONAL
CONFIGURATION AND
ACCESSORIES
ADDITIONAL CONFIGURATION
- Screw sides
- Input shaft
- Lubrication Page
- Corrosion protection 194
Page - Sealing
ACCESSORIES 260 - Ambient temperature
- ...

6 PLACING AN ORDER PLACING AN ORDER

Page
197

www.n ias a.es

 SCREW SUPPORTS
Product selection

FORCE AND TORQUE ACTING ON A

SCREW SUPPORT
F Load elevation at traction and/or compression.
FL Lateral load on the nut.
V Movement speed of the nut.
FA Axial load on the input shaft.
FR Radial load on the input shaft.
MD Torque on the input shaft.
n Speed on the input shaft.
ns Screw turning speed.
ns

FL
V

190

n FR
MD

FA

www.n ias a.es

SCREW SUPPORTS
Product selection

CRITICAL COMPRESSION BUCKLING

LOAD OF A SCREW SUPPORT
When there are compression loads on the screw, it may fail Free
due to buckling, before reaching its static load capacity.
F F
If the critical compression buckling load calculated is lower
Articulated
than the actual compression buckling load applied, select a
larger screw support and check its suitability.
Check it using the following steps:

L
1. Compression buckling length and corrector
factor
Fixed Fixed
Select the length L (mm) and the factor K, to be considered in
the buckling critical load calculation. Do this based on the type K=2 K = 0,7 K
of support on the sides of the screw support, according to the
figures shown on the right.

Free
2. Buckling criticalF load F F
Articulated Articulated
Fcrit (kN)= 33.91 x d4
(K x L)2
d Screw core diameter (mm).
L
L

L Buckling length (mm).

K Length corrector factor.
Articulated 05
Fixed Fixed
Important
K=2 K = 0,7 K=1
…… In general, the load applied on the screw support,
including possible impacts, must not surpass the
calculated value.
…… The safety factor considered is 3; reconsider this if so
considered opportune for the specific application. As a
recommendation, when a hypothetical screw support
failure may involve injuries to people, multiply the critical
load calculated by an additional factor of 0.6 (final safety
factor, 5). 191

d - Screw core diameter (mm).

Trapezoidal screw (Tr)

20×4 24×5 30×6 36×6 40×7 50×8 60×9
14.5 18.2 22.3 28.7 31.2 40.7 49

Ball screw (KGS)

2005 2020 2050 2505 2510 2525 2550 3205 3210 3220 3240 4005 4010 4020 4040 5010 5020 6310 6320
16.9 16.9 16.5 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 28.9 27.3 27.9 28.3 36.9 44.1 35.9 36.3 44.1 44.1 57.1 57.1

www.n ias a.es

 SCREW SUPPORTS
Product selection

CRITICAL RESONANCE SPEED OF A

screw support
Free
With reduced diameter and long length screws, there is a Articulated
risk that there will be considerable vibration on turning if this
occurs at speeds close to the first vibration frequency (the
second and highest correspond to very high speeds, at which
the screws never work). In the worst cases, the screw may

L
L
break and, additionally, the risk of collapse due to side buckling
considerably increases.
For these reasons, it must be checked that the screw support
works at lower rotation speeds than resonance speeds. If not, Articulated
select a screw of a larger diameter and/or reduce its turning Fixed
speed and/or modify the screw jack end supports.
M = 0,34 M = 0,97 M=
1. LENGTH, RESONANCE AND CORRECTOR FACTOR
Free
Free Articulated
Articulated Fixed
Fixed
Select the length L and the correction factor M toArticulated
consider. Do
Articulated
this based on the types of supports on the sides of the screw
support, according to the figures shown on the right.
LL

LL
LL

2. Maximum admissible speed

LL

nadm (rpm)= M x d2 x 108

L
d Screw core diameter (mm). Articulated
Articulated
Fixed
Fixed Fixed
Fixed Fixed
Fixed
L Length between supports (mm).
M Corrector factor according to supports.
MM==0,34
0,34 MM==0,97
0,97 MM==1,51
1,51 MM==2,19
2,19

Important

…… The safety factor considered is 1.25 (maximum admissible

speed = 80% of the critical resonance speed).
d - Screw core diameter (mm)

192
Trapezoidal screw (Tr)
20×4 24×5 30×6 36×6 40×7 50×8 60×9
14.5 18.2 22.3 28.7 31.2 40.7 49

Husillo a bolas (KGS)

2005 2020 2050 2505 2510 2525 2550 3205 3210 3220 3240 4005 4010 4020 4040 5010 5020 6310 6320
16,9 16,9 16,5 21,9 21,9 21,9 21,9 28,9 27,3 27,9 28,3 36,9 44,1 35,9 36,3 44,1 44,1 57,1 57,1

www.n ias a.es

SCREW SUPPORTS
Product selection

LATERAL LOAD
OF A SCREW SUPPORT
If they exist, the lateral loads are supported by guide systems 2. Power required
designed for this purpose, in addition to the guide from the
body of the screw support itself, so that the screw or the nut MD x n
PD (kW)=
exclusively support axial traction/compression loads. 9550

If there are side loads, the life of the screw support will be MD Drive torque (Nm)
notably reduced, as there will be premature wear of the screw n Input velocity to the screw support (rpm)
and the nut, which is also often the origin of faults.

Important
Important

…… If it is essential that the screw support is subject to lateral …… In general, it is advisable to multiply the power value
loads, please contact the NIASA design department for a calculated for a safety coefficient of 1.3 to 2; the smaller
correct design of the unit. the installation the higher the coefficient

…… This includes the horizontal mountings, on which the screw …… When the load to move is lower than 10% of the elevator's
can flex when subject to the action of its own weight. nominal load, consider that value as the load to move.

DRIVE TORQUE AND

3. Start-up torque

To calculate the start-up torque, multiply the drive torque by 2.

POWER OF AN INDEPENDENT
SCREW SUPPORT ηDS Screw dynamic efficiency

After pre-selecting the suitable screw support for the Trapezoidal screw (Tr)
application, select the drive motor, following the steps 20×4 24x5 30×6 36x6 40×7 50×8 60x9
below.
0.38 0.39 0.38 0.34 0.35 0.33 0.31 05
1. Drive torque Ball screw (KGS)
FxP 1 0.9 (for all sizes)
MD (N m) = (2 x π x 0,95 x η
DS
)
+ MI x
ηDRx iR

MI Drive torque (Nm) MI Idle Torque

F Load to elevate in dynamic (kN)
SH20 SH30 SH40
P Screw pitch (mm)
MI Idle torque (Nm) Trapezoidal 0.5 1.6 1.9
iR Input reduction, see for configurations Balls 0.4 1.3 1.6
M205, M501, M505 y M601;
i = 1 for M605 and M100-FXX Important 193
0,95 Body dynamic efficiency
ηDS Screw dynamic efficiency …… The values indicated in the tables correspond to the
ηDR Reduction element dynamic efficiency: lubrication conditions established by NIASA, for body
· M205: ηDR= 0.95 (coaxial reducer) and screw, and will be reached after a small period of
· M501: ηDR = 0.97 (toothed belt) operation.
· M505: ηDR = 0,90 (reducer 90º)
…… In the case of low temperatures, these can be reduced
· M601: ηDR, depending on reduc. (worm wheel and shaft)
considerably.
· M605 and M100-FXX: ηDR= 1, no reducer

www.n ias a.es

 SCREW SUPPORTS
Product selection

MAXIMUM TRANSFERABLE TORQUE ACCORDING TO SHAFT/ PARALLEL

COTTER PIN (DIN 6885) b
The following table shows the maximum transferrable torque

t2
for a shaft and its keys. It is considered that the shaft is subject
exclusively to torsional forces.

h
Important

t1
…… Never subject the input of a screw support
to torque over that indicated for its shaft
and keys (see plans in the sub-chapter “sizes”).
Ø L1

Maximum transferrable torque, MD

Shaft Key dimensions (Nm)
diameter Key effective length, L1 (mm)
Ø (mm)
bxh t1 t2 Material: C45 (1.1191) according to EN 10083-1
10 16 20 28 40 50
(mm) (mm) (mm)
Load type: Drive - Uniform /
8 – 10 3x3 1.8 1.4 5 9 12 - - - Load - Light knocks
10 – 12 4x4 2.5 1.8 9 13 17 - - - Assembly: tight
Cycles: >1,000,000
12 – 17 5x5 3 2.3 15 24 30 42 - -
Safety factor: 1.5 - 2.5
17 – 22 6x6 3.5 2.8 25 40 50 70 100 - IMPORTANT For other conditions, please
22 – 30 8x7 4 3.3 39 63 78 109 157 195 contact the NIASA technical department

LUBRICATION
The screw support is supplied with class 2, KLUBER ISOFLEX A group lubricator is recommended for automatic lubrication
TOPAS L152 lubricant, according to DIN 51818. For high speeds of the units. Depending on the type of group lubricator, the
it is better to choose class 1 and heavy loads class 3. lubrication may last up to two years.
A change of grease type may affect the correct operation of the See lubrication chapter in accessories.
unit.
NIASA supplies its screw supports with the following type of
Specifications hydraulic greasing mechanism:
…… Straight greasing nipple DIN 71412 type B.
Synthetic hydrocarbon grease with lithium soap
KLUBER ISOFLEX TOPAS L152 …… As a greasing nozzle for the nipples, the 515/G – 516/G
hydraulic connector is recommended. For its protection
Working temperature -50 to +150ºC
and conservation, the use of plastic caps is advised.
Density at 20ºC 0.9 kg/dm3
100 mm2/s at 40ºC The spring screw supports can also be supplied with a brass
Cinematic viscosity (s/DIN 51 562)
15 mm2/s at 100ºC
194 greasing cap with O-ring.
Dropping point (s/DIN ISO 2176) >185ºC
Water resistance (s/DIN 51 807/T1) Level 1

For further information, please contact the NIASA technical department.

A complete cleaning and grease change is recommended after

five years.
The greasing interval depends on the type of work and its
cycle. It is advisable to lubricate from 30 to 50 hours after
start-up and approximately every six months.
It is important to avoid over-lubricating.

www.n ias a.es

SCREW SUPPORTS
Product selection

Protection against corrosion,

sealing and ambient tempera-
ture
PROTECTION AGAINST THE Input
PROTECTION AGAINST CORROSION OF SOLIDS AND LIQUIDS

Select the environment in which the equipment will work, NIASA screw supports offer, as standard, an IP54 protection
using the atmospheric corrosion categories classification index to prevent solid and liquid particles from entering the
established in the DIN EN ISO 12944-2 standard (protection inside, which may damage them or reduce their designed
against the corrosion of steel structures using painted service life.
systems). Also establish the durability required before carrying
Use the following table, according to the DIN EN IEC 60529
out the first maintenance of the exterior surfaces (durability
standard, if the level of protection must be higher than that
does not imply a "time" guarantee).
indicated. NIASA supplies, on request, specially designed units
If the corrosion category is higher than “C3” for your to withstand the most aggressive environments.
application and/or higher than “average” durability is required,
The protection levels are defined with a code made up of the
please contact NIASA so that the technical department can
letters “IP“ and two numbers “XY”.
select the surface protection system and select the most
suitable components.

LEVEL OF PROTECTION “IP”, AGAINST THE Input OF …

ENVIRONMENT … solid particles: “X” … liquids: “Y”

CORROSION
CATEGORY ... ...
Outdoors Indoors
C1 Very low Buildings with heating 5 Protection against dust 3 Protection against spray
and clean atmospheres. residues (the dust that water (from angle up to 60º
may penetrate the inside with vertical).
C2 Low Atmospheres with low Buildings with no does not imply incorrect
levels of pollution. heating and possible operation of the equipment).
Rural areas. condensation.
6 Total protection against the 4 Protection against water
C3 Medium Urban and industrial Manufacturing plants penetration of any kind of splashes (from any 05
atmospheres, with with high humidity and solid body (sealing). direction).
moderate SO2 pollution. some pollution.
Coastal areas with low 5 Protection against water
salinity. streams from any direction
with hose.
C4 High Industrial areas and Chemical and
coastal areas with swimming pool 6 Protection against sporadic
moderate salinity. industries. floods (example: tidal wave).
C5-I Very high Industrial areas with Buildings or areas with ... ...
(industrial) high humidity and almost permanent
aggressive atmosphere. condensation and high
contamination.
C5-M Very high Coastal and maritime Buildings or areas AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
(maritime) areas with high salinity. with permanent
condensation and high Contact NIASA if your unit will be installed in an environment
contamination.
that may reach temperatures below -20ºC and/or above +40ºC. 195
NIASA's technical department will prescribe the most suitable
DURABILITY materials and sealing components for the specific conditions
of the application.
LOW L 2 to 5 years

MEDIUM M 5 to 15 years

HIGH H More than 15 years

www.n ias a.es

 SCREW SUPPORTS
Product selection

OPTIONAL CONFIGURATIONS
Optionally, NIASA may adapt your screw support, modifying the
different parts of it to your preferences.
Some examples are shown below.
See sub-chapter “Placing an order”.
Screw end Special configurations
O. With no end. On request, screws with various inputs can be supplied to
Z. Standard cylindrical end. obtain higher, but eventually reversible, travel speeds. The
S. Special end. screw supports can also be supplied with left-thread screws.

One input Two inputs Three inputs Four inputs

O Z S

Right thread Left thread

196

www.n ias a.es

SCREW SUPPORTS
PLACING AN ORDER

SIZE SCREW FASTENING ACCESSORY

01 SH20 09 BPR Screw flange with bearing
SH30 FES Special end fastening
SH40 000 No accessory

CONFIGURATION NUT ACCESSORIES

02 M100 Base 10 KAR Nut flange with trunnion mounts
M205 In line motoreducer KAS Special nut flange
M501 Parallel drive 000 No accessory on nut
M505 For drive at 90º
M601 Motoreducer at 90º SCREW PROTECTION ACCESSORY
M605 In line motor 11 FB Bellow type protector
SF Spiral metallic protector
GEARBOX 00 No protector
03 Configuration M501
01 Reduction 1:1 DRIVE ADAPTATION
02 Reduction 1:2 12 Configuration M100/M505
SR Special reduction 00 No adaptation
VE Wheel
Configuration M205/M601
SR To be defined Configuration M205/M501/M601/M605
MK Default adaptation corresponding to
Other configurations configuration
00 No reduction MS Special adaptation
00 No adaptation
EQUIPMENT GENERAL PROTECTION
04 IPS Standard IP protection level MOTOR (IF CONFIGURATION M205/M501/M605)
IPX Special IP protection level 13 MK drive adaptation
080 Group size
SCREW TYPE (DIAMETER x PITCH) A Power-1 / B Power-2
05 TRS Trapezoidal
KGS Ball MS drive adaptation
1111 Non-standard drive
SCREW TYPE
06 With trapezoidal screw Both adaptations
EFM1 Single nut with flange 0000 Without drive 05
EFM2 Double nut
EFMS Nut with safety system LUBRICANT
14 GRA Standard lubricant
With ball screw GRX Lubricant for low extreme temperatures
KGF1 Ball nut with flange GRS Other lubricant
KGF2 Double ball nut with “preload system” flange
KGM1 Smooth ball nut LUBRICATION ACCESSORIES
KGM2 Double ball nut with “preload system” 15 ERT Straight lubricator (standard)
KGMF Ball nut with flange +smooth ball nut ETP Sealed lubrication cap
“preload system” AGR Automatic lubricating accessory
000 Other lubricating accessory
With trapezoidal or ball screw
0000 No nut EQUIPMENT GENERAL COLOUR
16 RAN Anodized black 197
Stroke RSP Special colour indicated by the customer
07 0000 Equipment usable stroke in mm 000 Not painted

SCREW END
08 Z Standard cylindrical end
S Special end
0 With no end

Example 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
sh30 M205 00 iPS KGS3205 EFM01 0300 Z BPR KAR FB MK GR071A GRA ERT RAZ

www.n ias a.es

 SCREW SUPPORTS
assembly
8 4

7 3

11

6
5 15

10

5
13

1
Name
14
01 Body
02 Back cap
2
03 Ball screw
04 Trapezoidal screw 12

05 Bearing-holder disc
06 Front cap
198
07 Ball nut
08 Trapezoidal nut
09 Axial bearing
10 Radial bearing
11 Seal
12 Seal
13 Grooved nut
14 Straight lubrication nipple
15 Straight key

www.n ias a.es

SCREW SUPPORTS
Special configurations

Left-right thread
with special machined end

05

199

www.n ias a.es

06
BEVEL GEARBOXES
“CHARACTER ROBOTS
CAN CREATE ROBOTS
WITH EMPATHY.”
DAVID HANSON
ROBOTICS AND ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
DESIGNER AND RESEARCHER
 BEVEL GEARBOXES
Sizes

There are different bevel gearbox placement options on all the

different sizes. The most common are 0 and 1. Although there are
also others (see multi-shaft chapter)
There are also different input shaft positions (A, B and AB).

0 1
Up to 23 Nm 55 Nm

VH
Input hollow shaft
page 208 page 210

204

VL
Solid input shaft
page 208 page 210

In addition to the standard range of bevel gearboxes, NIASA can specifically develop the
unit that best meets your application requirements. Contact NIASA.
 2 15 25 30
136 Nm 230 Nm 400 Nm 770 Nm

page 212 page 214 page 216 page 218

06

205

page 212 page 214 page 216 page 218

www.n ias a.es

 BEVEL GEARBOXES
STANDARD PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Gearbox Ventilation
Compact design, with adjusted tolerances and modular casting Necessary for working temperatures >50ºC. Optionally aeration
iron and spherical graphite manufacturing. and venting filters manufactured in plastic with integrated
grease separator are mounted. They are mounted on the sides
Solid shafts / Hollow shafts of the gearbox with tube elbows.
…… Adjusted tolerances j6 and H7.
…… Alignment hole S/DIN 332/2. Oil level control
…… Keyways S/DIN 6885/1. Plastic viewer for controlling the oil level (optional).
…… Keyway tolerance on hollow shafts JS9.
…… Grooves for circlips S/DIN 472/1. Sealing of the gearbox
…… Concentricity, coaxiality and flatness S/DIN 42955. Using O-rings and caps.
…… Material C45 / 42CrMo4.
Shaft sealing
Conical gears
Radial seal ring manufactured in NBR, Viton or PTFE, with or
The spiral teeth are sized according to the Klingelnberg without dust protection lip.
procedure and Gleason procedure, tempered and overlapped,
with optimised tooth geometry. Surface
Water-based dissolving layer or galvanised layer.
Bearings
The bevel gearboxes can be supplied with ball bearings Identification plate.
(standard) or conical roller bearings (optional), sealed
Fitted on side E by default.
and lubricated, depending on the load, speed, sonority,
Do not remove! Otherwise the guarantee may be void.
temperature, etc.

Lubrication
Lubrication with high-performance synthetic oil. With the
possibility for NSF-H1 approval, for the food industry. The filling
volume depends on the mounting position.

206
BEVEL GEARBOXES
technical data
Possibilities for use Efficiency
Universal use in all areas of machining and industrial plants. >98% for normal torque and single teeth fastening. For further
Adaptable modular system with a large number of variations. details (according to assembly position, lubrication and
sealing), please contact NIASA.
Assembly orientation
The bevel gearbox sides are defined with the letters from Sound level
A to F.
70-85 dB(A) at a distance of one metre.
Control
Temperature
Possible from all shafts.
Ambient temperatures between -10ºC a +30ºC.
Gearbox with motor / servomotor Maximum admissible temperature including ventilation in the
All bevel gearboxes can be supplied with the motor/ gearbox 90ºC (optional).
servomotor already assembled. For this option, send
specifications and contact NIASA. Ventilation
Necessary from size VH1-VL1 and bevel gearbox temperatures
Turning sense >50ºC.
Right = the shaft turns in a clockwise direction as seen from
the end. Connection
All assembly arrangements included in the standard bevel
Transmission ratio gearbox.
Standard ratios i = n1/n2 =1, 1.5, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6.
Fastening preferably directly to the gearbox with screws.
For i>1:
Assembly position
…… Worm wheel, side A: Low turning speed + high torque.
…… Conical pinion, side C: High turning speed + low torque. Free selection For optimal operation, the oil level of the bevel
gearbox is adjusted in position.
Performance data
Housing
The value KA= 1, 20,000 operating hours is taken, normal
environmental conditions, optimal lubrication and single teeth Not painted on order.
fastening.
Gearbox
Bearings selection The bevel gearbox can be supplied with fewer holes.
Ball bearings (standard):
Atex
…… High rotation speeds.
The bevel gearboxes can be supplied under the ATEX directive
…… Low sound level.
if specified on the order.
…… Lower temperature and higher performance as there is
less rolling friction. 06
Maintenance
Conical roller bearings (optional): Control bevel gearbox temperature at maximum load:
…… High life requirements on the bearings. 207
…… If temperature > 50ºC, fit ventilation (from size 1).
…… Heavy loads. …… If temperature > 95ºC, contact NIASA.

Clearance between sides For applications with very high life cycle requirements, change
On the worm wheel side and with 2% nominal torque: 10-15 the oil after 500 hours of operation and then every 15,000 hours.
minutes of angle.
S1 < 10 minutes of angle.
S2 < 6 minutes of angle.

www.n ias a.es

 VH-0

BEVEL GEARBOX SIZE 0 84 65

23 Nm
VH-0
Up to 54 54 Ø 54

Ø12 j6
(4x) M6x12 (4x)M6x12
(4x) M6x9 Ø 54 (4x)M6x9

84 65
54

Ø64,5 f7
54 Ø 54

Ø44 f7

Ø44 f7
Ø12 j6
(4x) M6x12 (4x)M6x12

Ø17
Ø20
Ø12
(4x) M6x9 (4x)M6x9

H7
Ø 54

Ø64,5 f7
DR M5 DIN332

Ø44 f7

Ø44 f7
2 42 42 2 32,5 9,5 26

Ø17
Ø20
Ø12
H7
2 44 44 2 42 30 2
46 46 74
100
(4x)
2 M6x12
42 45
42 2 32,5 9,5 26 DR M5 DIN332
2 44 44 2 42 30 2
46 46 74
100
(4x) M6x12 45

R1
Arrangement
0 1
20

n1 R1
3
Shaft input
position

AB
20

n2 n2
n1
3

n1
VL-0
VH

VL-0

84 65
54 54
(4x)M6x12 Ø 54

Ø12 j6
(4x) M6x9 (4x) M6x12 (4x) M6x9
Ø S1
84 65
54 54

Ø 64,5 f7
Ø 54

Ø 44 f7
Ø44 f7

(4x)M6x12 (4x) M6x9 (4x) M6x12 (4x) M6x9

Ø12 j6
Ø12j6

Ø 17
Ø17

Ø S1

Arrangement Ø 64,5 f7
DR M5 DIN332
Ø 44 f7
Ø44 f7

2 42 42 2 32,5 9,5 26
Ø12j6

Ø 17
Ø17

0 1 2 44 44 2 (2x) M5 DIN332 42 30 2
n1 26 46 46 26 74
72 72 100
2 42 42 2 32,5 9,5 26 DR M5 DIN332
A (4x) M6x12
2 44 45
44 2 (2x) M5 DIN332 42 30 2
n2 n2 26 46 46 26 74
n1 n1 72 72 100
208 3 20 20 3
Shaft input position

n1 (4x) M6x12 45

B 3 20 20 3
n2 n2
n1 n1
R1
n1
20

AB R1
VL
n2 n2
3

n1 n1
20
3
Nominal power /Nominal and maximum torque at the input (P1Nt=2,2)
Reduction i i=1:1 i=1.5:1 i=2:1 i=3:1
n1 n2 P T2N T2max n2 P T2N T2max n2 P T2N T2max n2 P T2N T2max
(rpm) (rpm) (kW) (Nm) (Nm) (rpm) (kW) (Nm) (Nm) (rpm) (kW) (Nm) (Nm) (rpm) (kW) (Nm) (Nm)
50 50 0.12 23 35 33 0.07 20 31 25 0.05 20 31 17 0.03 16 24
250 250 0.55 21 35 167 0.31 18 31 125 0.24 18 31 83 0.13 15 24
500 500 0.94 18 35 333 0.56 16 31 250 0.42 16 31 167 0.26 15 24
1.000 1.000 1.68 16 35 667 0.98 14 31 500 0.73 14 31 333 0.49 14 24
1.500 1.500 2.36 15 35 1.000 1.36 13 31 750 1.02 13 31 500 0.68 13 24
2.000 2.000 2.93 14 35 1.333 1.68 12 31 1.000 1.26 12 31 667 0.84 12 24
3.000 3.000 4.40 14 35 2.000 2.51 12 31 1.500 1.88 12 31 1.000 1.26 12 24

Maximum admissible forces on shafts (≤0.5 x T2N Ball bearings*)

Input shaft C Input shafts A B

n1 (rpm) FrC(N) FaC(N) n2 (rpm) FrA(N) FaA(N)
= = = = = =
50 600 390 50 1000 650
FrC FrA
250 390 250 250 880 560 FrC
500 320 200 500 770 500
FaC 1.000 300 190
FaA 1.000 600 390
FaC
1.500 250 160 1.500 490 325
2.000 220 130 2.000 360 240
3.000 190 120 3.000 280 180
*Conical roller bearings if > 0.5 x T2N. Please contact NIASA

Moments of inertia, J (kg/cm2)

VH0 VL0
Reduction i
AB0 AB1 A0 / B0 A1 / B1 AB0 AB1
1:1 0.5888 0.8502 0.5967 0.8581 0.6018 0.8631
1.5:1 0.2681 0.3670 0.2723 0.3712 0.2738 0.3728
2:1 0.1773 0.2478 0.1796 0.2501 0.1806 0.2511
3:1 0.1261 0.1854 0.1271 0.1864 0.1275 0.1868

Bevel gearbox weight (kg) Angular precision

VH0 VL0 S1 (standard) <10 minutes of angle
AB0 AB1 A0 / B0 A1 / B1 AB0 AB1
S2 <6 minutes of angle
06
2.4 2.9 2.4 2.9 2.5 3.0

Assembly side
209

A B C D E F

Placing an order
Model Size Reduction Shaft input position Arrangement Assembly side Shaft input speed Angular backlash
VL 0 1.5 A 1 E 1,000 S1

*There is a possibility of supplying the bevel gearboxes with reinforced bearings, special lubrications or fastening flanges for motors and
servomotors. For any of these options, please contact NIASA.
www.n ias a.es
 VH-1

BEVEL GEARBOX SIZE 1 110 90

70

55 Nm
70 Ø 75

Ø18 j6
(4x)M8x15 (4x)M8x15
Up to (4x)M8x10
Ø 75
(4x)M8x9
VH-1

110 90

Ø 60 f7

Ø60 f7
Ø85 f7
Ø 30
70

Ø18
70 Ø 75

Ø25
Ø18 j6
H7
(4x)M8x15 (4x)M8x10 (4x)M8x15
(4x)M8x9
Ø 75

3 55 55 3 45 10 35 DR M6 DIN

Ø 60 f7

Ø60 f7
Ø85 f7
30 2

Ø 30
4 58 58 4 55

Ø18

Ø25
H7
62 62 87
122
(4x)M8x15 70

3 55 55 3 45 10 35 DR M6 DIN332
4 58 58 4 55 30 2
62 62 87
122
(4x)M8x15 70

R1

Arrangement
28

0 1
n1
R1
3,5
Shaft input
position

AB
28

n2 n2
n1 n1
VH
3,5

VL-1

VL-1
110 90
70 70
Ø 75

Ø18 j6
(4x)M8x15 (4x)M8x10 (4x)M8x15 (4x)M8x9
Ø 75

110 90

Ø85 f7
Ø60 f7
Ø60 f7

70 70

Ø25
Ø25
Ø18
j6

Ø 75
Ø18 j6

(4x)M8x15 (4x)M8x10 (4x)M8x15 (4x)M8x9

Ø 75

3 55 55 3 45 10 35 DR M6 DIN332
Arrangement
Ø85 f7

2 58 58 2 (2x) M6 DIN332 55 30 2
Ø60 f7
Ø60 f7

Ø25
Ø25
Ø18

0 1
j6

35 60 60 35 87
n1 95 95 122

3 (4x)M8x15
55 55 703 45 10 35 DR M6 DIN332
A n2 n2 2 58 58 2 (2x) M6 DIN332 55 30 2
35 3,5 6028 60 35 28 3,5 87
n1 n1 95 95 122
210
Shaft input position

n1 (4x)M8x15 70

B 3,5 28 28 3,5
n2 n2
n1 n1 R1

n1
28

VL
3,5

AB R1
n2 n2
n1 n1
28
3,5
Nominal power /Nominal and maximum torque at the input (P1Nt=4,2)
Reduction i i=1:1 i=1.5:1 i=2:1 i=3:1
n1 n2 P T2N T2max n2 P T2N T2max n2 P T2N T2max n2 P T2N T2max
(rpm) (rpm) (kW) (Nm) (Nm) (rpm) (kW) (Nm) (Nm) (rpm) (kW) (Nm) (Nm) (rpm) (kW) (Nm) (Nm)
50 50 0.29 55 86 33 0.17 49 75 25 0.11 41 63 17 0.07 41 63
250 250 1.31 50 86 167 0.77 44 75 125 0.51 39 63 83 0.34 39 63
500 500 2.36 45 86 333 1.40 40 75 250 0.94 36 63 167 0.65 37 63
1.000 1.000 4.19 40 86 667 2.44 35 75 500 1.73 33 63 333 1.22 35 63
1.500 1.500 5.65 36 86 1.000 3.35 32 75 750 2.36 30 63 500 1.68 32 63
2.000 2.000 6.70 32 86 1.333 4.05 29 75 1.000 2.93 28 63 667 2.02 29 63
3.000 3.000 9.42 30 86 2.000 5.86 28 75 1.500 4.24 27 63 1.000 2.83 27 63
Reduction i i=4:1 i=5:1 i=6:1
n1 n2 P T2N T2max n2 P T2N T2max n2 P T2N T2max
(rpm) (rpm) (kW) (Nm) (Nm) (rpm) (kW) (Nm) (Nm) (rpm) (kW) (Nm) (Nm)
50 13 0.05 41 63 10 0.04 41 63 8 0.03 37 57
250 63 0.26 39 63 50 0.20 39 63 42 0.15 35 57
500 125 0.47 36 63 100 0.38 36 63 83 0.30 34 57
1.000 250 0.89 34 63 200 0.69 33 63 167 0.56 32 57
1.500 375 1.22 31 63 300 0.94 30 63 250 0.79 30 57
2.000 500 1.52 29 63 400 1.17 28 63 333 0.98 28 57
3.000 750 2.12 27 63 600 1.70 27 63 500 1.41 27 57

Maximum admissible forces on shafts (≤0.5 x T2N Ball bearings*)

Input shaft C Input shafts A B

n1 (rpm) FrC(N) FaC(N) n2 (rpm) FrA(N) FaA(N)
= = 50 1,410 900 = = 50 1,650 1,050
= =

FrC 250 1,160 740 FrA 250 1,400 900 FrC

500 960 630 500 1,180 750
FaC 1.000 560 360 FaA 1.000 990 640 FaC
1.500 350 230 1.500 750 460
2.000 310 200 2.000 680 440
3.000 210 130 3.000 450 300
*Conical roller bearings if > 0.5 x T2N. Please contact NIASA

Moments of inertia, J (kg/cm2)

VH1 VL1
Reduction i
AB0 AB1 A0 / B0 A1 / B1 AB0 AB1
1:1 2.5887 3.6619 2.6630 3.7362 2.6856 3.7588
1.5:1 1.4561 2.0138 1.4769 2.0346 1.4855 2.0431
2:1 0.8860 1.2289 0.8978 1.2408 0.9025 1.2454
3:1 0.6213 0.9720 0.6267 0.9775 0.6286 0.9793
4:1 0.5075 0.8447 0.5097 0.8469 0.5117 0.8488
5:1 0.4455 0.7766 0.4468 0.7779 0.4482 0.7792
6:1 0.4136 0.7426 0.4145 0.7435 0.4154 0.7444

Bevel gearbox weight (kg) Angular precision

VH1 VL1 S1 (standard) <10 minutes of angle
AB0 AB1 A0 / B0 A1 / B1 AB0 AB1
S2 <6 minutes of angle
06
5.5 6.7 5.7 6.9 5.8 6.9

Assembly side
211

A B C D E F

Placing an order
Model Size Reduction Shaft input position Arrangement Assembly side Shaft input speed Angular backlash
VL 1 1.5 A 1 E 1,000 S1

*There is a possibility of supplying the bevel gearboxes with reinforced bearings, special lubrications or fastening flanges for motors and
servomotors. For any of these options, please contact NIASA.
www.n ias a.es
 VH-2

BEVEL GEARBOX SIZE 2 144 120

100

136 Nm
100 Ø 100

Ø25 j6
Up to VH-2 (4x)M10x18 (4x)M10x18
(4x)M10x15 (4x)M10x11
Ø100

144 120
100 100 Ø 100

Ø113 f7
Ø80 f7

Ø80 f7
Ø25 j6
(4x)M10x18 (4x)M10x18

Ø40

Ø30
(4x)M10x15 (4x)M10x11
Ø100

Ø25 H7

Ø113 f7
Ø80 f7

Ø80 f7
3 72 72 3 60 15 45 DR M10 DIN

Ø40

Ø30
5 75 75 5 75 40 2
80 80 117
162

Ø25 H7
3 72
(4x)M10x18 72 100 3 60 15 45 DR M10 DIN332
5 75 75 5 75 40 2
80 80 117
162
(4x)M10x18 100

R1
Arrangement
0 1
40

n1
Shaft input

R1
position

2,5

AB
n2 n2
40

n1 n1
VH
2,5

VL-2

144 120
100 100
Ø 100

Ø25 j6
VL-2 (4x)M10x18 (4x)M10x15 (4x)M10x18 (4x)M10x11
Ø 100

144 120
100 100

Ø113 f7
Ø80 f7
Ø80 f7

Ø 100
Ø25 j6

Ø30
Ø35
Ø25

(4x)M10x18 (4x)M10x15 (4x)M10x18 (4x)M10x11

j6

Ø 100

DR M10 DIN332
Ø113 f7

3 72 72 3 60 15 45
Ø80 f7
Ø80 f7

Arrangement
Ø30
Ø35

(2x) M10 DIN332

Ø25

2 75 75 2 75 40 2
j6

0 1 45 77 77 45 117
n1 122 122 162
3 72 72 3 60 15 45 DR M10 DIN332
2 (4x)M10x18
75 75 100 2 (2x) M10 DIN332 75 40 2
A n2 n2 45 77 77 45 117
122 122 2,5 162
n1 n1 2,5 40 40
212
Shaft input position

n1 (4x)M10x18 100

2,5 40 40 2,5
B n2 n2
n1 n1 R1

n1
40

AB R1 VL
2,5

n2 n2
n1 n1
40
2,5
Nominal power /Nominal and maximum torque at the input (P1Nt=7,1)
Reduction i i=1:1 i=1.5:1 i=2:1 i=3:1
n1 n2 P T2N T2max n2 P T2N T2max n2 P T2N T2max n2 P T2N T2max
(rpm) (rpm) (kW) (Nm) (Nm) (rpm) (kW) (Nm) (Nm) (rpm) (kW) (Nm) (Nm) (rpm) (kW) (Nm) (Nm)
50 50 0.71 136 210 33 0.42 120 180 25 0.30 115 175 17 0.19 110 170
250 250 3.35 128 210 167 2.01 115 180 125 1.37 105 175 83 0.89 102 170
500 500 6.18 118 210 333 3.91 112 180 250 2.54 97 175 167 1.66 95 170
1.000 1.000 10.99 105 210 667 6.49 93 180 500 4.55 87 175 333 3.07 88 170
1.500 1.500 14.92 95 210 1.000 8.80 84 180 750 6.13 78 175 500 4.24 81 170
2.000 2.000 17.59 84 210 1.333 10.05 72 180 1.000 7.33 70 175 667 5.03 72 170
3.000 3.000 23.25 74 210 2.000 14.24 68 180 1.500 9.90 63 175 1.000 6.81 65 170
Reduction i i=4:1 i=5:1 i=6:1
n1 n2 P T2N T2max n2 P T2N T2max n2 P T2N T2max
(rpm) (rpm) (kW) (Nm) (Nm) (rpm) (kW) (Nm) (Nm) (rpm) (kW) (Nm) (Nm)
50 13 0.12 95 147 10 0.09 85 132 8 0.06 69 107
250 63 0.60 92 147 50 0.43 82 132 42 0.29 67 107
500 125 1.16 89 147 100 0.83 79 132 83 0.57 65 107
1.000 250 2.23 85 147 200 1.59 76 132 167 1.08 62 107
1.500 375 3.10 79 147 300 2.23 71 132 250 1.54 59 107
2.000 500 3.82 73 147 400 2.76 66 132 333 1.95 56 107
3.000 750 5.26 67 147 600 3.90 62 132 500 2.88 55 107

Maximum admissible forces on shafts (≤0.5 x T2N Ball bearings*)

Input shaft C Input shafts A B

n1 (rpm) FrC(N) FaC(N) n2 (rpm) FrA(N) FaA(N)
= = 50 1530 980 = = 50 1860 1200
= =

FrC 250 1380 890 FrA 250 1680 1050 FrC

500 1140 730 500 1360 880
FaC 1.000 960 630 FaA 1.000 1180 770 FaC
1.500 760 500 1.500 960 620
2.000 630 400 2.000 750 480
3.000 530 350 3.000 580 360
*Conical roller bearings if > 0.5 x T2N. Please contact NIASA

Moments of inertia, J (kg/cm2)

VH2 VL2
Reduction i
AB0 AB1 A0 / B0 A1 / B1 AB0 AB1
1:1 13.1241 18.5460 13.4930 18.9149 13.6072 19.0291
1.5:1 5.6386 7.4650 5.8198 7.6461 5.8533 7.6797
2:1 3.5727 4.8396 3.6743 4.9413 3.6934 4.9604
3:1 2.2154 3.2564 2.2623 3.3033 2.2690 3.3100
4:1 1.7079 2.7017 1.7314 2.7251 1.7381 2.7319
5:1 1.4595 2.4276 1.4743 2.4425 1.4788 2.4470
6:1 1.3225 2.2830 1.3329 2.2934 1.3359 2.2964

Bevel gearbox weight (kg) Angular precision

VH2 VL2 S1 (standard) <10 minutes of angle
AB0 AB1 A0 / B0 A1 / B1 AB0 AB1
S2 <6 minutes of angle
06
12.5 15.3 13.2 16.2 13.4 16.0

Assembly side
213

A B C D E F

Placing an order
Model Size Reduction Shaft input position Arrangement Assembly side Shaft input speed Angular backlash
VL 2 1.5 A 1 E 1,000 S1

*There is a possibility of supplying the bevel gearboxes with reinforced bearings, special lubrications or fastening flanges for motors and
servomotors. For any of these options, please contact NIASA.
www.n ias a.es
 VH-15

BEVEL GEARBOX SIZE 15 164

110
140
110

230 Nm
Ø115

Ø32 j6
(4x)M10x18
Up to (4x)M10x18 (4x)M10x13
Ø 115
(4x)M10x11
VH-15

164 140

Ø130 f7
Ø95 f7
Ø90 f7
110 110

Ø40
Ø45
Ø115

Ø32 j6
(4x)M10x18 (4x)M10x13 (4x)M10x18
(4x)M10x11
Ø 115

Ø32 H7
3 82 82 3 70 13 50 DR M12 DIN3

Ø130 f7
Ø95 f7
Ø90 f7

Ø40
Ø45
2 85 85 2 83 45 2
87 87 130
180

Ø32 H7
(4x)M10x18 110 DR M12 DIN332
3 82 82 3 70 13 50
2 85 85 2 83 45 2

Ø33,7
87 87 18 130
180
(4x)M10x18 110
1,3

Ø33,7
18

R1
Arrangement 1,3
0 1
45

n1
Shaft input
position

R1
2,5

AB
n2 n2
45

n1 n1
VH
2,5

VL-15

164 140
110 110
Ø 115

Ø32 j6
(4x)M10x18 (4x)M10x13 (4x)M10x18 (4x)M10x11
Ø 115
VL-15

164 140

Ø130 f7
Ø95 f7
Ø90 f7

110 110
Ø40

Ø40
Ø32
j6

Ø 115
Ø32 j6

(4x)M10x18 (4x)M10x13 (4x)M10x18 (4x)M10x11

Ø 115

3 82 82 3 70 13 50 DR M12 DIN332
Arrangement
Ø130 f7

(2x) M12 DIN332 83 45 2

Ø95 f7
Ø90 f7

2 85 85 2
Ø40

Ø40
Ø32

0 1
j6

50 87 87 50 130
n1 137 137 180

3 (4x)M10x18
82 82 110 3 70 13 50 DR M12 DIN332
A n2 n2 2 85 85 2 (2x) M12 DIN332 83 45 2
50 87 87 50 130
n1 n1 2,513745 137 45 2,5 180
214
Shaft input position

n1
(4x)M10x18 110

B n2 2,5
n2 45 45 2,5

n1 n1 R1

n1
45

AB
VL
2,5

n2 n2 R1
n1 n1
45
2,5
Nominal power /Nominal and maximum torque at the input (P1Nt=10,8)
Reduction i i=1:1 i=1.5:1 i=2:1 i=3:1
n1 n2 P T2N T2max n2 P T2N T2max n2 P T2N T2max n2 P T2N T2max
(rpm) (rpm) (kW) (Nm) (Nm) (rpm) (kW) (Nm) (Nm) (rpm) (kW) (Nm) (Nm) (rpm) (kW) (Nm) (Nm)
50 50 1.20 230 360 33 0.77 220 340 25 0.55 212 330 17 0.34 192 295
250 250 5.89 225 360 167 3.75 215 340 125 2.66 203 330 83 1.63 187 295
500 500 11.26 215 360 333 7.16 205 340 250 5.03 192 330 167 3.14 180 295
1.000 1.000 20.31 194 360 667 13.26 190 340 500 9.16 175 330 333 5.93 170 295
1.500 1.500 26.70 170 360 1.000 17.80 170 340 750 12.17 155 330 500 8.22 157 295
2.000 2.000 31.41 150 360 1.333 20.94 150 340 1.000 13.61 130 330 667 9.98 143 295
3.000 3.000 40.84 130 360 2.000 26.18 125 340 1.500 17.28 110 330 1.000 12.77 122 295
Reduction i i=4:1 i=5:1 i=6:1
n1 n2 P T2N T2max n2 P T2N T2max n2 P T2N T2max
(rpm) (rpm) (kW) (Nm) (Nm) (rpm) (kW) (Nm) (Nm) (rpm) (kW) (Nm) (Nm)
50 13 0.22 170 264 10 0.15 148 230 8 0.10 118 183
250 63 1.08 165 264 50 0.75 143 230 42 0.51 118 183
500 125 2.03 155 264 100 1.41 135 230 83 1.01 116 183
1.000 250 3.72 142 264 200 2.64 126 230 167 1.94 111 183
1.500 375 4.95 126 264 300 3.71 118 230 250 2.83 108 183
2.000 500 6.07 116 264 400 4.61 110 230 333 3.66 105 183
3.000 750 8.48 108 264 600 6.60 105 230 500 5.03 96 183

Maximum admissible forces on shafts (≤0.5 x T2N Ball bearings*)

Input shaft C Input shafts A B

n1 (rpm) FrC(N) FaC(N) n2 (rpm) FrA(N) FaA(N)
= = 50 2,020 1,300 = = 50 2,070 1,300
= =

FrC 250 1,810 1,200 FrA 250 1,850 1,200 FrC

500 1,550 1,000 500 1,720 1,100
FaC 1.000 1,320 860 FaA 1.000 1,460 950 FaC
1.500 1,060 690 1.500 1,100 700
2.000 920 600 2.000 850 550
3.000 720 460 3.000 650 420
*Conical roller bearings if > 0.5 x T2N. Please contact NIASA

Moments of inertia, J (kg/cm2)

VH15 VL15
Reduction i
AB0 AB1 A0 / B0 A1 / B1 AB0 AB1
1:1 31.3777 45.2429 33.0778 46.9429 33.3578 47.2230
1.5:1 15.5660 21.7448 16.3517 22.5305 16.4461 22.6248
2:1 10.3030 14.9580 10.7422 15.3972 10.7980 15.4530
3:1 7.0147 11.2591 7.2134 11.4577 7.2347 11.4791
4:1 5.8231 9.9454 5.9237 10.0460 5.9468 10.0692
5:1 5.2264 9.2994 5.2894 9.3624 5.3056 9.3786
6:1 4.9089 8.9652 4.9526 9.0089 4.9639 9.0202

Bevel gearbox weight (kg) Angular precision

VH15 VL15 S1 (standard) <10 minutes of angle
AB0 AB1 A0 / B0 A1 / B1 AB0 AB1
S2 <6 minutes of angle
06
18.5 22.8 19.6 24.1 20.2 24.3

Assembly side
215

A B C D E F

Placing an order
Model Size Reduction Shaft input position Arrangement Assembly side Shaft input speed Angular backlash
VL 15 1.5 A 1 E 1,000 S1

*There is a possibility of supplying the bevel gearboxes with reinforced bearings, special lubrications or fastening flanges for motors and
servomotors. For any of these options, please contact NIASA.
www.n ias a.es
 VH-25

BEVEL GEARBOX SIZE 25 190

120
160
120

400 Nm
Ø 135

Ø35 j6
VH-25 (4x)M12x24
Up to (4x)M12x24 (4x)M12x15
Ø 135
(4x)M12x15

190 160

Ø110 f7

Ø150 f7
Ø110 f7
120

Ø55
120

Ø40
Ø 135

Ø35 j6
(4x)M12x24 (4x)M12x24
(4x)M12x15 (4x)M12x15
Ø 135

Ø35 H7
3 95 95 3 80 15 60 DR M12 DIN3

Ø110 f7

Ø150 f7
Ø110 f7
5 98 98 5 95 55 2

Ø55

Ø40
103 103 152
212

Ø35 H7
(4x)M10x24 120
3 95 95 3 80 15 60 DR M12 DIN332
5 98 98 5 95 55 2
103 103 18 152
212

Ø37
(4x)M10x24 120
1,6
18

Ø37
R2
Arrangement 1,6
0 1
50

n1
Shaft input
position

R2
5

AB
n2 n2
50

n1 n1
VH
5

VL-25

190 160
VL-25 120 120
(4x)M12x24 Ø 135
(4x)M12x24 (4x)M12x15 (4x)M12x15

Ø35j6
Ø 135

190
Ø110 f7

160

Ø110 f7
Ø150 f7
Ø40

Ø40
120 120
Ø35
j6

(4x)M12x24 Ø 135
(4x)M12x24 (4x)M12x15 (4x)M12x15
Ø35j6

Ø 135

3 95 95 3 80 15 60 DR M12 DIN332
Arrangement (2x) M12 DIN332
Ø110 f7

Ø110 f7
Ø150 f7

2 98 98 2 95 55 2
Ø40

Ø40
Ø35

0 1 60 100 100 60
j6

152
n1 160 160 212

3 (4x)M12x24
95 95 120 3 80 15 60 DR M12 DIN332
A (2x) M12 DIN332
n2 n2 2 98 98 2 95 55 2
60 100 100 60 152
n1 n1 5 16050 160 50 5
216 212
Shaft input position

n1
(4x)M12x24 120

B n2 n25 50 50 5
n1 n1 R2

n1
50

AB
VL
R2
5

n2 n2
n1 n1
50
5
Nominal power /Nominal and maximum torque at the input (P1Nt=16,8)
Reduction i i=1:1 i=1.5:1 i=2:1 i=3:1
n1 n2 P T2N T2max n2 P T2N T2max n2 P T2N T2max n2 P T2N T2max
(rpm) (rpm) (kW) (Nm) (Nm) (rpm) (kW) (Nm) (Nm) (rpm) (kW) (Nm) (Nm) (rpm) (kW) (Nm) (Nm)
50 50 2.09 400 620 33 1.33 380 590 25 0.96 365 570 17 0.52 300 465
250 250 9.69 370 620 167 6.28 360 590 125 4.58 350 570 83 2.49 285 465
500 500 18.32 350 620 333 11.87 340 590 250 8.64 330 570 167 4.71 270 465
1.000 1.000 32.46 310 620 667 21.29 305 590 500 15.71 300 570 333 8.73 250 465
1.500 1.500 43.98 280 620 1.000 28.80 275 590 750 20.81 265 570 500 12.04 230 465
2.000 2.000 49.21 235 620 1.333 32.81 235 590 1.000 24.08 230 570 667 15.01 215 465
3.000 3.000 62.83 200 620 2.000 41.88 200 590 1.500 29.06 185 570 1.000 20.94 200 465
Reduction i i=4:1 i=5:1 i=6:1
n1 n2 P T2N T2max n2 P T2N T2max n2 P T2N T2max
(rpm) (rpm) (kW) (Nm) (Nm) (rpm) (kW) (Nm) (Nm) (rpm) (kW) (Nm) (Nm)
50 13 0.38 290 450 10 0.27 255 395 8 0.18 205 320
250 63 1.83 280 450 50 1.26 240 395 42 0.86 198 320
500 125 3.47 265 450 100 2.46 235 395 83 1.61 185 320
1.000 250 6.54 250 450 200 4.61 220 395 167 2.97 170 320
1.500 375 9.03 230 450 300 6.60 210 395 250 4.06 155 320
2.000 500 10.99 210 450 400 7.96 190 395 333 4.96 142 320
3.000 750 14.92 190 450 600 10.68 170 395 500 7.07 135 320

Admissible forces on shafts (Conical roller bearings if > 0.5 x T2N*)

Input shaft C Input shafts A B

n1 (rpm) FrC(N) FaC(N) n2 (rpm) FrA(N) FaA(N)
= = 50 3,800 2,450 = = 50 7,800 5,050
= =

FrC 250 3,750 2,400 FrA 250 6,700 4,300 FrC

500 3,650 2,350 500 5,800 3,700
FaC 1.000 3,500 2,250 FaA 1.000 5,000 3,250 FaC
1.500 3,300 2,150 1.500 4,100 2,600
2.000 3,200 2,080 2.000 3,500 2,250
3.000 3,000 1,950 3.000 3,000 1,950
*≤0.5 x T2N Ball bearings. Please contact NIASA

Moments of inertia, J (kg/cm2)

VH25 VL25
Reduction i
AB0 AB1 A0 / B0 A1 / B1 AB0 AB1
1:1 54.3314 71.9296 55.9850 73.5544 56.3081 73.9987
1.5:1 30.7208 40.6714 31.6558 41.5902 31.8385 41.8414
2:1 22.9601 30.3970 23.6589 31.0836 23.7954 31.2714
3:1 11.3441 15.0186 11.6894 15.3578 11.7569 15.4506
4:1 9.6743 12.8078 9.9687 13.0971 10.0262 13.1762
5:1 8.2716 10.9509 8.5234 11.1982 8.5726 11.2659
6:1 7.7506 10.2611 7.9865 10.4929 8.0326 10.5562

Bevel gearbox weight (kg) Angular precision

VH25 VL25 S1 (standard) <10 minutes of angle
AB0 AB1 A0 / B0 A1 / B1 AB0 AB1
S2 <6 minutes of angle
06
28.0 34.0 29.5 36.0 30.0 36.5

Assembly side
217

A B C D E F

Placing an order
Model Size Reduction Shaft input position Arrangement Assembly side Shaft input speed Angular backlash
VL 25 1.5 A 1 E 1,000 S1

*There is a possibility of supplying the bevel gearboxes with reinforced bearings, special lubrications or fastening flanges for motors and
servomotors. For any of these options, please contact NIASA.
www.n ias a.es
 VH-30

BEVEL GEARBOX SIZE 30 234

160
200
160

770 Nm
Ø 175
(4x)M12x24 (4x)M12x24

Ø42j6
Up to VH-30 (4x)M12x20
Ø 175 (4x)M12x17

234 200

Ø120 f7

Ø120 f7
Ø190 f7
160 160

Ø70

Ø55
Ø 175
(4x)M12x24 (4x)M12x24

Ø42j6
(4x)M12x20 (4x)M12x17
Ø 175

Ø42 H7
4 117 117 4 100 20 80 DR M16 DIN3

Ø120 f7

Ø120 f7
Ø190 f7
Ø70
4 121 121 4 120 70 3

Ø55
125 125 193
273
(4x)M12x24 160
Ø42 H7 4 117 117 4 100 20 80 DR M16 DIN332

Ø44,5
4 121 121 4 18 120 70 3
125 125 193
273
(4x)M12x24 160
1,85

Ø44,5
18

R3
Arrangement 1,85

0 1
70

n1
Shaft input

R3
5
position

AB
n2 n2
70

n1 n1
VH
5

VL-30

234 200
160 160
(4x)M12x24 Ø 175
(4x)M12x24 (4x)M12x20 (4x)M12x17

Ø42j6
VL-30 Ø 175

234 200
Ø120 f7

Ø190 f7
Ø120 f7
Ø55

160 160

Ø55
Ø42
j6

(4x)M12x24 Ø 175
(4x)M12x24 (4x)M12x20 (4x)M12x17
Ø42j6

Ø 175

4 117 117 4 100 20 80 DR M16 DIN332

Arrangement (2x) M16 DIN332
Ø120 f7

Ø190 f7

120 70 3
Ø120 f7

2 121 121 2
Ø55

Ø55
Ø42

0 1
j6

80 123 123 80 193

n1 203 203 273

4 (4x)M12x24
117 117 160 4 100 20 80 DR M16 DIN332
(2x) M16 DIN332
A n2 n2
2 121 121 2 120 70 3
80 123 123 80 193
n1 n1 5 20370 203 70 5 273
218
Shaft input position

n1
(4x)M12x24 160

B n2 n25 70 70 5

n1 n1 R3

n1
70

AB
VL
R3
5

n2 n2
n1 n1
70
5
Nominal power /Nominal and maximum torque at the input (P1Nt=27)
Reduction i i=1:1 i=1.5:1 i=2:1 i=3:1
n1 n2 P T2N T2max n2 P T2N T2max n2 P T2N T2max n2 P T2N T2max
(rpm) (rpm) (kW) (Nm) (Nm) (rpm) (kW) (Nm) (Nm) (rpm) (kW) (Nm) (Nm) (rpm) (kW) (Nm) (Nm)
50 50 4.03 770 1.185 33 2.67 765 1.180 25 1.94 740 1.100 17 1.24 710 1.060
250 250 18.59 710 1.185 167 12.39 710 1.180 125 9.16 700 1.100 83 5.76 660 1.060
500 500 33.51 640 1.185 333 21.99 630 1.180 250 16.49 630 1.100 167 10.82 620 1.060
1.000 1.000 59.69 570 1.185 667 38.05 545 1.180 500 28.27 540 1.100 333 20.24 580 1.060
1.500 1.500 80.10 510 1.185 1.000 49.21 470 1.180 750 36.91 470 1.100 500 28.27 540 1.060
2.000 2.000 94.24 450 1.185 1.333 57.24 410 1.180 1.000 41.88 400 1.100 667 34.21 490 1.060
3.000 3.000 2.000 73.30 350 1.180 1.500 54.19 345 1.100 1.000 48.17 460 1.060
Reduction i i=4:1 i=5:1 i=6:1
n1 n2 P T2N T2max n2 P T2N T2max n2 P T2N T2max
(rpm) (rpm) (kW) (Nm) (Nm) (rpm) (kW) (Nm) (Nm) (rpm) (kW) (Nm) (Nm)
50 13 0.80 610 950 10 0.54 515 800 8 0.31 360 620
250 63 3.80 580 950 50 2.62 500 800 42 1.48 340 620
500 125 7.20 550 950 100 4.87 465 800 83 2.79 320 620
1.000 250 13.48 515 950 200 8.90 425 800 167 5.24 300 620
1.500 375 18.85 480 950 300 12.25 390 800 250 7.33 280 620
2.000 500 22.51 430 950 400 14.66 350 800 333 8.90 255 620
3.000 750 29.84 380 950 600 19.48 310 800 500 12.04 230 620

Admissible forces on shafts (Conical roller bearings if > 0.5 x T2N*)

Input shaft C Input shafts A B

n1 (rpm) FrC(N) FaC(N) n2 (rpm) FrA(N) FaA(N)
= = 50 7,100 4,600 = = 50 11,000 7,100
= =

FrC 250 6,600 4,250 FrA 250 8,000 5,200 FrC

500 6,200 4,000 500 7,100 4,600
FaC 1.000 5,700 3,700 FaA 1.000 6,000 3,900 FaC
1.500 5,400 3,480 1.500 4,800 3,000
2.000 5,100 3,300 2.000 4,100 2,600
3.000 3.000
*≤0.5 x T2N Ball bearings. Please contact NIASA

Moments of inertia, J (kg/cm2)

VH30 VL30
Reduction i
AB0 AB1 A0 / B0 A1 / B1 AB0 AB1
1:1 142.322 188.420 146.653 192.676 147.500 193.840
1.5:1 92.7971 122.855 95.6215 125.630 96.1733 126.389
2:1 40.5131 53.6356 41.7462 54.8471 41.9871 55.1784
3:1 18.7575 24.8332 19.3284 25.3941 19.4399 25.5475
4:1 23.6429 31.3010 24.3625 32.0080 24.5031 32.2013
5:1 19.8672 26.3022 20.4718 26.8964 20.5900 27.0588
6:1 18.5829 24.6021 19.1485 25.1578 19.2590 25.3097

Bevel gearbox weight (kg) Angular precision

VH30 VL30 S1 (standard) <10 minutes of angle
AB0 AB1 A0 / B0 A1 / B1 AB0 AB1
S2 <6 minutes of angle
06
50.5 58.5 50.5 61.0 52.5 63.0

Assembly side
219

A B C D E F

Placing an order
Model Size Reduction Shaft input position Arrangement Assembly side Shaft input speed Angular backlash
VL 30 1.5 A 1 E 1,000 S1

*There is a possibility of supplying the bevel gearboxes with reinforced bearings, special lubrications or fastening flanges for motors and
servomotors. For any of these options, please contact NIASA.
www.n ias a.es
220

www.n ias a.es

BEVEL GEARBOXES
Product selection

Limit values
Application factor C1
The admissible loads may produce temperatures higher Machine working conditions
than the 95ºC in the bevel gearbox, if it operates continuously
without adequate cooling. To prevent over-heating in Machine in operation
continuous operation, the thermal limit must not be exceeded.
Uniform Moderate Medium Strong
impact impact impact
Mechanical threshold Uniform 1 1.25 1.5 1.75

M2m = M2 x C1 x C2 Moderate
1.1 1.35 1.6 1.85
impact
Drive
M2 Torque required at the input
machine Medium 1.25 1.5 1.75 2
impact
Strong
T2N > M2m 1.5 1.75 2 2.25
impact
T2N According to tables Application factor s/DIN 3390 / ISO 6336

T2max > M2max

Start-up factor C2
T2max According to tables
Start-ups per hour
Up to 10 10-59 60-199 200-499 500-800
Thermal threshold operating at 100% of the time 1 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.6
Pt = P1 x C3 x C4
P1 Power required at the input Temperature factor C3
Ambient temperature (ºC)
P1Nt > Pt 10 20 30 40 50
P1Nt According to tables 0.9 1 1.1 1.25 1.5

Operating time factor C4

Operating temperature (%)

100 80 60 40 20 06
1 0.83 0.71 0.62 0.55

221

www.n ias a.es

 BEVEL GEARBOXES
MULTI-SHAFT

MODEL VH
Shaft input position
F

F AB C
A B

F A B
C
F
F
A B
2
F
C A B
C A B
C A C B
C A
E
C A
E F
C A

3 E
F
E
C
C
C D
A
A C
A B
E
E
F
D C B
F
F F
F
D C B
4 D
D
D
F
C
C
C C
B
B A B
B
Arrangement

E
F
C A B
F

5
F
E
F
C A B
E C A B
C D A C B
E C A B
E E
E
6 D
E
C

F
222 D C
D E C
D F C D C
D E C
E E
E
F
D C
F
F
E
F
D C

7 D
D
D
E
E
E
C
C
C
E
 F

A B
C

A B
C C A
E

F F

A B
C
E
MODEL VL
C A D C B

Shaft input position

F F

F C A A D C B B C AB A B
E E
F A B
C
F
F F F
A B
2 F
C
C
A
A
B
B
DC C A B C D C
C B A B
E E
C A
E F F
C A
3 E
F
E
C
C
C
C
A
A
A
A B D C D C
E E E E
E
F
D C B
F
F F
F
D C B
4
Arrangement

D C B
D F DC C B D C
D C B
E E
F
C A B
F

5 F
E
F
C
F
A B
E CC A B
E
DC C A
A
B
B
06
E E
E
6 D
E
C

D C 223
D E C
D F C
D E C
E
E
F
D C
F
F
E
F
D C

7 D
D
D
E
E
C
C
C
E
E

www.n ias a.es

07
SCREWS
AND NUTS
“ONE MILIMETRE IN THE
MANUFACTURING OF
A SURF BOARD IS THE
DIFFERENCE BETWEEN
RIDING THE WAVE
OR SINKING TO THE
BOTTOM.”
Taj Burrow
WORLD SURF CHAMPION 2006
 SCREWS AND NUTS
INTRODUCTION

Screws transform a rotation movement into a transfer and

vice versa; the latter depends on the type of screw and its
dimensions.
NIASA offers an extensive range of screws for all types of
applications, within sectors as varied as tool machining,
aeronautics, transport and handling industry, renewable
energies, etc. In this section you will find the most suitable
screw for practically any requirement, regardless of size, load,
speed, precision, efficiency, etc. requirements.
NIASA quality standards guarantee the highest levels of
reliability on the entire range of screws and nuts.
NIASA supplies trapezoidal as well as ball screws. The benefits
of ball screws over trapezoidal screws are the following:
…… Greater positioning precision.
…… Longer useful life.
…… Greater efficiency.
…… Possibility of working at higher speeds.
…… Lower heat generation.
…… No slipping or gripping effects.
Trapezoidal screws are usually the most economical and their
features suit numerous application requirements.

228

www.n ias a.es

 07
229

www.n ias a.es

 SCREWS AND NUTS
General product overview

Ball screw Nut

KGS according to DIN 69051
KGF-D

KGS
BALLS
page 232 page 234

Trapezoidal screw Nut

TR EFM

230
Tr
TRAPEZ.
page 250 page 252
 Nut Nut Nut
according to NIASA standard according to DIN 69051 according to NIASA standard
KGF-N KGM-D KGM-N

page 235 page 236 page 237

Safety nut Nut

EFMS LRM

07
231
page 252 page 253

www.n ias a.es

 l max

ROLLED BALL SCREWS Ø d2

Ø d1
KGS
BALLS
Ø d0

l max

Ø d2
Ø d1
Cold pressed with no stock removal, NIASA manufactures screws with their Out of stock there are also many other
Ø d0
with thermal treatment and polishing. sides machined according to your screw diameters/pitches available, also
Please ask NIASA about the supply of requirements. Please also ask if any with left thread. Also for several types
machined screws with stock removal thermal treatment is required. of nuts (with threaded body, etc).
and tempered, with tolerance class up
to P0, and also for stainless materials.

Ø Dw Ph
Ø d2
Nut Ø d1
Ø d0
Min. resistance
Min. elastic limit Approx. surface
Standard material to breakage
hardness
Re (N/mm2) Rm (N/mm2)
Cf53 / 42CrMo4 610 380 60 HRC Scrapers

232

www.n ias a.es

 l max

Ø d2
Ø d1
Ø d0

l max

Ø d2
Ø d1
Ø d0

a Transversal section area (mm2)

d2 Interior thread diameter (mm)

Ip Polar inertia moment (mm4)

d1 h11 Exterior diameter (mm)

i Axial inertia moment (mm4)

lmax Maximum length approx.
d0 Nominal diameter (mm)

Nut type
Standard tolerance class

Available in stock
Dw Ball diameter (mm)

M Weight (kg/m)
Thread entries
Ph Pitch (mm)

KGF KGM
(mm)

D N D N

16 5 1 3,500 T7 15,55 12,88 6000 1,38 Ø D1,75E+02

w
2,22E+03
P 4,93E+03 • • •
h

16 10 2 3,000 T7 15,35 12,89 6000 1,26 1,60E+02 1,69E+03 4,17E+03 Ø d2 • •

20 5 1 3,500 T7 19,50 16,87 6000 2,21 Nut 2,82E+02 5,85E+03 1,27E+04Ø d1 • • • •
Ø d0
20 20 4 3,500 T7 19,50 16,87 6000 2,03 2,59E+02 5,41E+03 1,08E+04 • •
20 50 5 3,500 T7 19,10 16,40 6000 2,05 2,62E+02 5,53E+03 1,11E+04 • •
25 5 1 3,500 T7 24,60 21,90 6000 3,32 4,23E+02 1,42E+04 2,85E+04 • • • •
25 10 2 3,500 T7 24,60 21,92 6000 3,34Scrapers
4,25E+02 1,27E+04 2,90E+04 • •
25 20 4 3,500 T7 24,60 21,92 6000 3,32 4,23E+02 1,44E+04 2,88E+04 • •
25 25 5 3,500 T7 24,60 21,92 6000 3,32 4,23E+02 1,44E+04 2,88E+04 • •
25 50 5 3,500 T7 24,15 21,47 6000 3,37 4,29E+02 1,48E+04 2,95E+04 • •
32 5 1 3,500 T7 31,50 28,87 6000 5,90 7,52E+02 4,29E+04 9,01E+04 • • • •
32 10 1 7,144 T7 32,74 27,33 6000 5,57 7,10E+02 3,98E+04 8,03E+04 • • •
32 20 2 5,000 T7 31,70 27,81 6000 5,67 7,22E+02 3,63E+04 8,38E+04 • •
32 32 4 3,969 T7 31,30 28,33 6000 5,74 7,31E+02 4,28E+04 8,56E+04 •
32 40 4 3,500 T7 30,90 28,26 6000 5,63 7,17E+02 4,10E+04 8,21E+04 • •
40 5 1 3,500 T7 39,53 36,90 6000 9,03 1,15E+03 1,05E+05 2,11E+05 • • • •
40 10 1 7,144 T7 39,62 34,28 6000 8,43 1,07E+03 9,11E+04 1,83E+05 • • •
40 20 2 5,000 T7 39,70 35,81 6000 9,05 1,15E+03 9,52E+04 2,13E+05 • •
40 40 4 3,500 T7 38,95 36,24 6000 9,02 1,15E+03 1,05E+05 2,11E+05 • •
50 10 1 7,144 T7 49,60 44,11 6000 13,53 1,72E+03 2,35E+05 4,73E+05 • • • • 07
50 20 2 7,144 T7 49,50 43,99 6000 13,46 1,71E+03 2,05E+05 4,72E+05 • •
233
63 10 1 7,144 T7 62,60 57,15 6000 22,07 2,81E+03 6,25E+05 1,26E+06 • • • •
63 20 2 7,144 T7 62,70 57,16 6000 22,06 2,81E+03 5,70E+05 1,26E+06 • •
80 10 1 7,144 T7 79,65 1)
74,20 6000 36,43 4,64E+03 1,71E+06 3,43E+06 • •

…… 1)
h12

www.n ias a.es

 NUT WITH KGF-D FLANGE
KGS
BALLS

Dimensions according to DIN 69051

Out of stock there are also many other
screw diameters/pitches available, also
with left thread. Also for several types L7/2 Grease cap L7/2 Grease cap
of nuts (with threaded body, etc). DBx L10 DBx L10
(6x) ØD5 (8x) ØD5
Safety screws can also be supplied in

45° 2,5°

45° °
combination with standard screws.

30
2
ØD1-0,1
-0,6

ØD1-0,3

-0,1
ØD1-0,6

30°
ØD1

ØD1
0

L8

L8
ØD Ø
ØDD4
6
ØD4
6

L7 L1 L3 L7 L1 Drilled template 1 Drilled template 2

Lm Lm
L L
SHAPE - E SHAPE -S

Min. elastic limit Min. resistance to breakage

Standard material Approx. hardness treatment
Re (N/mm2) Rm (N/mm2)
Nut 16MnCr5 / 100Cr6 800 600 60 HRC Temple
Scraper PPN 7190 TV 40 / NBR 33
Ball 100 Cr6 64 HRC

Ca0m Modified static load

Dw Ball diameter (mm)

Cam Modified dynamic

d0 Nominal diameter

load capacity (kN)

Loaded ball turns
Drilled template

Thread entries

Axial backlash
nominal (mm)
Ph Pitch (mm)

capacity (kN)
D6 h13 (mm)

L8 h13 (mm)
L7 h13 (mm)
D1 g6 (mm)
Nut shape

L10 (mm)
Lm (mm)

DB (mm)
D4 (mm)

D5 (mm)

LB (mm)
L3 (mm)
L1 (mm)
L (mm)
(mm)

16 5 E 1 1 3,500 28 38 5,5 48 42 32 10 0 10 40 M6x1 5 10 0,041 3 9,3 13,1

16 10 E 1 2 3,000 28 38 5,5 48 55 45 10 0 10 40 M6x1 5 10 0,041 6 15,4 26,5
20 5 E 1 1 3,500 36 47 6,6 58 42 32 10 0 10 44 M6x1 5 10 0,035 3 10,5 16,6
25 5 E 1 1 3,500 40 51 6,6 62 42 32 10 0 10 48 M6x1 5 10 0,041 3 12,3 22,5
25 10 E 1 2 3,500 40 51 6,6 62 55 45 16 0 10 48 M6x1 5 10 0,041 3 13,2 25,3
25 20 S 1 4 3,500 40 51 6,6 62 35 14,5 4 10,5 10 48 M6x1 5 8 0,041 4 13 23,3
25 25 S 1 5 3,500 40 51 6,6 62 35 17 9 8 10 -2) M6x1 5 8 0,041 5 16,7 32,2
25 50 S 1 5 3,500 40 51 6,6 62 58 38 10 10 10 48 M6x1 5 8 0,041 5 15,4 31,7
32 5 E 1 1 3,500 50 65 9 80 55 43 10 0 12 62 M6x1 6 10 0,041 5 21,5 49,3
32 10 E 1 1 7,144 531) 65 9 80 69 57 16 0 12 62 M8x1 6 10 0,084 3 33,4 54,5
32 20 E 1 2 5,000 531) 65 9 80 80 68 16 0 12 62 M6x1 6 10 0,059 4 29,7 59,8
40 5 E 2 1 3,500 63 78 9 93 57 43 10 0 14 70 M6x1 7 10 0,041 5 23,8 63,1
40 10 E 2 1 7,144 63 78 9 93 71 57 16 0 14 70 M8x1 7 10 0,084 3 38 69,1
40 20 E 2 2 5,000 63 78 9 93 80 66 16 0 14 70 M8x1 7 10 0,059 4 33,3 76,1
40 40 S 2 4 3,500 63 78 9 93 85 63,5 16 7,5 14 -2) M8x1 7 10 0,041 8 35 101,9
234 50 10 E 2 1 7,144 75 93 11 110 95 79 16 0 16 85 M8x1 8 10 0,084 5 68,7 155,8
50 20 E 2 2 7,144 851) 1031) 11 125 95 77 22 0 18 95 M8x1 9 10 0,084 4 60 136,3
63 10 E 2 1 7,144 90 108 11 125 97 79 16 0 18 95 M8x1 9 10 0,084 5 76 197
63 20 E 2 2 7,144 95 115 13,5 135 99 79 25 0 20 100 M8x1 10 10 0,084 4 78,4 171,3

…… 1)
Its dimensions are not consistent with DIN 69051 / 2) Rounded flange

www.n ias a.es

NUT WITH KGF-N FLANGE
KGS
BALLS

Dimensions according to NIASA

standard KGF-N
Out of stock there are also many other
screw diameters/pitches available, also
with left thread. Also for several types
of nuts (with threaded body, etc).
L7/2 Grease cap L7/2 Grease cap 60
DB x L10 DB x L10 (6x) ØD5 30° °
Safety screws can also be supplied in ØD4
combination with standard screws.

ØD1 -0,1
-0,6

ØD1 -0,3

ØD1 -0,1
-0,6
ØD1

ØD1
0
ØD6
L3 L7 L1
L7 L1 Lm Drilled template 4
L L
SHAPE - E SHAPE - S

Min. elastic limit Min. resistance to breakage

Standard material Approx. hardness treatment
Re (N/mm2) Rm (N/mm2)
Nut 16MnCr5 / 100Cr6 800 600 60 HRC Temple
Scraper PPN 7190 TV 40 / NBR 33
Ball 100 Cr6 64 HRC
d0 Nominal diameter (mm)

Ca0m Modified static load

Dw Ball diameter (mm)

Cam Modified dynamic

load capacity (kN)
Loaded ball turns
Drilled template

Thread entries

Axial backlash
nominal (mm)
Ph Pitch (mm)

capacity (kN)
D6 h13 (mm)

L8 h13 (mm)
L7 h13 (mm)
D1 g6 (mm)
Nut shape

L10 (mm)
Lm (mm)

DB (mm)
D4 (mm)

D5 (mm)

LB (mm)
L3 (mm)
L1 (mm)
L (mm)

16 5 E 4 1 3,500 28 38 5,5 48 44 32 8 0 12 -1) M6x1 6 8 0,041 3 9,3 13,1

20 5 E 4 1 3,500 32 45 7 55 44 32 8 0 12 -1) M6x1 6 8 0,041 3 10,5 16,6
20 20 S 4 4 3,500 35 50 7 62 30 12 4 8 10 - 1)
M6x1 5 8 0,041 4 11,6 18,4
20 50 S 4 5 3,500 35 50 7 62 56 37 10 9 10 -1) M6x1 5 8 0,041 5 13 24,6
25 5 E 4 1 3,500 38 50 7 62 46 32 8 0 14 - 1)
M6x1 7 8 0,041 3 12,3 22,5
32 5 E 4 1 3,500 45 58 7 70 49 43 10 0 16 -1) M6x1 8 8 0,041 5 21,5 49,3
32 10 E 4 1 7,144 53 68 7 80 73 57 10 0 16 - 1)
M8x1 8 8 0,084 3 33,4 54,5
32 40 S 4 4 3,500 53 68 7 80 45 21.5 14 7.5 16 -1) M6x1 8 10 0,041 4 14,9 32,4
40 5 E 4 1 3,500 53 68 7 80 59 43 10 0 16 - 1)
M6x1 8 8 0,041 5 23,8 63,1 07
40 10 E 4 1 7,144 63 78 9 95 73 57 10 0 16 -1) M8x1 8 8 0,084 3 38 69,1
235
50 10 E 4 1 7,144 72 90 11 110 97 79 10 0 18 -1) M8x1 9 8 0,084 5 68,7 155,8
63 10 E 4 1 7,144 85 105 11 125 99 79 10 0 20 -1) M8x1 10 8 0,084 5 76 197
80 10 E 4 1 7,144 105 125 14 145 101 79 10 0 22 - 1)
M8x1 11 8 0,084 5 86,25 262,41

…… 1)
Rounded flange

www.n ias a.es

 KGM-D CYLINDRICAL NUT
KGS
BALLS

Dimensions according to DIN 69051

Out of stock there are also many other
screw diameters/pitches available, also LB
with left thread. Also for several types
LB BxT ØDB BxT
of nuts (with threaded body, etc).
Safety screws can also be supplied in
combination with standard screws.

-0,1
ØD1 -0,6
ØD1

ØD1
ØDB

L3
L9 L12
L9 L12
L
L

SHAPE - E SHAPE - S

Min. elastic limit Min. resistance to breakage

Standard material Approx. hardness treatment
Re (N/mm2) Rm (N/mm2)
Nut 16MnCr5 / 100Cr6 800 600 60 HRC Temple
Scraper PPN 7190 TV 40 / NBR 33
Ball 100 Cr6 64 HRC

Ca0m Modified static load

Nominal axial backlash
Dw Ball diameter (mm)

Cam Modified dynamic

d0 Nominal diameter

Loaded ball turns

Thread entries
Ph Pitch (mm)

load capacity
D1 g6 D (mm)

B P9 (mm)
Nut shape

L12 (mm)

capacity
DB (mm)

LB (mm)

L9 (mm)
L3 (mm)

T (mm)
L (mm)
(mm)

(mm)

(kN)

(kN)
16 5 E 1 3,500 28 34 - 3 7 7 20 5 2 0,041 3 9,3 13,1
16 10 E 2 3,000 28 50 - 3 7 15 20 5 2 0,035 6 15,4 26,5
20 5 E 1)
1 3,500 36 34 - 3 7 7 20 5 2 0,041 3 10,5 16,6
25 5 E 1 3,500 40 34 - 3 7 7 20 5 2 0,041 3 12,3 22,5
25 10 E 2 3,500 40 45 - 3 7,5 12,5 20 5 2 0,041 3 13,2 25,3
25 20 S 4 3,500 40 35 10,5 1,5 14 11,5 12 5 3 0,041 4 13 23,3
25 25 S 5 3,500 40 35 8 1,5 11,5 11 13 5 3 0,041 5 16,7 32,2
25 50 S 5 3,500 40 58 10 1,5 17 19 20 5 3 0,041 5 15,4 31,7
32 5 E 1 3,500 50 45 - 3 7,5 8 30 6 2,5 0,041 5 21,5 49,3
40 5 E 1 3,500 63 45 - 3 7,5 8 30 6 2,5 0,041 5 23,8 63,1
40 10 E 1 7,144 63 60 - 4 10 15 30 6 2,5 0,084 3 38 69,1
40 20 E 2 5,000 63 70 - 3 7,5 20 30 6 2,5 0,059 4 33,3 76,1
40 40 S 4 3,500 63 85 7,5 1,5 15 27,5 30 6 3,5 0,041 8 35 101,9
236
50 10 E 1 7,144 75 82 - 4 11 23 36 6 2,5 0,084 5 68,7 155,8
63 10 E 1 7,144 90 82 - 4 11 23 36 6 2,5 0,084 5 76 197
63 20 E 2 7,144 95 82 - 4 10 23 36 6 2,5 0,084 4 78,4 171,3

…… 1)
Lubrication orifice in any position on the circumference

www.n ias a.es

KGM-D CYLINDRICAL NUT
KGS
BALLS

Dimensions according to NIASA

standard
Out of stock there are also many other
screw diameters/pitches available, also
with left thread. Also for several types
of nuts (with threaded body, etc).
LB
Safety screws can also be supplied in p9
LB BxT ØDB B xT
combination with standard screws.

ØD1 -0,1
-0,6
ØD1

ØD1
ØDB

L3
L9 L12
L9 L12
L
L

SHAPE - E SHAPE - S

Min. elastic limit Min. resistance to breakage

Standard material Approx. hardness treatment
Re (N/mm2) Rm (N/mm2)
Nut 16MnCr5 / 100Cr6 800 600 60 HRC Temple
Scraper PPN 7190 TV 40 / NBR 33
Ball 100 Cr6 64 HRC

Cam Modified dynamic

Ca0m Modified static

load capacity (kN)
Loaded ball turns
diameter (mm)

diameter (mm)

diameter (mm)

backlash (mm)
Thread entries

Nominal axial
Ph Pitch (mm)

load capacity
d0 Nominal

B P9 (mm)
Nut shape

D1 g6 Ball

L12 (mm)
DB (mm)

LB (mm)

L9 (mm)
L3 (mm)
L (mm)
Dw Ball

T(mm)

(kN)

20 5 E 1 3,500 32 34 - 3 7 7 20 5 2 0,041 3 10,5 16,6

20 20 S 4 3,500 35 30 8 1,5 11,5 9 12 5 3 0,041 4 11,6 18,4
20 50 S 5 3,500 35 56 9 1,5 16 18 20 5 3 0,041 5 13 24,6
25 5 E 1 3,500 38 34 - 3 7 7 20 5 2 0,041 3 12,3 22,5
32 5 E 1 3,500 45 45 - 3 7,5 8 30 6 2,5 0,041 5 21,5 49,3
32 10 E 1 7,144 53 60 - 4 10 15 30 6 2,5 0,084 3 33,4 54,5
32 20 E 2 5,000 53 70 - 3 7,5 20 30 6 2,5 0,059 4 29,7 59,8
32 40 S 4 3,500 53 45 7,5 1,5 13 10 25 6 4 0,041 4 14,9 32,4
07
40 5 E 1 3,500 53 45 - 3 7,5 8 30 6 2,5 0,041 5 23,8 63,1
237
50 10 E 1 7,144 72 82 - 4 11 23 36 6 2,5 0,084 5 68,7 155,8
50 20 E 2 7,144 85 82 - 4 10 23 36 6 2,5 0,084 4 60 136,3
63 10 E 1 7,144 85 82 - 4 11 23 36 6 2,5 0,084 5 76 197
80 10 E 1 7,144 105 82 - 4 11 23 36 8 3 0,084 5 86,3 262,4

www.n ias a.es

 BALL SCREW
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

PARTS AND RECIRCULATION

The systems with ball screws are basically made up of the rolling of the balls occurs with minimal friction. For short
screw itself, a nut and a series of balls that roll between both pitches, returns by radial deflector are often used, on which
elements, re-circulating through the nut. Protectors (scrapers) each circuit is independent and makes a complete turn. For
on their sides avoid the possible input of foreign bodies or long pitches, interior axial returns are usually used, where
aggressive products to the inside of the nut. there is a single circuit of several turns to resend the balls
from one end of the nut to the other. In both cases the nuts are
The geometric precision of the return is essential so that the
compact, with no projections to the exterior.

Screw Deflectors

Balls

Nut

Scrapers

Recirculation
by deflector

Axial recirculation

Efficiency
The fact that the rolling elements are balls with extremely low
friction means that these types of screws are highly efficient
(up to 98% in some cases).

Reversibility
238 Speed As opposed to what occurs with some trapezoidal screws,
the ball screws are always reversible (no self-locking nuts).
The reduced friction level of the balls means that the turning It is therefore necessary to use brake or retention elements,
speed, in ideal conditions, can be 3,000 rpm, or 4,000 rpm for especially if mounted in a vertical position.
occasional peaks.
Assembly position Service temperature
The screw can be mounted in any position, paying special In general, the ambient operating temperature of the screws
care to the possible lateral loads that are not supported by the and ball nuts must be between -30ºC and +80ºC, with the
screw itself, but by guide elements designed for this purpose. exceptional possibility of working at higher temperatures
(contact NIASA).

Thread profile
Repetitiveness
NIASA screws and ball nuts are symmetric gothic arch (ogival
arch), and the load angle is 45º. This design means that the The repetitiveness of a ball screw refers to its capacity to
roller is extremely smooth (optimal efficiency), and at the same return to a certain position, after having previously achieved
time the axial (jL) and radial (jT) clearances are equalised it in identical conditions. This is dependent on the load, speed,
and minimised between the parties. High rigidity of the set is acceleration, etc. It is defined in VDI/DGQ 3441, the currently
achieved and the load capacity is maximised. widely accepted standard for checking and validating tool
machines (contact NIASA).

jL Nut
jT

F 45º
jT

Screw jL

07
239

www.n ias a.es

 BALL SCREW
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Pre-loaded nuts
The level of precision in the positioning can be increased, at In any case, the pre-load washers are supplied divided into
the same time as reducing backlash, by pre-loading the balls two parts, with the aim of making adjustment possible without
of a pair of nuts. Pre-loading also increases rigidity in the nut taking the nuts off the screw.
area.
In certain cases it may be advisable to carry out the pre-load
The standard value of the pre-load is 10% of the dynamic load based on making the balls larger having these four points of
and it is recommended not to surpass one third of the dynamic contact, instead of the two shown in the figures. The rolling
load value. The customer is advised to indicate the pre-load elements in this option must be analysed.
value depending on the type of application.
Please contact the NIASA technical department if you would like
The pre-load can be obtained by separating or joining the to work with units without backlash or with lower than normal
balls from the pair of nuts. In the first case the screw will have backlash.
traction when a washer is fitted between the nuts, therefore
with an eventual increase in temperature, and the consequent
lengthening of the screw, will reduce the value of the initial WASHER
pre-load. PRE-LOAD PRE-LOAD

The nuts are joined in the pre-load at compression, therefore

Nut 1 Nut 2
a possible temperature increase means that the pre-load will
increase.

Screw

PRE-LOAD AT TRACTION << O >>

Large washer, increase the pre-load

WASHER
WASHER WASHER

Nut 1 Nut 2

Screw

PRE-LOAD AT TRACTION << O >>

Large washer, increase the pre-load

240
Preload with two nuts with KGF flange Preload with a nut with KGF flange and Preload with two KGM cylindrical screws
with a KGM cylindrical screw

READJUST THE PRELOAD

To readjust the preload of a pair of nuts, follow the procedure
below:
1. Separate the two nuts and remove the two halves of the
washers.
2. Place gauges on three points (at approx. 120º) between the
nuts, until the keyways of both are aligned.
07
3. Measure the turning torque of the nuts and change the gauges
until the desired value is obtained. 241
4. Machine the washers with the thickness of the gauges defined
at the previous point.

www.n ias a.es

 BALL SCREW
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Tolerance classes and permissible deviations

NIASA offers screws and nuts with the following tolerance
Permissible positioning
classes, based on the maximum admissible error in the unit's Tolerance variation of a 300 mm Typical
positioning. class movement applications
(v300p)
P1 (non-standard) 6 μm
P3 12 μm
Positioning
P4 18 μm

P5 / T5 23 μm
Transport
T7 52 μm

Le Lu Le

+ Lo

Vup

C
300

ep
V300p
∆Lo

V2πp

_
2πrad ep
Vup

Lu Useful working length. V300p Permissible movement variation in one turn.

Le Excess of length. C Movement compensation.
L0 Nominal distance. ep Limit deviation.
∆L0 Movement deviation. Vup Permissible variation.
V300p Permissible movement variation in 300 mm.

Based on the tolerance level (v300p) and the useful working length (Lu), the following table covers the deviation limit (ep) and the
permissible variation (vup).

> 0 315 400 500 630 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 3150 4000 5000 6300 8000 10000 12500
Lu
(mm) ≤ 315 400 500 630 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 3150 4000 5000 6300 8000 10000 12500 16000

ep 6 7 8 9 10 11 13 15 18 22 26 32 39 48 60 76 94 115
P1
vup 6 6 7 7 8 9 10 11 13 15 17 21 27 33 40 50 61 76
ep 12 13 15 16 18 21 24 29 35 41 50 62 76 92 115 140 175 220
Microns (µm)

P3
vup 12 12 13 14 16 17 19 22 25 29 34 41 49 61 75 92 113 140
242 ep 18 18 20 22 25 28 33 39 46 55 68 84 102 125 159 199 240 290
P4
vup 18 19 20 21 23 26 29 33 38 44 52 56 68 83 101 124 152 189
ep 23 25 27 32 36 40 47 55 65 78 96 115 140 170 210 270 330 410
P5
vup 23 25 26 29 31 34 39 44 51 59 69 82 99 119 142 174 213 265

www.n ias a.es

BALL SCREW
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS T3 C
T5 BB'

Ø D6
T2 AA'
T4 C T6 BB' T1 AA' // T7 BB'
LxLxLx
Geometric tolerances

Ø d1
Ød0
Below are the geometric tolerances of NIASA screws. Take them
into consideration when designing the sets into which they will

Ø D1
be integrated. C L8 A B B' A' B B'
L9 2·d0 2·d0 L2 2·d0 2·d0 2·d0 2·d0
L7 L6 L'7
T3 C
T5 BB'

Ø D6
T2 AA'
T4 C T6 BB' T1 AA' // T7 BB'
LxLxLx

Ø d1
Ød0
Ø D1

C L8 A B B' A' B B'

L9 2·d0 2·d0 L2 2·d0 2·d0 2·d0 2·d0
L7 L6 L'7

TOLERANCE CLASS
Lx (mm)
class Description 1 3 5 7
> ≤ > ≤ Permissible deviation Tp (µm)
Lx L x L x 6 12 - 80
12 25 - 160
Ød0

25 50 - 315 20 25 32 40
Distance to A A' 50 100 - 630
T1 select 2·d0 2·d0 100 200 - 1250
the straightness L1
clamp. Lx Lx T1max. for L1 / d0 ≤ 40 40 50 64 80
A A' T1max.. for 40 < L1 / d0 ≤ 60 60 75 96 120
T1p

T1max

T1max. for 60 < L1 / d0 ≤ 80 100 125 160 200

T1max. for 80 < L1 / d0 ≤ 100 160 200 256 320
d0 (mm) L8 (mm)
Permissible deviation Tp (µm)
> ≤ > ≤
Lx L x L x
- 32 - 80 10 12 20 32
Concentricity according to d0 y L8. - 63 80 160 12 16 20 40
Ød0

T2 The higher of the values is applied. 63 125 160 250 16 20 25 50

A A'
2·d0 2·d0 125 - 250 400 20 25 32 63
L1
- - 400 630 25 32 40 80
Lx Lx
A A' - - 630 - 32 40 50 100
T1p

d0 (mm) L9 (mm)
T1max

Permissible deviation Tp (µm)

> ≤ > ≤
- 32 - 80 5 6 8 10
T3 Concentricity according to d0 y L9. 32 63 80 160 6 8 10 12
The higher of the values is applied.
63 125 160 250 8 10 12 16
125 - 250 400 10 12 16 20
- - 400 - - 16 20 25
6 63 - - 3 4 5 6
T4 Axial jump (perpendicularity) 63 125 - - 4 5 6 8
125 200 - - - 6 8 10
D1; D6
Permissible deviation Tp (µm)
> ≤

Axial and radial jump only for pre-loaded nuts or

16 32 10 12 16 20 07
T5; T6 nuts with no backlash. 32 63 12 16 20 25
63 125 16 20 25 32 243
125 250 20 25 32 40
250 500 - 32 40 50
Each 100mm Permissible deviation Tp (µm)
T7 Nut parallelism of movement
10 18 22 32

www.n ias a.es

 BALL SCREW
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Lubrication
Correct lubrication of the ball screws is essential so that they do The time between two consecutive lubrications is related to
not deteriorate prematurely, and so that they function smoothly the turning speed of the screw, its operating temperature,
and with the expected efficiency. It also ensures that the idle the load it is subject to, its assembly position, etc. For non-
torque is as expected and ensures correct evacuation of the heat extreme conditions, NIASA recommends that no more than 100
generated in the bearing. operating hours or two years between lubrications.
CL oils can be used as CLP type mixes with EP additives. The Use grease tips according to the table below.
viscosity depends on the circumferential speed of the screw
and the operating temperature. The oil flow required depends
on speed, and is usually between 0.3 and 0.5 cm3/h for each
turn of the nut balls. In applications in which the nut is in a
Ambient temperature -20ºC to 120ºC * Grease S/DIN 51825
horizontal position and bathed in oil, it is sufficient that its level
reaches half the height of the lower ball. Normal conditions K2K-20
Very high speeds K1K-20
The VG ISO viscosity demanded for each case is obtained from
the images below, knowing the screw's nominal diameter, turning Very heavy loads or low speeds KP2K-20
speed and working temperature. * Contact NIASA for other values
When grease is used as a lubricant instead of oil, the time
between lubrications can be increased. The useful life of the
As general criteria, do not mix lubricants with different
screw can only be guaranteed if an automatic greasing system
saponification and/or viscosity bases.
replaces the loss of grease on the nut when it moves with
respect to the screw, even when it has radial seal rings to Do not excessively lubricate. As a general rule, only fill half of
minimise it. the available space and ensure that possible excesses can be
evacuated.

30
500 50
400 10
300 0

200
20
10 0

0
00
68 0

30 Vi
sc
Viscosity (mm²/s)

46 0

0 os
32 0

100 ity
22

50 IS
O
15

0 VG
0

10
68 0
(m
50 10 46 m
00 ²/
rpm s)
40 32
22
30 20
00 15
30
00
20 50 10
00
15
244 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

Ø Nominal (mm) Temperatur (ºC)

www.n ias a.es

Storage and installation Screw disassembly
As standard, ball screws are supplied by NIASA lubricated with oil, When the nuts need to be removed from the screw, do this with
protected with an anti-oxidant paper wrapping and covered with an extraction tube, following the pitches provided below:
adhesive plastic tape, completely sealed.
1. Machine a tube longer than the screws, with its hole fitted to
As they are precision elements, they must be handled with great the screw's terminal and with an exterior diameter equal to that
care and stored in clean and dry places, supported on several on the base of the thread.
points along their length and in their original packaging until the
2. Place the tube on the end of the screw and unthread the nuts
time they are installed.
until they come off the screw and are mounted on the tube.
When transporting the ball screws to their final destination, sharp
3. Immobilise the nuts on the tube with adhesive tape or another
movements and positions with false support must be avoided,
means so that they do not fall off.
which may cause deformations due to flexion under their own
weight. 4. Remove the package thus formed by the tube and the nuts.
The housings for the assembly of the nuts, or any other element 5. Follow the procedure in reverse to replace the nuts on the
(rollers, bearings, etc.) must be perfectly free from dust, paint or screw, paying special attention to the nut protectors when
any other impurity. It is essential that the screws are assembled beginning the threading on the screw.
with roller, bearing, etc. supports perfectly perpendicular and
aligned between each other.
Finally, apply the loads in the most central and uniform manner
as possible on the screw or nut. If lateral loads need to be applied,
please contact the NIASA technical department. L
≈ L x 1,5

07
245

www.n ias a.es

 BALL SCREW
calculations
Buckling critical load Resonance critical speed

fc=0,25 fcr=0,4
F

lc lcr

fc=1 fcr=1
F

lc lcr

fc=2 fcr=1,5
F

lc lcr

fc=4 fcr=2,3
F

lc lcr

101.7 x d4 1.2 x 108 x d

F ≤ 0.8 x fc x n ≤ 0.8 x fcr x
lc2 lcr2

With safety factor: 1.25 With safety factor: 1.25

F Force applied (kN) n Application speed (rpm)

fc Correction factor, depending on the type of support on fcr Correction factor, depending on the type of support on
the sides of the screw. See figures the sides of the screw. See figures
d≈(2.d0-Dw)/2 d≈(2.d0-Dw)/2
d0 Nominal diameter of the screw (mm) d0 Nominal diameter of the screw (mm)
Dw Diameter of the ball (mm) Dw Diameter of the ball (mm)
lc Buckling length (mm). See figures lcr Resonance length (mm). See figures

Limit speed

n x d0 ≤140,000 For tolerance classes P1, P3, P4, P5, T5

n x d0 ≤100,000 For T7 tolerance classes

246 n Application speed (rpm)

d0 Nominal diameter of the screw
(mm). See screw data table

www.n ias a.es

Service time

Cam 3
n (rpm)

n2

nm
L10≤ ( )
Fm x 10
6

n1
L10 Service time (revolutions)
n3 Cam Modified nominal dynamic load (kN)
Fm Equivalent applied load (kN)
n (rpm)

n2

n
q1n q2 q3 %mtime L
1 Lh10= n x1060
100 m
n3
Lh10 Service time (hours)
F (N)

q i=n
nm Equivalent application speed (rpm)
F1 nm (rpm) = ∑ ni x i
100
n (rpm)

n i=1 2
Fm
F3q nm % time
n q1 q2 3
1 F2
100 The above service times refer to the useful life achieved by
n3 90% of a sufficient group of identical ball screws, before the
first evident signs of material fatigue appear on any of the
F (N)

F1 bearing elements.
q1 q2 q3 %
Fmtime
100 F Installation
q1 q2 q3 3 % time
100 F2 Apply the loads in the most central and uniform manner
F2max
F (N) F (N)

possible on the screw or nut. If lateral loads need to be applied,

F1max Fm2 please contact the NIASA technical department.
F1 Fm
Fm1
q1 q2 q3 F % time
F1-2min100 F3max m
F3 Fm3
F2 F3min
F/2
F2max
F (N)

n q 1/3
( ) %F time
i=n
Fm(kN) = ∑ Fi3 x i x i
F1max i=1
n 100
m Fm2
q q2 q3
1 Fm1 m
100
q1 q2 q3 % time F/2
F100 F3max
1-2min Fm3
F3min
F2max
F (N)

F1max Fm2
q1 q2 q3 Fm % time
Fm1
100
F3max F
F1-2min Fm3
F3min

q1 q2 q3 % time 07
100
247

ni qi 1/3
(∑ F )
i=n
Fm(kN) = 3
x x
i=1
mi nm 100

www.n ias a.es

 BALL SCREW
calculations
Performance (efficiency) Drive and retention torque

Ta Ta
F F

Ta Ta
F F

tan φ FxP
η=0,95 x flFx Te Ta= F Te h
tan (φ - ρ") 2xπxη

F F
Te Te

F F

tan (φ - ρ") F x Ph x η'

η'=0,95 x fl x Te=
tan φ 2xπ

η Performance when turning torque is converted into Ta Drive torque(Nm) when turning torque is converted
axial load on the screw into axial load on the screw
η' Performance when axial load is converted into Te Retention torque (Nm) when axial load is converted
turning torque on the screw into turning torque on the screw
0.95 Reduction factor to cover variations due to speed, F Force applied (kN)
temperature and lubrication differences Ph Nominal pitch of the screw. See screw data table
fl Reduction factor if the load applied (F) is less than η Performance when turning torque is converted into
50% of the modified nominal dynamic load (Cam). axial load on the screw
η’ Performance when axial load is converted into
torque on the screw
F/Cam fl
0,4 0,99 Add to the above the torque required for the acceleration/
0,3 0,98 deceleration of the set if the acceleration/deceleration values
0,2 0,97 are important (applications with high speeds that change in
short times).
0,1 0,96

φ = atan [Ph/(do x π)]

Trot = Jrot x α0

Ph Nominal pitch of the screw. See screw data table

do Nominal diameter of the screw (mm). See screw Trot Acceleration/deceleration torque (Nm)
248 data table
Jrot Moment of rotation inertia of the screw (kgm2)
ρ" Friction angle
αo Angular acceleration (s-2)
0,23º For tolerance classes P1, P3, P4 y P5
0,34 For tolerance classes T5 and T7

www.n ias a.es

BALL SCREW
calculations
Drive power Rigidity

Ta x n Support bearings on one end

Pa=
9550

Pa Drive power (kW)

Ta Drive torque (Nm)
n Application speed (rpm)

Please contact the NIASA technical department for detailed

L1
motor sizing (motor/brake).
L1

π x d2 x E
Rs1=
4 x L1 x 106

Support bearings on both sides

L2 L2
L2 L L2
L

π x d2 x E L
Rs2= x
4 x L2 x 106 L - L2

Rs1 Axial rigidity of the screw (kN/μm), with bearings

fixed on one end
Rs2 Axial rigidity of the screw (kN/μm), with bearings on
both sides
d≈(2.d0-Dw)/2
d0 Nominal diameter of the screw (mm)
Dw Diameter of the ball (mm)
E Steel elastic module (210,000 N/mm2)
L / L1 / L2 Length (mm), according to figures.
Always take L2≤L/2; Rs2 as minimum when L2=L/2

1 1 1
= +
Rtot Rs Rnu, ar

Rtot Axial rigidity of the screw+nut (kN/μm)

Rs Axial rigidity of the screw (kN/μm) 07
Rnu, r Axial rigidity of the nut (kN/μm). Please
ask NIASA for values 249

The deformations of the nuts are small as they are very

compact elements, often negligible against deformations
of the screw.

www.n ias a.es

 ROLLED TRAPEZOIDAL SCREWS
Tr
TRAPEZ.

NIASA trapezoidal screws are usually The maximum standard length is 3,000
obtained using a cold deformation mm and its precision is 100 μm/300
lamination process, in which the fires mm; for higher values, please contact
on the teeth are shaped without cutting. NIASA. Out of stock NIASA has many
Against others obtained by machining other screw diameters/pitches, also
with stock removal, they have the with left thread, and also in other
following advantages: materials (AISI 304, AISI 316, etc).
Nuts can also be supplied in plastic
…… High resistance to fatigue.
materials, with threaded body, etc.
…… Higher resistance to wear.
…… More polished thread flanks.
…… Higher resistance to corrosion.
…… More precise profile.

NIASA manufactures screws with their Standard Approx.

Material surface hardness
sides machined according to your
requirements. Please also ask if any 1.0401 (C15 SH) / 500 Brinell
F1110
thermal treatment is required.

250

www.n ias a.es

 A
Nut
P

H1
α Screw
30°

Ød2
Ød3
Ød
DETAIL A

A
Nut
P

H1
α Screw
30°

Ød2
Ød3
Ød
A
DETAIL A

α
A

Ext. diam. (mm) do d2,min d2,max Thread Inertia Module Mass inertia
Performance Weight
d3 H1 angle η2) (kg/m) moment section moment
x Pitch (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) α1) (mm4) (cm3) Jrot (kg.m2/m)
Tr 16x4 16 13,640 13,905 10,80 2 5°11’ 0,46 1,21 0,067 0,124 2,96·10-5
Tr 18x4 18 15,640 15,905 12,80 2 4°32’ 0,43 1,58 0,132 0,206 5,05·10-5
Tr 20x4 20 17,640 17,905 14,80 2 4°2’ 0,40 2,00 0,236 0,318 8,10·10-5
α
Tr 22x5 22 19,114 19,394 15,50 2.5 4°39’ 0,43 2,34 0,283 0,366 1,11·10-4
Tr 24x5 24 21,094 21,394 17,50 2.5 4°14’ 0,41 2,85 0,460 0,526 1,65·10-4
Tr 26x5 26 23,094 23,394 19,50 2.5 3°52’ 0,39 3,40 0,710 0,728 2,35·10-4
Tr 28x5 28 25,094 25,394 21,50 2.5 3°34’ 0,37 4,01 1,050 0,976 3,26·10-4
Tr 30x6 30 26,547 26,882 21,90 3 4°2’ 0,40 4,50 1,130 1,030 4,10·10-4
Tr 32x6 32 28,547 28,882 23,90 3 3°46’ 0,38 5,19 1,600 1,340 5,45·10-4
Tr 36x6 36 32,547 32,882 27,90 3 3°18’ 0,35 6,71 2,970 2,130 9,10·10-4
Tr 40x7 40 36,020 36,375 30,50 3.5 3°29’ 0,37 8,21 4,250 2,790 1,37·10-3
Tr 44x7 44 40,020 40,275 34,50 3.5 3°8’ 0,34 10,10 6,950 4,030 2,10·10-3
Tr 48x8 48 43,468 43,868 37,80 4 3°18’ 0,35 12,00 10,000 5,300 2,90·10-3
Tr 50x8 50 45,468 45,868 39,30 4 3°10’ 0,34 13,10 11,700 5,960 3,40·10-3
Tr 60x9 60 54,935 55,360 48,15 4.5 2°57’ 0,33 19,00 26,400 11,000 7,30·10-3
Tr 70x10 70 64,425 64,850 57,00 5 2°48’ 0,32 26,00 51,800 18,200 1,40·10-2
Tr 80x10 80 74,425 74,850 67,00 5 2°25’ 0,29 34,70 98,900 29,500 2,40·10-2

1)
Pitch angle on the pitch diameter.
2)
Theoretical efficiency on transforming a turning movement into an axial transfer of the screw, with friction coefficient μ = 0.1. For other cases,
contact the corresponding calculation section. 07
251

www.n ias a.es

 BRONZE NUT WITH EFM FLANGE
Tr
TRAPEZ.

Out of stock NIASA has many other

screw diameters/pitches, also with
left thread, and also in other materials
L1
(AISI 304, AISI 316, etc). Nuts can also
L2 L3 (6x) ØD6 60
be supplied in plastic materials, with °
threaded body, etc. ØD5

Tr. thread.

-0,2
-0,3

ØD1 h9
ØD4

ØD1
Elastic limit Min. resistance Elongation Module Max. cinematic
Standard Approx. Density
0.2% to breakage to breakage (HB 10/1000) (kg/dm3) of elasticity pressure
Material (N/mm2) Pc (N/mm2.m/min)
Rρ0.2 (N/mm2) Rm (N/mm2) A5 min.
G-CuSn 12 (G Bz 12) 150 280-350 5% 100-110 8.8 90000 400

Surface
For screw D1 (mm) D4 (mm) D5 (mm) D6 (mm) L1 L2 L3 Weight (kg) support
As (mm2)
Tr 16x4 28 48 38 6 44 12 8 0,25 670
Tr 18x4 28 48 38 6 44 12 8 0,25 770
Tr 20x4 32 55 45 7 44 12 8 0,30 870
Tr 24x5 32 55 45 7 44 12 8 0,30 1040
Tr 30x6 38 62 50 7 46 14 8 0,40 1370
Tr 36x6 45 70 58 7 59 16 10 0,60 2140
Tr 40x7 63 95 78 9 73 16 10 1,70 2930
Tr 50x8 72 110 90 11 97 18 10 2,60 4900
Tr 60x9 85 125 105 11 99 20 10 3,70 6040
Tr 70x10 95 180 140 17 100 30 16 7,80 8250
Tr 80x10 105 190 150 17 110 30 16 8,90 10890

BRONZE SAFETY NUT WITH EFMS Tr

FLANGE TRAPEZ.

Nut applicable to R Series screw jacks and SH screw supports. The same standard
material as the EFM type flange.
Guide screw
A B C A
ISO 7379
B
Tr 18 x 4 69 25 8 M5 C
Tr 20 x 4 69 25 8 M5
Tr 30 x 6 78 32 10 M5
252 Tr 36 x 6 94 35 10 M5
Tr 40 x 7 108 35 10 M6
Tr 50 x 8 132 35 10 M8
Tr 55 x 9 132 35 10 M8
Tr 60 x 9 144 45 15 M8
Tr 70 x 10 155 55 15 M10

www.n ias a.es

LRM TYPE CYLINDRICAL BRONZE NUT
Tr
TRAPEZ.

Out of stock NIASA has many other

screw diameters/pitches, also with
left thread, and also in other materials L
(AISI 304, AISI 316, etc). Nuts can also
be supplied in plastic materials, with
threaded body, etc.

Tr. thread

ØD
Elastic limit Min. resistance Elongation Module Max. cinematic
Standard Approx. Density
0.2% to breakage to breakage (HB 10/1000) (kg/dm3) of elasticity pressure
Material (N/mm2) Pc (N/mm2.m/min)
Rρ0.2 (N/mm2) Rm (N/mm2) A5 min.
G-CuSn 12 (G bz 12) 150 280-350 5% 100-110 8.8 90000 400

Support surface
For screw Ø D (mm) L (mm) Weight (kg) As (mm2)
Tr 16x4 36 32 0.25 490
Tr 18x4 40 36 0.34 630
Tr 20x4 45 40 0.48 790
Tr 22x5 45 40 0.46 850
Tr 24x5 50 48 0.69 1130
Tr 26x5 50 48 0.58 1240
Tr 28x5 60 60 1.2 1680
Tr 30x6 60 60 1.2 1780
Tr 32x6 60 60 1.2 1910
Tr 36x6 75 72 2.2 2610
Tr 40x7 80 80 2.8 3210
Tr 44x7 80 80 2.6 3560
Tr 48x8 90 100 4.3 4840
Tr 50x8 90 100 4.2 5060
Tr 60x9 100 120 5.7 7320
Tr 70x10 110 140 7.6 10000
Tr 80x10 120 160 9.7 13200

07
253

www.n ias a.es

 TRAPEZOIDAL SCREWS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Parts
The systems with trapezoidal screws are made up of simply those based on ball bearings. Therefore they usually do not
the screw itself and a nut that moves along it. include protectors on the sides of the nut, except in the case
of very high turning speeds. Please contact NIASA if this is the
These systems are less sensitive to the input of dirtiness than
case.

Nut

Screw

Efficiency Reversibility
The efficiency of the trapezoidal screws basically depends on Opposite to what happens with ball screws, the trapezoidal
the geometry of the screw (diameter and pitch) and the friction screws are not always reversible. Only those with a helix angle
coefficient between the screw and the nut. It is therefore with a larger thread than the friction angle are reversible
essential that the lubrication conditions are those indicated so (or not self-locking). The efficiency for converting axial force
that the losses due to friction do not surpass the established on the screw on turning torque is always less than that
values. corresponding to the transformation of the turning torque on
axial force.
For the most usual sizes and with standard lubrication
conditions, in general, the efficiency of these types of systems However, especially on vertical assemblies, it is in any case
is 30% to 40%. advisable to incorporate motors with brakes that avoid
small movements in the case of vibrations and that stop the
movement without excessive slipping from the inertia of the

Speed set.

The turning speed of a trapezoidal screw is limited in its

maximum value by the lower of the following:
Assembly position
254 …… Critical resonance speed of the column.
The screw can be mounted in any position, paying special
…… Critical velocity of the nut/screw to avoid premature care to the possible lateral loads that are not supported by the
wear on the nut. This depends on the specifications of the screw, but by guide systems designed for this purpose.
materials of both elements, on the contact surface between
them and the load applied.

www.n ias a.es

Thread profile Precision and straightness.
NIASA screws and nuts have metric ISO trapezoidal thread The usual precision of NIASA trapezoidal screws varies
according to DIN 103 (screw tolerance: 7e on the flanks and 4h according to their nominal diameter and the thread pitch,
on the exterior diameter; nut tolerance: 7H). which is usually 100 μm for each 300 mm of length.
P
e1 Nut
Lubrication
a
P/4+a

P/4
H1
The greases recommended for the trapezoidal screws and
H
h
P/4+b

30° nuts are the same as the usual greases for roller bearings. Oils
r
Ø d2 = D2

are not normally used.

Ø D3
Ø d3
ØD
Ød

e Before greasing, perfectly clean the surface of the screw to

Screw
leave it free from any kind of impurity. The time between two
consecutive greasings depends on the application conditions
Pitch (mm) 2 3-4 5 - 12 13 - 26 (temperature, velocity and load).
a and r (mm) 0,5 0,25 0,5
b (mm) 0,3 0,5 0,75 1,5

Storage and installation

P
H1 = As standard, trapezoidal screws are supplied by NIASA lightly
2
lubricated and protected with a completely sealed plastic film.
P As they are precision elements, they must be handled with
h = H1 + b = +b
2 great care and stored in clean and dry places, supported
on several points along their length and in their original
P packaging until the time they are installed.
H = H1 + a = +a
2
When transporting the trapezoidal screws to their final
destination, sharp movements and positions with false
D = d + 2a
supports must be avoided, which may cause deformations due
to flexion under their own weight.
d3 = d - 2h = d - (P + 2b)
The housings for the assembly of the nuts, or any other
D3 = D - 2H = D - (P + 2a) element (rollers, bearings, etc.) must be perfectly free from
dust, paint or any other impurity. It is essential that the screws
P P are assembled with roller, bearing, etc. supports perfectly
d2 = D2 = d - 2 =d-
4 2 perpendicular and aligned between each other.
Finally, apply the loads in the most central and uniform
e = e1 = 0,634P - 0,536h manner as possible on the screw or nut. If lateral loads need to
be applied, please contact the NIASA technical department.

Service temperature
07
The maximum admissible working ambient temperature F/2
depends on the friction conditions between the nut and 255
the screw. That is, the materials of both and the lubrication F
conditions.
F/2
In general, it is recommended not to operate in environments
with temperatures over 100ºC. Please contact NIASA about this.

www.n ias a.es

 TRAPEZOIDAL SCREWS
calculations
Nut and screw size pre-selection Maximum advance speed

Calculation process: Calculation process:

1. 1.

F Pc
As = Vsp =
Pp Pp

As Support area required (mm2) vsp Maximum permissible sliding speed (m/min)
F Force applied (N) Pc Cinematic precision (N/mm2.m/min). See table
Pp Maximum permissible pressure (5 N/ Pp Maximum permissible pressure (5 N/mm2)
mm2, for sets with movement)

Material Pc (N/mm2.m/min)
2. Select a nut size with an “As” higher than that calculated. G-CuSn 7 ZnPb (Rg 7) 300
G-CuSn 12 (G Bz 12) 400

2.

Vsp x 1,000
np = dxπ
np Maximum permissible turning speed (rpm)
vsp Maximum permissible sliding speed (m/min)
d = d0-Ph/2
Ph Nominal pitch of the screw (mm)
do Nominal diameter of the screw (mm)

3.

np x Ph
Vap =
1,000

Vap Maximum permissible advance speed (m/min)

np Maximum permissible turning speed (rpm)
Ph Screw pitch (mm)

256

www.n ias a.es

Buckling critical load Resonance critical speed

fc=0,25
F fcr=0,36

lc
lcr

fc=1
F fcr=1

lc
lcr

fc=2
F fcr=1,47

lc
lcr

fc=4
F fcr=2,23

lc
lcr

101.7 x d34 1.2 x 108 x d3

F≤ 0.8 x fc x n≤ 0.8 x fcr x
lc2 lcr2

With safety factor: 1.25 With safety factor: 1.25

F Force applied (kN) n Application speed (rpm)

fc Correction factor, depending on the type of support on fcr Correction factor, depending on the type of support on
the sides of the screw. See figures the sides of the screw. See figures
d3 Screw core diameter (mm) d3 Screw core diameter (mm)
lc Buckling length (mm). See figures lcr Resonance length (mm). See figures

Service time

Periodically check the axial clearance between the screw and

the nut. On screws with single-input threads, the nut must
be replaced before the value of this set surpasses 25%of the
pitch.
07
NIASA has tools that help manual measurement of the axial
clearance, including automatic detection systems. 257

www.n ias a.es

 TRAPEZOIDAL SCREWS
calculations
PERFORMANCE (EFFICIENCY) Drive torque and retention

Ta
F Ta
F

F
F
Ta
Ta F
F Te Te

tan α F x Ph
η= Ta =
tan (α + ρ') F 2xπxη
F
F
F
Te
Te

F
F

tan (α - ρ') F x Ph’ x η'

η'= = 0.7 x η Te =
tan α 2xπ

η Performance when turning torque is converted into Ta Drive torque(Nm) when turning torque is converted
axial load on the screw into axial load on the screw
Te Retention torque (Nm) when axial load is converted
η' Performance when axial load is converted into into turning torque on the screw
turning torque on the screw
F Force applied (kN)
α = atan [Ph/(d2.π)]
Ph Nominal pitch of the screw
Ph Nominal pitch of the screw. See screw data table
η Performance when turning torque is converted into
d2 Diameter pitch of the screw (mm). See data table axial load on the screw
screw
η’ Performance when axial load is converted into
ρ' Friction angle (for ISO trapezoidal thread): turning torque on the screw
ρ' = atan (μ×1.07)

Add to the above the torque required for the acceleration/

μ Friction coefficient for bronze nuts
deceleration of the set if the acceleration/deceleration values
On start-up In movement are important (applications with high speeds that change in
Dry Lubricated short times).
0.3 0.1 0.1 0.04

Trot = Jrot x α0

258
Trot Acceleration/deceleration torque (Nm)
Jrot Screw rotation inertia moment (kgm2)
α0 Angular acceleration (s-2)

www.n ias a.es

Drive power Rigidity

Support bearings on one end

T xn
Pa = a
9550

Pa Drive power (kW)

Ta Drive torque (Nm)
n Application speed (rpm)

L1

Please contact the NIASA technical department for detailed

π x d32 x E
motor sizing (motor/brake). RS1 = L1
4 x L1 x 106

Support bearings on both sides

L2 L2
L

L2 L2
L

π x d32 x E L
RS2 = x
4 x L2 x 106 L - L2

Rs1 Axial rigidity of the screw (kN/μm), with

bearings fixed on one end
Rs2 Axial rigidity of the screw (kN/μm), with
bearings on both sides
d3 Screw core diameter (mm)
E Steel elastic module (210,000 N/mm2)
L / L1 / L2 Length (mm), according to figures.
Always take L2≤L/2; Rs2 as minimum
when L2=L/2
1 1 1
= +
Rtot RS Rnu,ar

Rtot Axial rigidity of the screw+nut (kN/μm)

Rs Axial rigidity of the screw (kN/μm)
Rnu,r Axial rigidity of the nut (kN/μm).
Ask NIASA for their values
07
The deformations of the nuts are small as they are very
259
compact elements, often negligible against deformations
of the screws.

www.n ias a.es

08
ACCESSORIES
“IF SOMEONE COPIED ME
TODAY, TOMORROW HE
WOULD BE OBSOLETE
BECAUSE I WOULD
HAVE ALREADY
REINVENTED MYSELF.”
ANONYMOUS
 ACCESSORIES
ÍNDICE

LCM ZKM ZKH

Box fastening M box
page 266
M box
page 267
M box
page 268

BB BH BA
Exterior Tube Fastening Accessory F tube
page 272
F tube
page 273
A tube
page 274

Nut fastening KAR

page 275

Support SB
page 276
SP
page 277

Screw / stem BPS

page 278
BPR
page 279
GKS
page 280

Transmission EK
page 284
PK
page 286
BK
page 298

Protection FB
page 301
SF
page 302
PR
page 304

264 Detection FCM

page 306
FCI
page 307
FCG
page 308

Drive AC MOTOR
page 312
REDUCER
page 314

Greasing AGR
page 315
ZKV HFM HFR
M box M box HM box
page 269 page 270 page 271

GKB GIR
page 281 page 282

ES RA EZ ELASTOMERS GX VE
page 290 page 292 page 294 page 296 page 298 page 300

265

www.n ias a.es

08
 M SERIES BOX FASTENING ACCESSORIES
LCM RULES
Applicable to
LCM-1 M1 FM1 / AM1
LCM-2 M2 FM2 / AM2
LCM-3 M3 FM3 / AM3
LCM-4 M4 FM4 / AM4
LCM-5 M5 FM5
LCM-6 J1 FJ1
LCM-7 J3 FJ3
LCM-8 J4
LCM-9 J5

Ød
G
C

Assembly position

Position 1
B
F

Position 2

A
C

266 A B C Ød D E F G Weight (kg)

LCM-1 52 100 10 8.5 72 20 120 10 0.3
LCM-2 63 120 10 8.5 85 20 140 10 0.4
LCM-3 81 150 10 11 105 24 170 12 0.8
LCM-4 115 204 13 13.5 145 30 230 16 1.7
LCM-5 131 236 17 22 171 40 270 25 3.9
LCM-6 155 250 20 26 205 50 290 30 5.8
LCM-7 170 290 25 32 230 65 340 40 10
LCM-8 190 350 30 39 270 80 410 50 20.8
LCM-9 230 430 35 45 330 100 500 60 34.4

…… Material: C45.
…… Standard treatment: Bronze-plated.
…… Special treatment: Zinc-plated (15-20 µm) + heat treated paint (60-80 µm).

www.n ias a.es

M SERIES BOX FASTENING ACCESSORIES
FLANGE WITH ZKM BOLTS
Applicable to
ZKM-1 M1 FM1 / AM1
ZKM-2 M2 FM2 / AM2
ZKM-3 M3 FM3 / AM3
ZKM-4 M4 FM4 / AM4
ZKM-5 M5 FM5
ZKM-6 J1 FJ1
ZKM-7 J3 FJ3
ZKM-8 J4
ZKM-9 J5

Ød ØD1
H

Assembly position

Position 1
C

G
B

Position 2
F
C

A B C Ød f8 ØD1 E F G H Weight (kg)

ZKM-1 84 118 15 15 22 10 51 35.5 20 0.6
267
ZKM-2 106 146 20 20 28 12.5 63 40.5 25 1.2
ZKM-3 138 188 25 25 35 15 80 60.5 30 2.1
ZKM-4 190 270 40 35 45 20 107 80.5 40 5.5
ZKM-5 210 290 40 45 55 25 122 90.5 50 8.7
ZKM-6 220 320 50 50 70 30 125 101 60 12.8
ZKM-7 250 370 60 70 90 40 145 111 80 23.2
ZKM-8 300 440 70 80 100 45 170 131 90 36.7
ZKM-9 370 530 80 90 110 50 215 151 100 61.8

… Material: S355.
… Standard treatment: Bronze-plated.
… Special treatment: Zinc-plated (15-20 µm) + heat treated paint (60-80 µm).
NOTE: On screw jacks with W configuration the flange can be welded to the square tube.

www.n ias a.es

08
 M SERIES BOX FASTENING ACCESSORIES
FLANGE WITH ZKH BEARINGS
Applicable to
ZKH-1 M1 FM1 / AM1
ZKH-2 M2 FM2 / AM2
ZKH-3 M3 FM3 / AM3
ZKH-4 M4 FM4 / AM4
ZKH-5 M5 FM5
ZKH-6 J1 FJ1
ZKH-7 J3 FJ3
ZKH-8 J4
ZKH-9 J5

Ød ØD1
H

Assembly position
E

Position 1
Self-lubricating bearing
C

Position 2
G
A

A C Ød ØD1 E F G H Weight (kg)

ZKH-1 84 15 12 E10 18 10 51 35.5 20 0.5
ZKH-2 106 20 15 E10 23 12.5 63 40.5 25 1
ZKH-3 138 25 20 G8 28 15 80 60.5 30 1.75
268 ZKH-4 190 25 25 G8 35 20 107 80.5 40 4.7
ZKH-5 210 30 30 G8 46 25 122 90.5 50 7.5
ZKH-6 220 32 40 G8 52 30 125 101 60 10.6
ZKH-7 250 50 50 G8 62 40 145 111 80 17.8
ZKH-8 300 50 60 G8 80 45 170 131 90 27.7
ZKH-9 370 60 70 G8 85 50 215 151 100 48.5

…… Bearing material for sizes ZKH1 and ZKH2: High-performance polymer.

…… Bearing material for sizes ZKH3 to ZKH9: Bronze.
…… Material of the body: S355.
…… Standard treatment: Bronze-plated.
…… Special treatment: Zinc-plated (15-20 µm) + heat treated paint (60-80 µm).
NOTE: On screw jacks with W configuration the flange can be welded to the square tube.

www.n ias a.es

M SERIES BOX FASTENING ACCESSORIES
FLANGE WITH ZKV
90º BOLTS
Applicable to
ZKV-1 M1 FM1 / AM1
ZKV-2 M2 FM2 / AM2
ZKV-3 M3 FM3 / AM3
ZKV-4 M4 FM4 / AM4
ZKV-5 M5 FM5
ZKV-6 J1 FJ1
ZKV-7 J3 FJ3
ZKV-8 J4
ZKV-9 J5

Assembly position
H B
E C A C Position 1
G

Ød

ØD1 Position 2

A B C Ød f8 ØD1 E G H Weight (kg)

ZKV-1 76 110 17 15 19 10 35.5 20 0.6
ZKV-2 91 125 17 15 22 12.5 40.5 25 1.2 269
ZKV-3 113 153 20 20 28 15 60.5 30 2.1
ZKV-4 155 205 25 25 35 20 80.5 40 5.5
ZKV-5 175 255 40 35 45 25 90.5 50 8.7
ZKV-6 205 285 40 45 55 30 101 60 13
ZKV-7 230 330 50 50 70 40 111 80 21.5
ZKV-8 260 380 60 70 90 45 131 90 35.5
ZKV-9 310 450 70 80 100 50 151 100 61

…… Material: S355.
…… Standard treatment: Bronze-plated.
…… Special treatment: Zinc-plated (15-20 µm) + heat treated paint (60-80 µm).
NOTE: On screw jacks with W configuration the flange can be welded to the square tube.

www.n ias a.es

08
 M SERIES BOX FASTENING ACCESSORIES
HFM CLEVIS ROD
Applicable to
HFM-1 M1-R FM1 / AM1
HFM-2 M2-R FM2 / AM2
HFM-3 M3-R FM3 / AM3
HFM-4 M4-R FM4 / AM4
HFM-5 M5-R FM5
HFM-6 J1-R FJ1
HFM-7 J3-R FJ3

Self-lubricating bearing C
Ød Assembly position
R
H
E

F G = =

A B

A B C b12 Ød E F G H R Weight (kg)

+0,124
HFM-1 80 70 25 15 +0,04 40 31 49 25 18 0.5
+0,124
270 HFM-2 100 83 30 20 +0,04 50 40 60 35 22.5 0.7
+0,085
HFM-3 130 103 40 30 -0,010 65 54 76 45 30 3.8
+0,105
HFM-4 180 143 50 45 -0,010 85 78 102 60 45 9
+0,110
HFM-5 200 163 50 50 -0,010 120 83 117 85 60 16.5
+0,110
HFM-6 210 193 60 60 -0,010 150 90 120 100 65 25
+0,105
HFM-7 240 218 70 70 -0,010 170 100 140 110 75 37

…… Standard material HFM-1 and HFM-2: Aluminum L-2560 EN AC 43000-T6.

…… Standard material HFM-3 to HFM-7: S355 steel.
…… Standard treatment HFM-1 and HFM-2: Anodised.
…… Standard treatment HFM-3 to HFM-7: Bronze-plated.
…… Special treatment HFM-3 to HFM-7: Zinc-plated (15-20 µm) + heat treated paint (60-80 µm).

www.n ias a.es

HM SERIES BOX FASTENING ACCESSORIES
HFR CLEVIS ROD
Applicable to
HFR-1 FHM1 / AHM1
HFR-2 FHM2 / AHM2
HFR-3 FHM3 / AHM3
HFR-4 FHM4 / AHM4
HFR-5 FHM5
HFR-6 FHJ1
HFR-7 FHJ3

Assembly position

Self-lubricating bearing C Position 1

Ød
R

Position 2
H
E

ØA

ØA C b12 Ød E H R Weight (kg)

+0,124
HFR-1 58 25 15 +0,04 40 28 18 0.35
+0,124
HFR-2 80 30 20 +0,04 50 35 22.5 0.5 271
+0,085
HFR-3 92 40 30 -0,010 65 47 30 1.6
+0,105
HFR-4 125 50 45 -0,010 85 60 42.5 5.3
+0,110
HFR-5 145 50 50 -0,010 120 85 50 9
+0,110
HFR-6 155 60 60 -0,010 150 110 65 13
+0,105
HFR-7 200 70 70 -0,010 160 110 75 24.5

…… Standard material HFr-1 and HFR-2: Aluminum L-2560 EN AC 43000-T6.

…… Standard material HFR-3 to HFR-7: S355 steel.
…… Standard treatment HFR-1 and HFR-2: Anodised.
…… Standard treatment HFR-3 to HFR-7: Bronze-plated.
…… Special treatment HFR-3 to HFR-7: Zinc-plated (15-20 µm) + heat treated paint (60-80 µm).

www.n ias a.es

08
 EXTERIOR TUBE F FASTENING ACCESSORIES
FLANGE WITH BB BOLTS
Applicable to
BB-1 F16 FM1 FHM1
BB-2 F20 FM2 FHM2
BB-3 F30 FM3 FHM3
BB-4 F40 FM4 FHM4
BB-5 F45 FM5 FHM5
BB-6 F50 FJ1 FHJ1
BB-7 FJ3 FHJ3

E
ØD1
= =
Assembly position
Ød
C

ØD3
B

ØD2
Outside tube F
C

F min.

272

A B C Ød f8 ØD1 ØD2 ØD3 E F Weight (kg)

BB-1 82 106 15 15 20 55 40 30 55 0.3
BB-2 116 146 20 20 25 78 55 42 85 0.91
BB-3 138 188 25 25 40 100 75 60 110 1.92
BB-4 160 220 40 35 45 118 90 80 115 3.6
BB-5 200 280 40 45 55 150 115 95 140 4
BB-6 260 350 50 50 60 195 150 108 150 12
BB-7 335 455 60 70 80 265 200 138 190 26.5

…… Standard material: S355.

…… Special treatment: Zinc-plated (15-20 µm) + heat treated paint (60-80 µm).

www.n ias a.es

EXTERIOR TUBE F FASTENING ACCESSORIES
FLANGE WITH BH BEARINGS
Applicable to
BH-1 F16 FM1 FHM1
BH-2 F20 FM2 FHM2
BH-3 F30 FM3 FHM3
BH-4 F40 FM4 FHM4
BH-5 F45 FM5 FHM5
BH-6 F50 FJ1 FHJ1
BH-7 FJ3 FHJ3

Assembly position
ØD1

Ød
Self-lubricating bearing
C

ØD3
A

ØD2

Outside tube F

= =
E
F min.

273

A C Ød D1 D2 D3 E F Weight (kg)
BH-1 82 15 15 E10 20 55 40 30 55 0.4
BH-2 116 20 20 E10 25 78 55 42 85 1.2
BH-3 138 25 25 G8 40 100 75 60 110 2.4
BH-4 160 30 35 G8 45 118 90 80 115 4.6
BH-5 200 40 45 G8 55 150 115 95 140 8
BH-6 260 50 50 G8 60 195 150 108 150 15.2
BH-7 335 60 70 G8 80 240 170 138 185 34.8

…… Standard material: S355.

…… Special treatment: Zinc-plated (15-20 µm) + heat treated paint (60-80 µm).

www.n ias a.es

08
 EXTERIOR TUBE A FASTENING ACCESSORIES
FLANGE WITH BA BOLTS

Applicable to
BA-1 A16 AFM1 AHM1
BA-2 A20 AFM2 AHM2
BA-3 A30 AFM3 AHM3
BA-4 A40 AFM4 AHM4

Assembly position
ØD1

Ød

Outside tube A

C A C

B F min.

274

A B C Ød f8 ØD1 F Weight (kg)

BA-1 70 110 20 15 22 90 0.2
BA-2 100 140 20 20 26 115 0.4
BA-3 125 175 25 25 40 110 0.8
BA-4 145 225 40 35 50 130 1.2

…… Standard material: C45.

…… Standard treatment: Bronze-plated.
…… Special treatment: Zinc-plated (15-20 µm) + heat treated paint (60-80 µm).

www.n ias a.es

NUT FASTENING ACCESSORIES
FLANGE WITH KAR BOLTS
Applicable to EFM nut Applicable to KGF nut
KAR-1 Tr 16x4 Tr 18x4 KGF-N-D 1605 KGF-D 1610
KAR-2 Tr 20x4 Tr 24x5 Tr25x5 KGF-N-D 2005
KAR-3 Tr 28x5 Tr 30x7 KGF-N-D 2505 KGF-D 2510 KGF-D 2520 KGF-D 2525 KGF-D 2550
KAR-4 Tr 36x6 KGF-N-D 3205 KGF-N-D 3210 KGF-D 3220 KGF-N 3240 KGF-N 4005
KAR-5 Tr 40x7 KGF-D 4005 KGF-N-D 4010 KGF-D 4020 KGF-D 4040
KAR-6 Tr 50x8 Tr 55x9 KGF-N-D 5010
KAR-7 Tr 60x9 KGF-D 5020 KGF-N-D 6310
KAR-8 Tr 70x10 KGF-N 6320 KGF-N 8010

Assembly position

ØD1

KAR flange
Ød

Trapezoidal
or ball nut

Trapezoidal
or ball screw
C A C

B H

A B C Ød f8 ØD1 H Weight (kg) 275

KAR-1 55 85 15 15 58 20 0.35
KAR-2 60 100 20 20 66 25 0.57
KAR-3 65 115 25 25 72 30 0.82
KAR-4 85 165 40 35 94 40 2.2
KAR-5 105 185 40 45 118 50 3.9
Husillo trapecial
50 o bolas
KAR-6 120 220 50 133 60 5.8
KAR-7 135 255 60 70 163 80 11.9
KAR-8 155 295 Tuerca
70 trapecial o bolas
80 183 90 18.5

Brida serie KAR

…… Standard material: S355.
…… Standard treatment: Bronze-plated.
…… Special treatment: Zinc-plated (15-20 µm) + heat treated paint (60-80 µm).

www.n ias a.es

08
 SUPPORT ACCESSORIES
SB tilt SUPPORT
Applicable to
ZK flange B flange with bolts F/A and SH flange
SB-1 ZKM1 ZKV1 ZKV2 BB1 BA1 M205/M501/M601/M605 (F16)
SB-2 ZKM2 ZKV3 BB2 BA2 M205/M501/M601/M605 (F20 and SH20)
SB-3 ZKM3 ZKV4 BB3 BA3 M205/M501/M601/M605 (F30 and SH30)
SB-4 ZKM4 ZKV5 BB4 BA4 M205/M501/M601/M605 (F40 and SH40)
SB-5 ZKM5 ZKV6 BB5 M205/M501/M601/M605 (F45)
SB-6 ZKM6 ZKV7 BB6 M205/M501/M601/M605 (F50) Assembly examples
SB-7 ZKM7 ZKV8 BB7
SB-8 ZKM8 ZKV9
SB-9 ZKM9 Example 1

Example 2

Self-lubricating bearing
Ød
R

Example 3
F
E
H
B

(2x)ØD1
C

(4x) ØD2
Example 4

A
G
I

A B C Ød ØD2 ØD1 H7 E F G H I R Weight (kg)

SB-1 60 45 65 15 E10 7 5 15 26 80 65 12 17.5 0.25
SB-2 80 60 85 20 E10 9 6 20 31.5 100 80 15 22.5 0.5
SB-3 110 80 110 25 G8 9 6 30 45 136 106 20 29 2.5
SB-4 170 120 150 35 G8 11 8 37 60 206 153 30 40 8.15
276 SB-5 190 130 160 45 G8 13 10 45 69 230 190 30 46.5 11
SB-6 210 150 175 50 G8 13 10 50 75 250 210 35 55 14.7
SB-7 230 170 200 70 G8 21 12 50 80 280 220 35 70 18.2
SB-8 250 190 240 80 G8 25 16 65 100 310 250 40 75 30
SB-9 280 220 285 90 G8 25 16 60 110 344 284 50 80 46

…… Standard bearing material on SB1 and SB2 models: High-performance polymer.

…… Standard bearing material on SB3 to SB9 models: Bronze.
…… Standard material of the body on SB1 and SB2 models: Aluminum L-2560 EN AC 43000-T6.
…… Standard material of the body on SB3 to SB9 models: Casting GGG 50 DIN.
…… Standard treatment of the body on SB1 and SB2 models: Anodised.
…… Standard treatment of the body on SB3 to SB9 models: Bronze-plated.
…… Special treatment of the body only on SB3 to SB9 models: Zinc-plated (15-20 µm) + heat treated paint (60-80 µm).

www.n ias a.es

 SUPPORT ACCESSORIES
SUPPORT FOR SP
TRANSMISSION BARS

E
G ØD1

Assembly position
F

Barra transmisión EZ

ØD2
Soporte serie SP
H2

Eje de unión
H1
C

E
G ØD1 A = =
B D
F

Barra transmisión EZ
ØD2

Soporte serie SP
H2

Eje de unión
H1
C

A = =
B D
Cr (N) C0r (N)
ØD1 ØD2 A B C D E F G H1 H2 Radial dynamic Radial static load Weight (kg)
load capacity capacity
SP-15 15 28 95 125 10 30 22.1 11 19 30.2 57 9,800 4,750 0.46 277
SP-20 20 33 97 130 14.5 32 23.5 11 19 33.3 64 12,800 6,600 0.64
SP-25 25 37.5 103 130 14.5 36 23.5 11 19 36.5 70 14,000 7,800 0.55
SP-30 30 44 118 158 17 40 26.8 14 22 42.9 82 19,500 11,300 1.04
SP-35 35 51 126 163 19 45 29.5 14 21 47.6 93 25,500 15,300 1.53
SP-40 40 58 138 179 19 48 32.7 14 26 49.2 99 32,500 19,800 1.71
SP-45 45 63 150 192 21.5 48 32.8 14 29 54 107 32,500 20,400 2.09
SP-50 50 69 158 200 21.5 54 32.8 18 23 57.2 115 35,000 23,200 2.47
SP-55 55 76 176 222 22.5 60 36.4 18 30 63.5 124.5 43,500 29,000 2.79
SP-60 60 84 190 240 25 60 39.76 18 28 69.9 140 52,000 36,000 4.35

…… Standard material: Grey casting.

…… Standard treatment: Painted.

www.n ias a.es

08
 SCREW/STEM ACCESSORIES
BPS FLANGE
Applicable to
No male joint With male joint (um)
BPS-1 M1-N-W
BPS-2 M2-N-W F16 A16 FM1/AM1 FHM1/AHM1
BPS-3 M3-N-W F20 A20 FM2/AM2 FHM2/AHM2
BPS-4 M4-N-W F30 A30 FM3/AM3 FHM3/AHM3
BPS-5 M5-N-W F40 A40 FM4/AM4 FHM4/AHM4
BPS-6 J1-N-W F45 FM5 FHM5
BPS-7 F50 FJ1 FHJ1
BPS-8 J3-N-W
BPS-9 J4-N-W FJ3 FHJ3
BPS-10 J5-N-W

Assembly position

Screw
assembly
(4x) ØD4
E2 C
ØD3
Male joint (UM)
45°

ØM f7
ØN f8
ØD1

ØD2

K
E1

5 L
Stem
assembly
B

ØD3 BPS weight BPS + UM

A B C ØD1 ØD2 ØD4 E1 E2 K L ØM f7 ØN f8 (kg) weight (kg)

278 BPS-1 20 7 6.5 65 29 48 9 M12 M5 0.2

BPS-2 21 8 6.5 80 39 60 11 M14 M6 M26x1.5 17 32 27 0.3 0.45
BPS-3 23 10 6.5 90 46 67 11 M20 M8 M27x2 24 35 29 0.6 0.8
BPS-4 30 15 7.5 110 60 85 13 M30 M8 M42x2 27 50 43 1.2 1.7
BPS-5 50 20 15 150 85 117 17 M36 M10 M60x2 33 70 62 4.8 6.1
BPS-6 50 25 12.5 170 90 130 21 M48x2 M10 M80x2 34 90 82 5 7
BPS-7 60 30 15 200 105 155 25 M56x2 M10 M95x2 40 110 100 7.7 10.5
BPS-8 60 30 15 220 120 170 25 M64x3 M12 9.8
BPS-9 80 40 20 260 145 205 32 M72x3 M12 M110x2 65 130 114 18.4 25.4
BPS-10 120 40 40 310 170 240 38 M100x3 M12 29.6

…… Standard material: C45.

…… Standard treatment: Bronze-plated.
…… Special treatment: Zinc-plated (15-20 µm) + heat treated paint (60-80 µm).

www.n ias a.es

SCREW/STEM ACCESSORIES
BPR FLANGE
Applicable to
BPR-1 M1-R
BPR-2 M2-R SH20
BPR-3 M3-R SH30
BPR-4 M4-R SH40
BPR-5 M5-R

(4x) ØD4
ØD3
Screw assembly position
ØD1

ØD6

ØD5

ØD2

279

A B ØD1 ØD2 ØD3 ØD4 ØD5 H7 ØD6 Weight (kg)

BPR-1 20 7 65 29 48 9 12 20 0.2
BPR-2 25 8 80 39 60 11 15 28 0.3
BPR-3 30 10 90 46 67 11 20 32 0.6
BPR-4 35 15 110 60 85 13 25 42 1.2
BPR-5 55 20 150 85 117 17 40 60 4.8

…… Standard material: C45.

…… Standard treatment: Bronze-plated.
…… Special treatment: Zinc-plated (15-20 µm) + heat treated paint (60-80 µm).

www.n ias a.es

08
 SCREW/STEM ACCESSORIES
GKS CLEVIS ROD
Applicable to
No male joint With male joint (um)
GKS-1 J1-N-W
GKS-2 F40 A40 FM4/AM4 FHM4/AHM4
GKS-3 F45 FM5 FHM5
GKS-4 F50 FJ1 FHJ1
GKS-5 J3-N-W
GKS-6 J4-N-W FJ3 FHJ3
GKS-7 J5-N-W

Assembly position

Screw
assembly
E Ød
D
A
B

J
C

Stem
ØF I
G

assembly
L

K
ØN
ØM

Male joint (UM)

280
E b12 GKS GKS + UM
Ød H8 A B C D ØF G H I J K L ØM f7 ØN f8 weight (kg) weight (kg)

GKS-1 40 120 45 30 45 60 90 15 75 M48x2 M8 4.8

GKS-2 45 120 50 30 40 60 80 15 80 M42x3 M8 M60X2 33 70 62 5.2 6.5
GKS-3 50 135 50 40 45 65 90 20 90 M45x3 M8 M80x2 34 90 82 5.8 7.8
GKS-4 60 150 60 40 50 70 100 20 100 M52x3 M10 M95x2 40 110 100 7 9.8
GKS-5 60 155 60 45 45 80 120 22 105 M64x3 M10 8
GKS-6 80 220 85 50 75 110 145 25 135 M72x3 M12 M110x2 65 130 124 22.5 29.5
GKS-7 90 300 100 100 100 120 170 30 200 M100x3 M14 31.5

…… Standard material: C45.

…… Standard treatment: Bronze-plated.
…… Treatment: Zinc-plated (15-20 µm) + heat treated paint (60-80 µm).

www.n ias a.es

SCREW/STEM ACCESSORIES
GKB DOUBLE CLEVIS ROD
Applicable to
No male joint With male joint (um)
GKB-1 M1-N-W
GKB-2 M2-N-W
GKB-3 F16 A16 FM1/AM1 FHM1/AHM1
GKB-4 M3-N-W F20 A20 FM2/AM2 FHM2/AHM2
GKB-5 F30 A30 FM3/AM3 FHM3/AHM3
GKB-6 M4-N-W
GKB-7 M5-N-W F40 A40 FM4/AM4 FHM4/AHM4
GKB-8 F45 FM5 FHM5
GKB-9 J1-N-W F50 FJ1 FHJ1

Assembly position
E
F Screw
= = assembly
Ød
G

B
A

H
C

5
D

Stem
assembly
ØI J
L

K
ØN
ØM

Male joint (UM)

F B12 ØM ØN GKB weight GKB + UM

Ød H9 A B C D E G H ØI J K L ƒ7 ƒ8 (kg) weight (kg) 281
GKB-1 12 62 24 22 18 24 12 16 48 20 M12 0.12
GKB-2 14 72 28 28 22.5 27 14 16 56 24 M14 0.18
GKB-3 16 83 32 32 24 32 16 19 64 30 M16x1.5 M26x1.5 17 32 27 0.4 0.55
GKB-4 20 105 40 40 30 40 20 25 80 34 M20 M27x2 24 35 29 0.55 0.75
GKB-5 30 148 54 56 40 55 30 38 110 48 M27x2 M42x2 27 50 43 1.44 1.95
GKB-6 30 148 60 56 40 60 30 38 120 48 M30 1.65
GKB-7 35 188 72 72 54 70 35 44 144 60 M36 2.93
GKB-8 40 232 84 84 63.5 85 40 64 168 70 M42x2 M60x2 33 70 62 5.34 6.64
GKB-9 50 265 96 96 73 96 50 73 192 82 M48x2 M80x2 34 90 82 7.86 9.86

…… Standard material: C45.

…… Standard treatment: Zinc-plated (15-20µm).
…… Special treatment: Zinc-plated (15-20 µm) + heat treated paint (60-80 µm).

www.n ias a.es

08
 SCREW/STEM ACCESSORIES
CLEVIS ROD WITH
GIR BALL JOINT
Applicable to
No male joint With male joint (um)
GIR-12 M1-N-W
GIR-15 M2-N-W F16 A16 FM1/AM1 FHM1/AHM1
GIR-20 M3-N-W F20 A20 FM2/AM2 FHM2/AHM2
GIR-30 M4-N-W F30 A30 FM3/AM3 FHM3/AHM3
GIR-35 M5-N-W
GIR-45 J1-N-W F40 A40 FM4/AM4 FHM4/AHM4
GIR-50 F45 FM5 FHM5
GIR-60 J3-N-W F50 FJ1 FHJ1 Assembly position
GIR-70 FJ3 FHJ3

Screw
F assembly
E R
ØD2

ØD1

H4

H2
H1

Stem
ØD3 assembly
H5

H3

M ØD4
L

G
K
ØN
ØM

Male joint (UM)

GIR GIR + UM
R H1 ØM ØN
ØD1 ØD2 ØD3 ØD4 H2 H3 H4 H5 E F G M K L weight weight
f7 f8 (kg) (kg)
0 0
GIR-12 12 -0,008 15 17.5 22 17 50 67 7 17.5 23 8 10 -0,12 19 M12 0.096
0 0
GIR-15 15 -0,008 18.4 21 26 20 61 81 8 20 30 10 12 -0,12 22 M14 M26x1.5 17 32 27 0.18 0.34
0 0
GIR-20 20 -0,010 24.1 27.5 35 26.5 77 103.5 10 27.5 40 13 16 -0,12 32 M20x1.5 M27x2 24 35 29 0.39 0.59
282 0 0
GIR-30 30 -0,012 34.2 40 50 36.5 110 146.5 15 37 56 19 22 -0,12 41 M30x2 M42x2 27 50 43 1.02 1.42
0 0
GIR-35 35 -0,012 39.7 47 58 41 125 166 15 42 60 21 25 -0,12 50 M36x3 1.46
0 0
GIR-45 45 -0,012 50.7 62 70 51 145 196 18 52 65 27 32 -0,12 62 M42x3 M60x2 33 70 62 2.65 3.95
0 0
GIR-50 50 -0,012 56 68 75 56 160 216 20 59 68 30 35 -0,12 68 M45x3 M80x2 34 90 82 3.53 5.53
0 0
GIR-60 60 -0,015 66.8 78 88 67.5 175 242.5 20 75 70 37 44 -0,15 78 M52x3 M95x2 40 110 100 5.55 8.35
0 0
GIR-70 70 -0,015 77.8 85 98 81 200 280 20 87 80 42 49 -0,15 85 M56x4 M110x2 65 130 114 8.4 15.4

…… Standard material: C 45.

…… Standard treatment: Zinc-plated (15-20µm).
…… Special treatment: Zinc-plated (15-20 µm) + heat treated paint (60-80 µm).

www.n ias a.es

 283

www.n ias a.es

08
 TRANSMISSION ACCESSORIES
ALUMINIUM COUPLING WITH
EK ELASTOMER
ASSEMBLY WITH KEY NOTES ABOUT THE SPECIFICATIONS
OF THE MACHINED-PRE-HOLE (DV)OF
0.5 – 2,150 Nm.
THE COUPLING
The pre-machined hole of the hubs
FEATURES
(Dv) can be adapted to the customer's
…… Pressure-fitting design. requirements. They come with a small
…… Adaptable to the customer's size pre-machined hole and with no stud.
specifications.
For precision applications, a
…… Reduced play (keyway).
concentricity tolerance of 0.03 is
recommended for smooth operation.
MATERIAL The hub can be cut to a length of no
more than the H dimension.
…… Hubs: up to size 450 high-
resistance aluminum, size 800 Holes < Ø6 mm are made without
steel. keyway.
…… Elastomer: Thermally stable and
NOTES
wear-resistant TPU
…… For couplings with nominal torque
up to 25,000 Nm
DESIGN
please ask NIASA.
Two concentrically machined hubs
…… For further information about
with curved grips (concave), keyway
torsional rigidities, critical speeds,
and studs. The elastomer is fitted at
etc., please ask NIASA.
pressure for reduced play.
Standard versions electrically insulated.

OPTIONAL
Conical holes for Fanuc motors and
other types of shafts of the same type
are available.

284
 A
H H

ØD2
ØD1
ØB

* Stud size
Ø D1-2 E
G - 10 M3
KEYWAY > 10 - 12 M4
C E DIN 916 S / DIN6885 > 12 - 30 M5
> 30 - 58 M8
> 58 - 95 M10
> 95 - 130 M12
> 130 - 170 M16
> 130 - 170 M16

Size 2 5 10 20 60 150 300 450 800

Elastomer type A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C
Nominal torque (Nm) TKN 2 2.4 0.5 9 12 2 12.5 16 4 17 21 6 60 75 20 160 200 42 325 405 84 530 660 95 950 1,100 240
Maximum torque (Nm) TKmax 4 4.8 1 18 24 4 25 32 6 34 42 12 120 150 35 320 400 85 650 810 170 1,060 1,350 190 1,900 2,150 400
Total length (mm) A 20 34 35 66 78 90 114 126 162
Exterior diameter (mm) B 15 25 32 42 56 66.5 82 102 136.5
Pivot length (mm) C 6.5 12 12 25 30 35 45 50 65

Pre-hole diameter (mm) Dv 3 4 6 7 9 14 18 22 29

Interior hole range H7 D1-2 3-9 6 - 15 6 -18 8 - 25 12 - 32 19 - 38 20 - 45 28 - 60 32 - 80

(mm)
Interior elastomer DE 6.2 10.2 14.2 19.2 26.2 29.2 36.2 46.2 60.5
diameter (mm)
Studs (DIN 916) E See table (Depends on the Ø of the hole)*

Stud distances (mm) G 3 5 6 9 11 12 15 17 30

Possible length H 4 6 6 19 22 26 32 37 43
to cut (mm)
Inertia moment by hub J1/J2 0.0001 0.001 0.003 0.02 0.06 0.1 0.4 1.1 12
(10-3 kgm2)
Approximate weight 0.008 0.03 0.08 0.15 0.35 0.6 1.1 1.7 11
(kg)
Standard speed (min-1) 15.000 15.000 13.000 15.500 11.000 10.000 9.000 8.000 4.000
285
Balanced speed (10 -3
60 67 45 57 65 43 53 63 40 45 60 35 31 31 25 22 26 18 22 26 16 16 17 12 13 13 8
min-1)

For information about shaft misalignment, torsional rigidity and other details about the
elastomer inserts, please see the corresponding chapter.

Placing an order
Model Size Elastomer type Hole D1 H7 Hole D2 H7 XX
EK 60 A 19 25 Special requirements
For custom specifications, please indicate the special requirements in the box XX.
For example: XX= Anodized aluminum, stainless steel, special hole tolerance, DIN / ANSI keyways, s/flat holes, Fine balanced (25,000 rpm), ISO G2.5
fine balanced (30,000 rpm), etc.

www.n ias a.es

08
 TRANSMISSION ACCESSORIES
ALUMINIUM-PAINTED COUPLING
WITH PK ELASTOMER
STANDARD VERSION
WITH FASTENING HUB
6 – 2,150 Nm.

FEATURES
…… Easy assembly.
…… High concentricity assembly.
…… Vibration absorption.

MATERIAL
…… Hubs: up to size 450 high-
resistance aluminum, size 800
steel.
…… Elastomer: Thermally stable and
wear-resistant TPU

DESIGN
Two concentrically machined hubs with
curved grips (concave) and fastening
screws.
The elastomer is fitted at pressure for
reduced play.
Standard versions electrically insulated.
Note: For further information about
torsional rigidities, critical speeds, etc.,
please ask NIASA.

286
 A
H F
G E DIN 912
ØD1

ØD2
ØB

C C KEYWAY OPTIONAL
S / DIN6885A

Size 20 60 150 300 450 800

Elastomer type A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C
Nominal torque (Nm) TKN 17 21 6 60 75 20 160 200 42 325 405 84 530 660 95 950 1,100 240
Maximum torque (Nm) TKmax 34 42 12 120 150 35 320 400 85 650 810 170 1,060 1,350 190 1,900 2,150 400
Total length (mm) A 66 78 90 114 126 162
Exterior diameter (mm) B 42 56 66.5 82 102 136.5
Exterior diameter with the head Bs 44.5 57 68 85 105 139
of the screw (mm)
Pivot length (mm) C 25 30 35 45 50 65
Interior hole range H7 (mm) D1-2 8 - 25 12 - 32 19 - 38 20 - 45 28 - 60 32 - 80
Interior elastomer diameter (mm) D 19.2 26.2 29.2 36.2 46.2 60.5
Fastening screw E M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16
(ISO 4762 / DIN912)
Fastening torque of the fastening 8 15 35 70 120 290
screw (Nm)
Distance between the centres (mm) F 15.5 21 24 29 38 50.5
Screw distance (mm) G 8.5 10 12 15 17.5 23
Inertia moment by hub (10-3 kgm2) J1/J2 0.016 0.05 0.13 0.4 0.9 9.5
Approximate weight (kg) 0.15 0.35 0.6 1.1 1.7 10
Standard speed (min-1) 12.500 11.000 10.000 9.000 8.000 4.000
Balanced speed (10-3 min-1) 45 60 35 31 31 25 22 26 18 22 26 16 16 17 12 13 13 8

For information about shaft misalignment, torsional rigidity and other details about the elastomer inserts, please see the corresponding chapter.

The maximum torque transferrable by the fastening flange depends on the diameter of the hole.

Size Ø8 Ø16 Ø19 Ø25 Ø30 Ø32 Ø35 Ø45 Ø50 Ø55 Ø60 Ø65 Ø70 Ø75 Ø80
20 20 35 45 60
60 50 80 100 110 120
150 120 160 180 200 220 287
300 200 230 300 350 380 420
450 420 480 510 600 660 750 850
800 700 750 800 835 865 900 925 950 1,000

Possibility to transfer more torque with keyways.

Placing an order
Model Size Elastomer type Hole D1 H7 Hole D2 H7 XX
PK 60 A 19 25 Special requirements
For personalised specifications, enter XX in the box at the end of the order for special requirements:
For example: XX= Anodized aluminum, stainless steel, special hole tolerance, DIN / ANSI keyways, s/flat holes, fine balanced (25,000 rpm), ISO G2.5
fine balanced (30,000 rpm), etc.

www.n ias a.es

08
 TRANSMISSION ACCESSORIES
ALUMINIUM-PAINTED
COUPLING WITH
BK BELLOW
WITH FASTENING HUB DESIGN
2 – 500 Nm. Two hubs with fastening flange fitted
concentrically to a flexible bellow and
fastening screws.
FEATURES
Accepts slight overloads of up to 1.5 x
…… Easy assembly. the nominal torque.
…… Lightweight and low inertia
Optional
moment.
…… Economical design. Fastening system with self-opening
for opening the hole for loosening the
fastening screw during installation and
MATERIAL
extraction.
…… Bellow: High-grade stainless steel.
Note: For further information about
…… Hubs: see table.
torsional rigidities, critical speeds, etc.,
please ask NIASA.

288
 A

G G F
E DIN 912

ØD2
ØB

ØD1

KEYWAY
OPTIONAL
C C S / DIN6885

Size 2 4.5 10 15 30 60 80 150 300 500

Nominal torque (Nm) TKN 2 4.5 10 15 30 60 80 150 300 500

Total length (mm) A-2
30 40 44 58 68 79 92 92 109 114
Exterior diameter (mm) B 25 32 40 49 56 66 82 82 110 123
Adjustment length (mm) C 10.5 13 13 21.5 26 28 32.5 32.5 41 42.5
Interior hole range H7 D1-2 4 - 12.7 6 - 16 6 - 24 8 - 28 10 - 32 14 - 35 16 - 42 19 - 42 24 - 60 35 - 62
(mm)
Fastening screw M3 M4 M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M10 M12 M16
(ISO 4762 / DIN912)
E
Fastening torque of the 2.3 4 4.5 8 15 40 70 85 120 200
fastening screw (Nm)
Distance between F 8 11 14 17 20 23 27 27 39 41
the centres (mm)
Screw distance (mm) G 4 5 5 6.5 7.5 9.5 11 11 13 17
Inertia moment (10- kgm )
3 2
J1/J2 0.002 0.007 0.016 0.065 0.12 0.3 0.75 1.8 0.8 7.5 3.1 11.7 4.9
Alumi- Alumi- Alumi- Alumi- Alumi- Alumi- Alumi- Steel Steel Steel
Hub material num num num num num num num Op. alum. Op. alum. Op. alum.
Op. steel Op. steel Op. steel Op. steel Op. steel Op. steel Op. steel
Approximate weight (kg) 0.02 0.05 0.06 0.16 0.25 0.4 0.7 1.7 0.75 3.8 1.6 4.9 2.1
Torsional rigidity CT 1.5 7 9 23 31 72 80 141 157 290
(103 Nm/rad)
Axial ± (mm) 0.5 1 1 1 1 1.5 2 2 2 2.5
Lateral ± (mm) Max. 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
value
Angular ± (grades) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 289
Spring axial rigidity Ca 8 35 30 30 50 67 44 77 112 72
(N/mm)
Spring lateral rigidity Cr 50 350 320 315 366 679 590 960 2,940 1,450
(N/mm)

Placing an order
Model Size Elastomer type Hole D1 H7 Hole D2 H7 XX
BK 60 A 19 25 Special requirements
For personalised specifications, enter XX in the box at the end of the order for special requirements:
For example: XX= Anodized aluminum hubs, stainless steel hubs, special hole tolerance, DIN / ANSI keyways, s/flat holes, fine balanced
(25,000 rpm), etc.

www.n ias a.es

08
 TRANSMISSION ACCESSORIES
ALUMINIUM COUPLING WITH
ELASTOMER AND ES TORQUE
LIMITER
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS OPERATING SYSTEM DESIGN
NIASA safety couplings work as a clutch Automatic re-engage: Two concentrically machined hubs
by retaining balls pressed by spring. with curved grips (concave), keyway
In this design the spring washer
They protect the drive system (motors, and studs. The elastomer is fitted at
continues applying a residual load after
gears, screws, etc.) from damage that pressure for reduced play.
disconnection.
may be caused by collisions and other
Vibration absorption.
types of machine overloads. This load is sufficient to re-engage the
coupling automatically once the torque Standard versions electrically insulated.
…… The torque is transmitted by
has dropped from the calibrated value.
means of very hard balls (4) The clutch system is integrated in one
pressed on to conical locking Single position: Re-engaging only of the hubs. All the couplings have
mechanisms (5). occurs in the original position multi-position functioning according to
ØB2 A
…… The balls are pressed in the conical maintaining the synchronicity of the pre-load given, to the ball locking
housings with a spring washer
DIN 916(2) C1 the shafts. C2 system.
LATERAL MISALIGNMENT
through the commutator plate (3). G1 G2
Multi-position: Re-engaging occurs WEAR
I DIN 916
…… The disconnecting torque can be in multiple angular intervals. As
Negligible below 200 rpm. Contact
ØD2H7

adjusted at any time using the standard at 60º (30º, 45º, 90º, 120º,
torque adjustment nut (1). NIASA for high speed applications.
as optional) .
…… The balls input their locking DISCONNECTION
Note: Re-engaging only occurs at
mechanisms, moving the TORQUE ADJUSTMENT
low speeds.
ØD1H7

commutator plate and the spring

ØB1

ØDE
The ES coupling is different to other
washer system back, disconnecting ASSEMBLY WITH KEY AND
safety couplings, the disconnection
the input from the input. ELASTOMER FOR DIRECT DRIVE
torque is permanent and tamper-proof.
…… The movement of the commutator 1 – 150 Nm.
plate can be used by a proximity Holes < Ø6 mm are made without
sensor (6) to send a stop signal. MATERIAL keyway.
KEYWAY …… Hubs: up to size 450 high-
NOMINAL Note: For further information about
S / DIN6885 resistance aluminum. torsional rigidities, critical speeds, etc.,
DETECTION DISTANCE
K
please ask NIASA.
…… Clutch system: High-resistance
steel, balls made from hard steel.
…… Elastomer: Thermally stable and
5 4 3 wear-resistant TPU
2 1

290

LOCKED
6

UNLOCKED
 ØB2 A
DIN 916 C1 C2
LATERAL MISALIGNMENT
I DIN 916 G1 G2

ØD2H7
ØD1H7
ØB1

ØDE
KEYWAY NOMINAL
S / DIN6885 DETECTION DISTANCE
K

* Stud size
Ø D1-2 E
- 10 M3
5 4 3 > 10 - 12 M4
2 1 > 12 - 30 M5
> 30 - 58 M8
> 58 - 95 M10

Size 5 10 20 60 150
Elastomer type A B A B A B A B A B
Nominal torque (Nm)LOCKED TKn 9 12 12.5 16 17 21 60 75 160 200
Torque adjustment from - to (Nm) 6 TKn 1-6 1 - 12 3 - 19 5 - 60 20 - 150
Total length (mm) A 34 45 64 80 90
Exterior diameter (mm) B1 25 32 42 56 66.5
Exterior diameter (mm) B2 29 32 46 59 75
Pivot length (mm) C1 12.5 12 25 30 35
Pivot length (mm) C2 11.5 20 22 31 35
Interior hole range H7 (mm) D1 6 - 15 6 - 18 8 - 25 12 - 32 19 - 38
UNLOCKED
Interior hole range H7 (mm) D2 6 - 10 6 -12 8 - 19 12 - 24 19 - 32
Interior elastomer diameter (mm) DE 10.2 14.2 19.2 26.2 29.2
Studs (DIN 916) E See table (Depends on the Ø of the hole)*
Stud distance (mm) G1 5 6 9 11 12
Stud distance (mm) G2 2.5 3.5 4 4 4 291
Inertia moment (10 kgm )
-3 2
J1/J2 0.001 0.002 0.08 0.15 0.5
Approximate weight (kg) 0.05 0.15 0.2 0.5 1
Action distance (min-1) K 0.6 0.6 0.7 1.1 1.4

For information about shaft misalignment, torsional rigidity and other details about the elastomer inserts, please see the corresponding chapter.
Placing an order
Model Size Elastomer type Hole D1 H7 Hole D2 H7 XX
ES 60 A 19 25 Special requirements
For personalised specifications, enter XX in the box at the end of the order for special requirements:
For example: XX= Anodized aluminum, stainless steel, special hole tolerance, DIN / ANSI keyways, s/flat holes, Fine balanced (25,000 rpm), ISO G2.5
fine balanced (30,000 rpm), etc.

www.n ias a.es

08
 TRANSMISSION ACCESSORIES
STEEL COUPLING
WITH RA ELASTOMER
ASSEMBLY WITH KEY DESIGN
7.5 – 4,500 Nm. Two concentrically machined hubs with
curved grips (concave), keyway and
studs.
FEATURES
The elastomer is fitted at pressure for
• Pressure-fitting design. reduced play.
• Two types of hubs (short and long) to Since the hubs do not have pre-hole
adapt to the customer's requirements. there is no limitation in terms of the
minimum diameter of the shaft for any
• Reduced play (keyway).
size.
Note: For further information about
MATERIAL torsional rigidities, critical speeds, etc.,
please ask NIASA.
• Hubs: up to size 28 steel, from size 38
GG25 casting.
• Elastomer: Thermally stable and
wear-resistant TPU

1 2 1a
1b

292

Standard
hub GS spider
Large
hub Large
extended
hub

www.n ias a.es

 L

Ød

ØDH
ØD

t
N s b s

l1 E l2

RA Series elastic coupling

DIMENSIONS [mm]
"Spider (part 2)
Nominal torque [Nm]”
Size Component General Spec. Steel Thread for screws
1 2“Hole d 1a 1b
92 Sh 98 Sh 64 Sh (min-max)” TA
L l1 ; l2 E b s DH D;D1 N G t
A A D (Nm)
1a 35 11
14 7.5 12.5 16 0-16 13 10 1.5 30 30 - M4 5 1.5
1b 50 18.5
1a 66 25
19 10 17 21 0-25 16 12 2 40 40 - M5 10 2
1b 90 37
1a 78 30
24 35 60 75 0-35 18 14 2 55 55 - M5 10 2
1b 118 50
1a 90 35
28 95 160 200 0-40 20 15 2.5 65 65 - M8 15 10
1b 140 60
Mangón EstrellaCasting
Mangón Mangón
EN-GJL-250 (GG25)grande
1 estándar 12-40 grande
GS alargado 66
114 45 37
38 1a 190 325 405 38-48 24 18 3 80 M8 15 10
78
1b 12-48 164 70 62
1 14-45 75
126 50 40
42 1a 265 450 560 42-55 26 20 3 95 M8 20 10
94
1b 14-55 176 75 65
1 15-52 85
140 56 45
48 1a 310 525 655 48-62 28 21 3.5 105 M8 20 10
104
1b 15-62 188 80 69
1 20-60 98
160 65 52
55 1a 410 685 825 55-74 30 22 4 120 M10 20 17
118
1b 20-74 210 90 120
1 22-70 115
65 1a 625 940 1,175 65-80
185 75
35 26 4.5 135
61
M10 20 17 293
135
1b 22-80 235 100
1 30-80 135
210 85 69
75 1a 1,280 1,920 2,400 75-95 40 30 5 160 M10 25 17
160
1b 30-95 260 110
1 40-97 160
245 100 81
90 1a 2,400 3,600 4,500 90-110 45 34 5.5 200 M12 30 40
200
1b 40-110 295 125

Placing an order
Coupling size Material Spider hardness (Shore A) Hub type Hole Hub type Hole
RA-19 St 92 1a ø20 1a ø15

www.n ias a.es

08
 Ø
OPTIONAL

ØD2H7
A ØBs KEYWAY
O S / DIN6885
H N AB
G E (DIN 912) C F F
P

TRANSMISSION ACCESSORIES
transmission shaft

ØD1H7
ØB1

ØB2
H

PAINTED IN ALUMINIUM
OPTIONAL

ØD2H7
KEYWAY
O S / DIN6885
A

WITH EZ ELASTOMER
N AB N
P

WITH TOTALLY DIVIDED FASTENING DESIGN Lateral misalignment

∆Kr
HUB Desalineación lateral H Desalineación an
Two concentrically machined hubs with
12.5 – 2,150 Nm. curved
N grips (concave) and ABfastening N A
screws. The elastomer is fitted at
pressure for zero play, absorption of
FEATURES vibratios and the standard versions are ∆ Kr
Kr max
= tan
= tan
max
∆ Kw/2
Kw/2. AB (m)
AB (m) Kwmax = ca.
electrically insulated. The intermediate AB = A - 2 x N
AB = A - 2 x N
…… Easy assembly and disassembly.
precision tube has great lateral
…… Standard lengths up to 4 m.
straightness and rigidity.
…… Does not require intermediate

∆Kr
Angular misalignment
bearing supports. A ØBs
Desalineación lateral H Desalineación angular Desalineación ax
H A
INSTALLATION
E (DIN 912) C F F
G
MATERIAL
The total length (A) is selected correctly by
…… Hubs: up to size 450 high- means of the distance between the sides of ∆ KW = ca. 2º
. Kwmax= ca. 2º Kamax = ca. +- 2
resistance aluminum, size 800 both shafts (P) plus 2x the sizeKr(O).= tan Kw/2 AB (m)
max max
ØD1H7

AB = A - 2 x N
ØB1

steel.
ØB2

For transmission shafts up to 25,000

…… Intermediate tube: up to size Nm please ask NIASA.
OPTIONAL
450 high resistance aluminum Axial misalignment
ØD2H7

Note: For
Desalineación lateral KEYWAY
further information about angular
Desalineación Desalineación axial
800 steel, optionally CKF tube on O S / DIN6885
torsional rigidities, critical speeds, etc.,
request. please ask NIASA.
P
…… Elastomer: Thermally stable and
wear-resistant TPU ∆ Ka = see table
Krmax = tan Kw/2. AB (m) Kwmax = ca. 2º Kamax = ca. +- 2
AB = A - 2 x N
H
Max. axial misalignment
∆ Ka (mm)
10 2
20 4
N AB N
60 4
150 4
300 4
450 4
800 4
∆Kr

294
H
A

Desalineación lateral Desalineación angular Desalineación axial

Krmax = tan Kw/2. AB (m) Kwmax = ca. 2º Kamax = ca. +- 2

 A ØBs
H
G E (DIN 912) C F F

ØD1H7
ØB1

ØB2
OPTIONAL

ØD2H7
KEYWAY
O S / DIN6885

SIZE 10 20 60 150 300 450 800

Elastomer type A B A B A B A B A B A B A B
Nominal torque (Nm) N TKN 12.5 16 AB17 21 60 75 160 N 200 325 405 530 660 950 1,100
Maximum torque (Nm) TKmax 25 32 34 42 120 150 320 400 650 810 1,060 1,350 1,900 2,150
Total length (mm) A 95 - 4,000 130 - 4,000 175 - 4,000 200 - 4,000 245 - 4,000 280 - 4,000 320 - 4,000
Exterior diameter (mm) B1 32 42 56 66.5 82 102 136.5
Exterior diameter of the tube (mm) B2 28 35 50 60 76 90 120
Exterior diameter with the head of the BS 32 44.5 57 68 85 105 139
screw (mm)

∆Kr
Pivot length (mm) C 20 25 40 47 55 65 79
Interior hole range H7 (mm) D1/2 5-16 8-25 14-32 H 19-36 19-45 24-60 35-80
Interior elastomer diameter (mm) DE 14.2 A 19.2 26.2 29.2 36.2 46.2 60.5
Fastening screw (ISO 4762 / DIN912) 4xM4 4xM5 4xM6 4xM8 4xM10 4xM12 4xM16
E
Fastening torque of the fastening screw (Nm) 4 8 15 35 70 120 290
Distance between the centres (mm) F 10.5 15.5 21 24 29 38 50.5
Screw distance (mm) G 7.5 8.5 15 17.5 20 25 30
Length of the sides (mm) H 34 46 63 73 86 99 125
Inertia moment by hub (10-3 kgm2) J1/J2 0.01 0.02 0.15 0.21 1.02 2.3 17
Inertia moment of the tube by metre
Desalineación lateral J3 0.075 Desalineación
0.183 angular
0.66 1.18 2.48
Desalineación axial 10.6 38
(10-3 kgm2)
Combined dynamic torsional rigidity of the
CTdynE 270 825 1,270 2,220 3,970 5,950 6,700 14,650 11,850 20,200 27,700 40,600 41,300 90,000
elastomers (Nm/rad)
Torsional rigidity of the tube by metre (Nm/rad) CTZWR 321 1,530 6,632 11,810 20,230 65,340 392,800
Average value of the shaft (mm) N 26 33 49 57 67 78 94
Kr = tan
max Kw/2. AB (m) Kw max = ca. 2º Kamax= ca. +
-2
Assembly length (mm) AB = A - 2 x N
O 16.6 18.6 32 37 42 52 62

For information about shaft misalignment, torsional rigidity and other details about the elastomer inserts, please see the corresponding chapter.

The maximum torque transferrable by the fastening flange depends on the diameter of the hole.
SIZE Ø6 Ø8 Ø16 Ø19 Ø25 Ø30 Ø32 Ø35 Ø45 Ø50 Ø55 Ø60 Ø65 Ø70 Ø75 Ø80
10 6 12 32
20 30 40 50 65
60 65 120 150 180 200
150 180 240 270 300 330 295
300 300 340 450 520 570 630
450 630 720 770 900 1,120 1,180 1,350
800 1,050 1,125 1,200 1,300 1,400 1,450 1,500 1,550 1,600
Possibility to transfer more torque with keyways.
Placing an order
Model Size Total length Elastomer type Hole D1 H7 Hole D1 H7 XX
EZ 60 1,200 A 19 25 Special requirements

For personalised specifications, enter XX in the box at the end of the order for special requirements:
For example: XX= Anodized aluminum, stainless steel, special hole tolerance, DIN / ANSI keyways, s/flat holes, Fine balanced (25,000 rpm), ISO G2.5
fine balanced (30,000 rpm), etc.

www.n ias a.es

08
 TRANSMISSION ACCESSORIES
ELASTOMERS FOR
COUPLINGS EK-PK-ES-EZ
FUNCTION
The play is eliminated by means of
The joining element in the couplings
the elastomer housing at pressure in
(with the exception of the couplings
the hubs. The coupling system can be
with metallic spring) is the elastomer
optimised to the specifications of the
insert. This transfers the torque with
most suitable torsion by varying the
no play or vibratios and defines the
Shore hardness of the elastomer.
specifications of the entire transfer
system.

MISALIGNMENT SHAFTS

Lateral misalignment Angular Misalignment Axial misalignment

Elastomer Hardness Relative Temperature

Colour Material Specifications
types (Shore) absorption (µ) range
A 98 Sh A Red TPU 0.4 - 0.5 -30ºC up to +100ºC High absorption
B 64 Sh D Green TPU 0.3 - 0.45 -30ºC up to +120ºC High resistance to torsion
C 80 Sh A Yellow TPU 0.3 - 0.4 -30ºC up to +100ºC Very high absorption
D* 65 Sh D Black TPU 0.3 - 0.45 -30ºC up to +70ºC Electrical conductivity
E 64 Sh D Beige Hytrel 0.3 - 0.45 -50ºC up to +150ºC Resistant to temperature
* The electrical conductivity of the elastomer material is to prevent electrostatic loads of the coupling system, and to reduce the risk of sparks while
working. The ATEX technical data sheet is available on request.
The relative absorption values have been defined at 10 Hz y +20ºC

Size 2 5 10 20 60
Elastomer type A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C
Static torsional rigidity (Nm/rad) CT 50 115 17 150 350 53 260 600 90 1,140 2,500 520 3,290 9,750 1,400
Dynamic torsional rigidity (Nm/rad) CTdyn 100 230 35 300 700 106 541 1,650 224 2,540 4,440 876 7,940 11,900 2,072
296 Lateral (mm) 0.08 0.06 0.2 0.08 0.06 0.2 0.1 0.08 0.22 0.1 0.08 0.25 0.12 0.1 0.25
Angular (grades) Max. 1 0.8 1.2 1 0.8 1.2 1 0.8 1.2 1 0.8 1.2 1 0.8 1.2
max.
Axial (mm) ±1 ±1 ±1 ±2 ±2

Size 150 300 450 800

Elastomer type A B C A B C A B C A B C
Static torsional rigidity (Nm/rad) CT 4,970 10,600 2,000 12,400 18,000 3,000 15,100 27,000 4,120 41,300 66,080 10,320
Dynamic torsional rigidity (Nm/rad) CTdyn 13,400 29,300 3,590 23,700 40,400 6,090 55,400 81,200 11,600 82,600 180,150 28,600
Lateral (mm) 0.15 0.12 0.3 0.18 0.14 0.35 0.2 0.18 0.35 0.25 0.2 0.4
Angular (grades) Max. 1 0.8 1.2 1 0.8 1.2 1 0.8 1.2 1 0.8 1.2
max.
Axial (mm) ±2 ±2 ±2 ±2
Static torsional rigidity at 50% TKN
Dynamic torsional rigidity at TKN
TRANSMISSION ACCESSORIES
ELASTOMERS FOR
RA COUPLINGS

Standard spider
Permanent temperature (˚C)
Elastomer Hardness Colour Material Continuous Max. transitory Typical applications
type (Shore)
temperature temperature
- For any general application: engineering
A 92 Sh A yellow polyurethane - 40 to + 90 - 50 a + 120 and hydraulics
- Applications with medium elasticity
- Good torque transmission with excellent
B 95/98 Sh A red polyurethane - 30 a + 90 - 40 a + 120 absorption properties.
natural white - I.C. Motors
C 64 Sh D-F with green polyurethane -30 to +110 -30 to +130 - High hygroscopy, resistant to hydrolysis.
mark - Critical speeds.
Special spiders on request
- High dynamic load
D 94 Sh A-T yellow with polyurethane - 50 a + 110 - 60 a + 130 - High hygroscopy
blue mark
- Resistant to hydrolysis.
- High load transmission, high torsional
E 64 Sh D-H green Hytrel - 50 a + 110 - 60 a + 150 rigidity
- Resistant to chemical agents.
- High torsional rigidity
F Polyamide - PA -50 a +110 -30 a +150 - High ambient temperature
- Resistant to chemical agents.
- High torsional rigidity
up to +180 - Very high ambient temperature
G PEEK Light grey PEEK (ATEX version Up to +250 - Resistant to chemical agents.
up to +160)
- Resistant to hydrolysis.

Size 14 19 24 28
Elastomer type A B C A B C A B C A B C
Torsion angle º (kN) ø 6.4 6.4 4.5 3.2 3.2 2.5 3.2 3.2 2.5 3.2 3.2 2.5
Max. torsion angle º (kN) ø 10 10 7 5 5 3.6 5 5 3.6 5 5 3.6
Dynamic torsional rigidity (Nm/rad) Cdyn 380 560 760 1,280 2,920 5,350 4,860 9,930 15,110 10,900 26,770 27,520
Absorption power at 30º (kW) W - - 9 4.8 4.8 7.2 6.6 6.6 9.9 8.4 8.4 12.6

Size 38 42 48 55
297
Elastomer type A B C A B C A B C A B C
Torsion angle º (kN) ø 3.2 3.2 2.5 3.2 3.2 2.5 3.2 3.2 2.5 3.2 3.2 2.5
Max. torsion angle º (kN) ø 5 5 3.6 5 5 3.6 5 5 3.6 5 5 3.6
Dynamic torsional rigidity (Nm/rad) Cdyn 21,050 48,570 70,150 23,740 54,500 79,860 36,700 652,900 95,510 50,720 94,970 107,920
Absorption power at 30º (kW) W 10.2 10.2 15.3 12 12 18 13.8 13.8 20.7 15.6 15.6 23.4

Size 65 75 90
Elastomer type A B C A B C A B C
Torsion angle º (kN) ø 3.2 3.2 2.5 3.2 3.2 2.5 3.2 3.2 2.5
Max. torsion angle º (kN) ø 5 5 3.6 5 5 3.6 5 5 3.6
Dynamic torsional rigidity (Nm/rad) Cdyn 97,130 129,510 151,090 113,320 197,500 248,220 190,090 312,200 674,520
Absorption power at 30º (kW) W 18 18 27 21.6 21.6 32.4 30 30 45

www.n ias a.es

08
 TRANSMISSION ACCESSORIES
GX transmission shaft
STEEL TUBE precision-machined terminals, by ANGULAR MISALIGNMENT
WITH PLASTIC FLECTOR means of rigid torsional plastic flectors.
a= tan α x(L - 2xF)
This joint is made by combining
10 – 550 Nm
axial and radial fastening screws a= Radial misalignment
guaranteeing high fastening. The plastic
L= Central chapter length
flector is very rigid under torsion but
FEATURES
with elasticity in the axial and angular F= Size “F” of table 1
…… Simple, compact and plain. sense to absorb misalignments. Can
…… Low weight and inertia. also support temperatures over 150ºC.
L
…… High performance, allows high
speeds, large input shafts and
tamper proof. INSTALLATION

α
…… The torque is transferred
The total length (A) is the distance
completely free from play.
between the sides of the shafts to be

a
…… Maintenance-free.
joined. The total length of the bar is F
…… Efficient evacuation of the heat F
selected by the distance (A) plus 2x the
generated in Contact with the air.
size of the terminals (D)
…… Easy rotation and disassembly,
axial displacement is not
necessary.
GX SERIES transmission shaft
…… Undesired forces on the shafts or
bearings are not generated in the The GX series elastic transmission
torque transfer. shafts are suitable for connecting the
drive shafts of several screw jacks
MATERIAL or HM actuators together, or with
other drive units. They absorb noise,
…… Hubs: Bronze plated steel, special
vibratios, knocks, and allow angular
material: Zinc-plated steel.
misalignments with no need for
…… Tube: Steel.
maintenance. Its central part can be
…… Special tube: Zinc-plated steel.
removed in radial direction without
…… Elastomer: Hard plastic compound
axial displacement of the adjoining
resistant to stress.
parts. In general, auxiliary supports
are not necessary except on very large
gearboxes.
DESIGN
It is a simple transmission system
made up of a tube, joined to two

GX8
GX4 GX16
GX2 GX25
GX1 GX30
5000
298 Size
3000
Speed (rpm)

4000
2000
3000 1500

2000 1000
Speed (rpm)

1000
500

0,25° 0,5° 0,75° 1,0° 1,25° 1,5°

500 800 1000 2000
1000 3000 5000
Deviation (degrees) Transmission
length (mm)

www.n ias a.es

 P DIN 913 B N DIN 912
Q

ØI
ØE1

ØE2

ØK
ØF

ØH

ØG
M J C

D A

* STUD SIZE
Ø E1-2 P
- 10 M3
> 10 - 12 M4
> 12 - 30 M5
> 30 - 58 M8
> 58 - 95 M10
> 95 - 100 M12

SIZE 1 2 4 8 16 25 30
Nominal torque (Nm) TKN 10 30 60 120 240 370 550
Maximum torque (Nm) TKmax 25 60 120 280 560 800 1,400
Maximum revolutions (min-1) nmax 10,000 10,000 8,000 7,000 6,000 5,000 4,500
Total length (mm) A 50-6,000 60-6,000 60-6,000 85-6,000 100-6,000 110-6,000 135-6,000
Flector width (mm) B 18 24 25 30 35 40 50
Terminal plate width (mm) C 7 8 8 10 12 14 16
Terminal width (mm) D 24 28 30 42 50 55 66
Interior hole range H7 (mm) E1/E2 8-25 12-38 15-45 18-55 20-70 20-85 25-100
Exterior diameter of the terminal (mm) F 56 85 100 120 150 170 200
Exterior diameter of the flector (mm) G 57 88 100 125 155 175 205
Terminal pivot length (mm) H 36 55 65 80 100 115 140
Diameter of the tube (mm) I 30 40 45 60 70 85 100
Clearance between the terminal and flector (mm) J 1 4 2.5 3 3 3 5
Flector-terminal fastening screw positions (mm) K 44/2x180º 68/2x180º 80/3x120º 100/3x120º 125/3x120º 140/3x120º 165/3x120º
Clearance between the terminal and flector (mm) L 1 4 2.5 3 3 3 5
299
Flector-tube fastening screw position (mm) M 12 14 14.5 17 21 23 30
Fastening screw metric N M6 M8 M8 M10 M12 M14 M16
Stud P *Depends on the diameter of shaft E
Stud position Q 8.5 10 10 15 18 20 25
For torque transmission of up to 110 Nm two flectors in tandem can be fitted. To do this, please Contact NIASA.

Placing an order
Model Size Total length Hole E1 H7 Hole E2 H7 XX
GX 1 1,200 19 25 Special requirements

For personalised specifications, enter XX in the box at the end of the order for special requirements:
For example: XX= Zinc-plated steel, stainless steel, special hole tolerance, DIN / ANSI keyways, s/flat holes, double flector, etc.

www.n ias a.es

08
 TRANSMISSION ACCESSORIES
WHEEL WITH FOLDING VE GRIP

Applicable to
M1 A16 F16 FM1/HM1
VE-080 M2 A20 F20 FM2/HM2 SH20
M3 A30 F30 FM3/HM3 SH30
VE-125 M4 FM4/HM4
A40 F40 SH40
M5 F45 FM5
VE-200 J1 FJ1
J3 FJ3

STUD KEYWAY
S / DIN913 S / DIN6885
B
Ød1

ØD

Ød
J

300

I L

DIMENSIONS
SIZE Ød H7 max. Weight
ØD L B Ød1 h I J
With s/DIN 6885 keyway (kg)

VE-80 80 26 13 26 14 16 54 35 0.16
VE-125 125 33 15 31 20 18 89 55 0.35
VE-200 200 45 20.5 45 30 24 89 90 0.96

www.n ias a.es

PROTECTION ACCESSORIES
FB CIRCULAR FABRIC SPRING
A1 = Maximum compressed (±10%)

Useful Stroke (±10%)

A2 = Maximum stretch (±10%)

Air valve Air valve

ØB
ØE

ØF
ØC

D D

General sizes in mm
A1 A2 B C D E F
Stroke up to
Maximum Maximum Ø Neck Ø Neck Neck length Ø Interior Ø Exterior
covered stretched
350 50 400
M1-N-W 795 105 900
48 29 15 65 105
350 50 400
M2-N-W 795 105 900
61 29 15 75 115
540 60 600
M3-N-W 1,355 145 1,500 46 46 20 80 130
1,990 210 2,200
540 60 600
M4-N-W 1,355 145 1,500 60 60 20 90 140
1,990 210 2,200
540 60 600
M5-N-W 1,355 145 1,500 85 85 20 100 160
1,990 210 2,200
540 60 600
301
J1-N-W 1,355 145 1,500 90 90 20 110 180
1,990 210 2,200
540 60 600
J3-N-W 1,355 145 1,500 120 120 20 130 210
1,990 210 2,200
540 60 600
J4-N-W 1,355 145 1,500 145 145 20 160 240
1,990 210 2,200
540 60 600
J5-N-W 1,355 145 1,500 170 170 20 180 280
1,990 210 2,200
…… Material: Polyester fabric stitched and thermo-sealed with PVC on both sides.
…… Note: For longer strokes and other materials, please ask NIASA.

www.n ias a.es

08
 PROTECTION ACCESSORIES
SF SPIRAL METALLIC
SPRING PROTECTOR

KGS 1605 - KGS1610 KGS 3205 - KGS 3240 KGS 4005 - KGS 3210
D3 = 22 mm D3 = 38 mm D3 = 46 (44) mm
D10 = 16.8 mm D10 = 33 mm D10 = 41 (34) mm
L9 = 20 mm L9 = 35 mm L9 = 45 (45) mm
Size Size Size
LV(1) LH(2) ØD9 LV(1) LH(2) ØD9 LV(1) LH(2) ØD9
D8/Stroke/L8 D8/Stroke/L8 D8/Stroke/L8
SF 25/100/20 100 60 35 SF 40/150/30 150 90 51 SF 50/150/30 150 90 63
SF 25/150/20 150 110 38 SF 40/250/30 250 190 56 SF 50/250/30 250 190 68
SF 25/200/20 200 160 40 SF 40/350/30 350 290 60 SF 50/250/50 250 150 62
SF 25/250/20 250 210 44 SF 40/450/40 450 370 63 SF 50/350/50 350 250 66
SF 25/300/30 300 240 43 SF 40/550/40 550 470 68 SF 50/450/50 450 350 70
SF 25/350/30 350 290 46 SF 40/350/50 350 250 55 SF 50/550/50 550 450 73

SF 25/400/30 400 340 49 SF 40/450/50 450 350 58 SF 50/550/60 550 430 68

SF 25/450/40 450 370 48 SF 40/550/50 550 450 61 SF 50/650/60 650 530 72

SF 25/500/40 500 420 51 SF 40/650/50 650 550 65 SF 50/750/60 750 630 76

SF 40/750/50 750 650 69 SF 50/750/75 750 600 78
SF 40/450/60 450 330 55 SF 50/900/75 900 750 84
SF 40/550/60 550 430 58 SF 50/1100/75 1,100 950 90
KGS 2005 - KGS 2020 (KGS2505)
SF 40/650/60 650 530 62 SF 50/1100/100 1,100 900 75
D3 = 26 (31) mm SF 40/750/60 750 630 66 SF 50/1300/100 1,300 1,100 79
D10 = 20.8 (25.8) mm SF 40/900/60 900 780 70 SF 50/1500/100 1,500 1,300 83
L9 = 28 (28) mm SF 40/650/75 650 500 62 SF 50/1700/120 1,700 1,460 91
Size SF 40/750/75 750 600 66 SF 50/1800/120 1,800 - 94
LV(1) LH(2) ØD9
302 D8/Stroke/L8 SF 40/900/75 900 750 72 SF 50/1900/120 1,900 1,660 95
SF 30/150/30 150 90 39 SF 40/1100/75 1,100 950 78 SF 50/2100/120 2,100 1,860 100
SF 30/250/30 250 190 44 SF 40/1300/75 1,300 1,150 84 SF 50/2300/120 2,300 - 105
SF 30/350/30 350 290 49 SF 40/1500/75 1,500 - 90 SF 50/2500/120 2,500 - 111
SF 30/450/40 450 370 53 SF 40/1000/100 1,000 800 66 SF 50/2800/120 2,800 - 118
SF 30/550/40 550 470 58 SF 40/1200/100 1,200 1,000 70 SF 50/2800/150 2,800 2,500 118
SF 30/650/50 650 550 55 SF 40/1500/100 1,500 1,300 78 SF 50/3000/150 3,000 - 123
SF 30/750/50 750 650 59 SF 40/1800/100 1,800 - 82 SF 50/3000/180 3,000 2,640 123
SF 40/1800/120 1,800 1,560 82 SF 50/3250/180 3,250 - 128
SF 40/2000/120 2,000 1.z760 86 SF 50/3250/200 3,250 2,850 128
SF 40/2200/120 2,200 - 91 SF 50/3500/200 3,500 - 134
 ØD9 +4mm
ØD8

ØD3

ØD10

ØD9
Nut

L9
Spindle

STROKE L8
L maximum

KGS 4010 - KGS 4040 KGS 5010 - KGS 5020 KGS 6310
D3 = 52 mm D3 = 62 mm D3 = 74 mm
D10 = 41 mm D10 = 51.2 mm D10 = 63.2 mm
L9 = 50 mm L9 = 55 mm L9 = 65 mm
Size Size Size
LV(1) LH(2) ØD9 LV(1) LH(2) ØD9 LV(1) LH(2) ØD9
D8/Stroke/L8 D8/Stroke/L8 D8/Stroke/L8
SF 55/150/30 150 90 68 SF 65/250/30 150 90 68 SF 75/250/30 250 190 99
SF 55/250/30 250 190 73 SF 65/250/50 250 190 73 SF 75/350/50 350 250 94
SF 55/250/50 250 150 66 SF 65/350/50 250 150 66 SF 75/450/50 450 350 101
SF 55/350/50 350 250 71 SF 65/450/50 350 250 71 SF 75/550/60 550 430 99
SF 55/450/50 450 350 74 SF 65/550/60 450 350 74 SF 75/650/60 650 530 103
SF 55/550/50 550 450 77 SF 65/650/60 550 450 77 SF 75/750/60 750 630 108
SF 55/550/60 550 430 75 SF 65/750/60 550 430 75 SF 75/650/75 650 500 99
SF 55/650/60 650 530 79 SF 65/750/75 650 530 79 SF 75/900/75 - 750 111
SF 55/750/60 750 630 83 SF 65/900/75 750 630 83 SF 75/1100/100 1,100 - 108
SF 55/750/75 750 600 83 SF 65/1100/75 750 600 83 SF 75/1300/100 1,300 1,100 112
SF 55/900/75 900 750 89 SF 65/1100/100 900 750 89 SF 75/1500/120 1,500 1,260 115
SF 55/1100/75 1,100 950 94 SF 65/1300/100 1,100 950 94 SF 75/1700/100 1,700 - 126
SF 55/1100/100 1,100 900 83 SF 65/1500/100 1,100 900 83 SF 75/1800/120 1,800 1,560 122
SF 55/1300/100 1,300 1,100 87 SF 65/1700/120 1,300 1,100 87 SF 75/2000/120 2,000 1,760 127
SF 55/1500/100 1,500 1,300 94 SF 65/1800/100 1,500 1,300 94 SF 75/2200/120 2,200 - 132
SF 55/1800/100 1,800 - 102 SF 65/1900/120 1,800 - 102 SF 75/2000/100 2,000 2,100 135
SF 55/1700/120 1,700 1,460 96 SF 65/2100/120 1,700 1,460 96 SF 75/2400/120 2,400 - 141
SF 55/1900/120 1,900 1,660 100 SF 65/2300/120 1,900 1,660 100 SF 75/2800/150 2,800 2,440 145 303
SF 55/2100/120 2,100 1,860 105 SF 65/2500/100 2,100 1,860 105 SF 75/2800/120 2,800 - 142
SF 55/2300/120 2,300 2,060 110 SF 65/2800/120 2,300 2,060 110 SF 75/3000/180 3,000 - 148
SF 55/2500/120 2,500 - 116 2,500 - 116 SF 75/3250/180 3,250 - 156
SF 55/2800/120 2,800 - 123 SF 65/3000/120 2,800 - 123 SF 75/3250/200 3,250 2,850 148
SF 55/2800/150 2,800 2,500 121 SF 65/3000/180 2,800 2,500 121 SF 75/3500/200 3,500 - 158
SF 55/3000/150 3,000 - 126 SF 65/3250/180 3,000 - 126
(1)
LV = Vertical installation.
SF 55/3000/180 3,000 2,640 126 SF 65/3250/200 3,000 2,640 126 (2)
LH = Horizontal installation.
SF 55/3250/180 3,250 2,850 130 SF 65/3500/200 3,250 2,850 130
SF 55/3250/200 3,250 - 130
SF 55/3500/200 3,250 - 137

www.n ias a.es

08
 PROTECTION ACCESSORIES
PR worm gear protector
Applicable to

PR-1 M1 FM1/AM1
PR-2 M2 FM2/AM2
PR-3 M3 FM3/AM3
PR-4 M4 FM4/AM4
PR-5 M5-J1 FM5-FJ1
PR-6 J3 FJ3
PR-7 J4
PR-8 J5

ØG
3 x ØH a 120° 2 x ØH

A
G

ØB
ØC

304

A ØB ØC D E F G ØH
PR-1 47 30 21 27 8 31 32 7
PR-2 50 28 22 29 5 32 35 6.5
PR-3 63 38 28 47 8 50 44 10.5
PR-4 75 40 32 51 8 55 55 12
PR-5 82 50 40 70 8 75 60 14
PR-6 100 55 45 72 10 77 Ø80 14
PR-7 127 60 50 70 10 75 Ø100 18
PR-8 140 70 60 105 10 110 Ø115 18
…… Material: POM (Polyoxymethylene)

www.n ias a.es

 305

www.n ias a.es

08
 DETECTION ACCESSORIES
FCM MECHANICAL LIMIT SWITCH
Applicable to
M1-N-W
M2-N-W
M3-N-W
M4-N-W
FCM with M12x1 con- M5-N-W
nector
J1-N-W
J3-N-W
J4-N-W
J5-N-W

4
Ø10,6

M12 x 1
35,4

86,4

M12 x 1
51

30 12

42 16

306

M12x1 connector specifications Roller-type switching end

5 Pin model
Snap switch PNP_NC + NA bipolar input 3,1 (A) 7 (P)
1-2
1-4
4 A - 60 V 2 1-2
1-4
Approx. 2.6

1-2 = NC 0 mm
3 5 1
3-4 = NA
4 1,4
5=

www.n ias a.es

DETECTION ACCESSORIES
FCI INDUCTIVE LIMIT SWITCH
Applicable to
M1-N-W F16 FM1 FHM1
M2-N-W F20 FM2 FHM2
M3-N-W F30 FM3 FHM3
FCI M8x1 with
F40 FM4 FHM4
M8x1 connector F45 FM5 FHM5
F50 FJ1 FHJ1
FJ3 FHJ3
M4-N-W
M5-N-W
FCI M12x1 with J1-N-W
M12x1 connector J3-N-W
J4-N-W
J5-N-W

M8x1 inductive detector with M8x1 connector Inductive detector M12x1 with connector M12x1
39 48
13 27 17 34
4 7
3 5 Connector M8 x 1 Connector M12 x 1

Indicator (See note) Indicator (See note)

M12 x 1
M8 x 1 Two fastening nuts Two fastening nuts

Note: Operation indicator (yellow LED, 4x90º) Note: Operation indicator (yellow LED, 4x90º)

Inductive detector M8x1 with connector M12x1 (optional) Connector specifications

43 CC Model 3-wire
13 27 PNP-NC input
3 5 Connector M12 x 1

Indicator (See note).

M8 x 1 Two fastening nuts

Note: Operation indicator (yellow LED, 4x90º)

Input circuit
Operating diagram Brown 1
+V
Non-detectable area Detection area Proximity 307
sensor Main
circuits Black 2
Detectable of the sensor ((M8 connector: 4 )
object proximity
Load
% 100 0 Blue 3
0V
Distance
Detection
nominal

4 1
1 3 2 4
ON
Yellow indicator 3
OFF
ON M8 connector M12 connector
Control input
OFF Pin 2 is not used

www.n ias a.es

08
 DETECTION ACCESSORIES
FCG MAGNETIC Sensor
Applicable to

A16 AM1 AHM1

T5 PNP NC A20 AM2 AHM2
magnetic sensor A30 AM3 AHM3
A40 AM4 AHM4

Connecting:
6,5
5,1

3 x 0,14 mm 2
BN
L+
BK

25,3 5 BU
L-
Ø3

The magnetic detector is fixed

Power supply: PNP DC
to the aluminium profile
Power supply voltage: 10...30 V DC
groove in any position thanks
Consumption: < 10 mA
to the eccentric system
Input function: Normally closed
Input current: 100 mA
Protection class: III
Protection level: IP65 / IP67
Ambient temperature: 25 to +85ºC
Switching state: Yellow LED
Cable Connection

Position magentic Ring

308
Cable input glands
Detector cover band
Gland adaptor

Magnetic detector

Type A outside tube

Position magnetic ring

www.n ias a.es

DETECTION ACCESSORIES
FCM/FCI ASSEMBLY POSITION
N CONFIGURATION SCREW JACKS

Applicable to
M1-N-W
FCI M8x1 with M8x1 connector M2-N-W
M3-N-W
M4-N-W
M5-N-W
J1-N-W
FCI M12x1 with M12x1 connector J3-N-W
J4-N-W
EJECUCION - N J5-N-W
The mechanical limit is the same for all sizes (see page 306.)

-A-
ZK

ZK

-D- -B-
A1

A3

+5
-5
CURSO + N1

CURSO + N2

-C-

Assembly position
Mounting the ZK series
flanges
+ 10

on the back of the box

cancels the
assembly positions A
A2

A4

and C of the
assembly on the unit.

FCM/FCI - Fijo FCM/FCI - Regulable

FCM/FCI fixed FCM/FCI adjustable 309

Montando las bridas serie ZKA1en la parte posterior de la caja, quedan
N1 anuladas las posiciones
A3 A y C de montaje en la unidadN2 ZK
EJECUCION - W A2 A4
No ZK With ZK No ZK With ZK No ZK With ZK No ZK With ZK
M1 25 35 25 65 75 50 65 35 100 115 20
M2 25 40 25 65 80 50 70 35 100 120 25
M3 25 45 25 65 85 50 75 35 100 125 30
M4 40 65 40 100 125 60 85 40 120 145 40
M5 40 75 40 105 140 60 100 40 125 165 50
J1 40 85 40 105 150 60 110 40 125 175 60
J3 40 105 40 105 170 60 130 40 125 195 80
J4 40 115 40 105 180 60 140 40 125 205 90
J5 40 140 40 105 205 60 160 40 125 225
-A-
100

www.n ias a.es

08
 -A-

DETECTION ACCESSORIES

ZK

ZK
FCM/FCI ASSEMBLY POSITION
-D- -B-
A1

A3

+5
-5
CURSO + N1

CURSO + N2
-C-
W CONFIGURATION SCREW JACKS

Applicable to

+ 10
M1-N-W
FCI M8x1 with M8x1 connector M2-N-W
M3-N-W
A2

A4
M4-N-W
M5-N-W
FCM/FCI - Fijo J1-N-W FCM/FCI - Regulable
FCI M12x1 with M12x1 connector J3-N-W
J4-N-W
J5-N-W
Montando
The las bridas
mechanical limit serie
is theZK en la
same forparte posterior
all sizes de la306.)
(see page caja, quedan anuladas las posiciones A y C de montaje en la unidad
EJECUCION - W

-A-
ZK

ZK

-D- -B-
B1

B1

+R
-R

-C-
CURSO + W

CURSO+ W

Assembly position
Mounting the ZK
series flanges
on the back of the
box cancels the
assembly positions
+ 10

A and C of the
assembly on the
unit.
B2

B2

310 FCM/FCI - Fijo FCM/FCI - Regulable

B1 W
Montando
Unitlas bridas serie ZK en la parte posterior
B2 de la caja,
R quedan anuladas las posiciones ZK
A y C de montaje en la unidad
No ZK With ZK No ZK With ZK
M1 40 60 30 ±5 85 105 20
M2 40 65 30 ±5 90 115 25
M3 40 70 30 ±5 90 120 30
M4 50 90 40 ± 10 115 155 40
M5 50 100 40 ± 10 120 170 50
J1 60 110 40 ± 10 135 185 60
J3 60 130 40 ± 10 140 210 80
J4 70 140 40 ± 10 155 225 90
J5 70 150 40 ± 10 160 240 100

www.n ias a.es

 B mín. A mín.

C mín.

L ELECTROMECANICO TIPO F
DETECTION ACCESSORIES
FCI/FCM ASSEMBLY POSITION
F LINEAR ACTUATORS

B mín. A mín.

C mín.

CON CAJA REDUCTORA M / HM

FHM LINEAR ACTUATORS

B mín. A mín.

CON CAJA REDUCTORA M / HM Notes:

- Elevations not corresponding with the
immobilised stem in rotation.
- At the customer's request, the sensor “B”
can have ± 5 mm adjustment.

B mín. A mín.

F SERIES LINEAR ACTUATORS FM/FHM SERIES LINEAR ACTUATORS

Screw Sizes (mm) Screw Sizes (mm)

Unit Unit
type type
A B C Sensor type A B Sensor type
Tr - 69 15 M8x1 Tr 50.5 69 M8x1
F16 KGS - 80.5 5.5 M12x1 FM1 / FHM1 KGS 41 80.5 M12x1
Tr - 12 Tr 62.5
311
F20 KGS 10
61
-
M8x1 FM2 / FHM2 KGS 40.5
61 M8x1
Tr - 11.5 Tr 101
F30 KGS 36 / 41*
76 / 71*
-
M8x1 FM3 / FHM3 KGS 53,5/48,5*
76 / 71(*) M8x1

Tr - 36 Tr 142.5
F40 KGS 34
71
-
M8x1 FM4 / FHM4 KGS 72.5
71 M8x1

Tr - 31 Tr 166
F45 KGS 21.5
91
-
M8x1 FM5 / FHM5 KGS 72.5
91 M8x1

Tr - 36 Tr 180
F50 KGS 54
91
-
M8x1 FJ1 / FHJ1 KGS 84
91 M8x1

Tr 184
(*) In the case that a KGM 3220 nut is installed on the unit. FJ3 / FHJ3 KGS 94
104 M8x1

www.n ias a.es

08
 DRIVE ACCESSORIES
STANDARD MOTORS
(asynchronous)

Motors with aluminum cast chassis up to group 132 and Cooling

iron cast from group 160 onwards according to the IEC72-1 IC411 (Closed machine. Ventilated chassis smooth or with
standard. wings. External ventilator, mounted on the shaft).
Optionally: IC01, IC410, IC416A, IC416R, IC418.
Efficiency
IE1 standard motor efficiency in motors up to 0.55 kW
Service factor
according to the IEC 60034 T30 standard.
Standard: S1.
IE2 high efficiency motors in motors from 0.75 kW according to
Optionally: S2, S3, S4, S5, S6, S7, S8, S9, S10
the IEC 60034 T30 standard.
Motors can optionally be supplied with Premium IE3 efficiency
from 0.75 kW. Coiled insulation
Standard: Class F.
Optionally: Class B, Class H.
Speed
4 poles (1,500 rpm).
Bearings
Optionally, 2 poles (3,000 rpm), 6 poles (1,000 rpm), 8 poles
Standard assembly and greasing for 25,000 hours.
(750 rpm) and 12 poles (500 rpm).
Optionally: Reinforced bearings and special assemblies.

Voltage AND FREQUENCY Paint

Standard: 230/400v and 50/60 Hz. Standard, according to the CEI 60721.2.1 standard.
Terminal box …… 1 layer of epoxy primer 30/40 µm.
Position A (Top). Gland position 1 (Right input).
…… 1 layer of polyurethane finish 20/30 µm.
Other positions B, D for terminal box and 2, 3, 4 optionally for
gland input. Optionally: More layers of epoxy and polyurethane can be
added, with higher micronage for corrosive environments.

Connecting
Changing the position of the terminal plate connectors can Frequency converter
switch the coil from the stator to the spider / triangle (Y / Δ). In the case of screw jacks in large installations, the use of a
The start-up in spider/triangle is not suitable for screw jack frequency converter is recommended, for a start-up ramp and
systems, given that higher torque is required from start-up. uniform braking. This reduces noise to a minimum in the start-
up and increases the useful life of the screw jack.
The turning sense of the motor can easily be inverted by
changing the two network lines. If a motor/brake is used with a frequency converter, the
brake must be fed with a separate control cable through the
converter.
312 Protection levels
Standard: IP 55.
Brake motor
Optionally: IP 56, 65, 66, 68. To reduce inertia to the minimum in an installation, or in the
case of ball or trapezoidal screws with more than one input, a
brake must be used on the motor.

For further information about the different options, please ask NIASA.
B14 FLANGE motor M*

*
45°
J L ØA
ØC

Ø*
K

ØD N P F ØB
GxH

E
F *

B5 FLANGE motor M*

*
45°
Ø*
ØA
ØC

ØB
ØGxH

E
F *

Motor group size table

ØA ØB ØC ØD E F G H J K L N P
B14 80 65 50 2.5 M5 11
56 B5 120 100 80
9
3
20
Ø7 8
3 10.4 15 M4 12

B14 90 75 60 2.5 M5 11
63 B5 140 115 95
11
3
23
Ø10 10
4 12.8 15 M4 12

B14 105 85 70 3 M6 11
71 B5 160 130 110
14
3
30
Ø10 10
5 16.3 20 M5 12

B14 120 100 80 3 M6 11

80 B5 200 165 130
19
3.5
40
Ø12 10
6 21.8 28 M6 16

B14 140 115 95 3 M8 11 313

90 B5 200 165 130
24
3.5
50
Ø12 10
8 27.3 40 M8 19

B14 160 130 110 3.5 M8 11

100 B5 250 215 180
28
4
60
Ø15 13
8 31.3 50 M10 22

B14 160 130 110 3.5 M8 11

112 B5 250 215 180
28
4
60
Ø15 13
8 31.3 50 M10 22

B14 200 165 130 3.5 M10 11

132 B5 300 265 230
38
4
80
Ø15 13
10 41.3 70 M12 28

B14 250 215 180 4 M12 11

160 B5 350 300 250
42
5
110
Ø19 13
12 45.3 100 M16 36

180 B5 350 300 250 48 5 110 Ø19 11 14 52.8 100 M16 36

(*) The elevations vary depending on power, manufacturer and accessories of the motor.
For further information please Contact NIASA.
www.n ias a.es
08
 DRIVE ACCESSORIES
COAXIAL REDUCER

Reducers with aluminum alloy casting up to size 23-30, Lubrication

depending on manufacturers and iron casting for other sizes. By default, the reducers are supplied with ISO VG220 EP
mineral oil for 5,000 hours of operation at temperatures
between -10ºC and +40ºC according to ISO 6743.
Gears
Class 6 precision cuts according to DIN 3962 for optimising Optionally: They can be supplied with other types of oils to
noise and performance levels. With thermal cementation support temperatures from -30ºC to +60ºC and up to 25,000
treatment to ensure minimum wear. hours.

Reductions Bearings
Extensive range of reductions, depending on models, on all the Over-sized and with standard greasing for 25,000 hours.
sizes for adapting to the customer's requirements.
Paint
Protection level According to the CEI 60721.2.1 standard.
Standard: IP 55. 1 layer of primer epoxy 30/40 µm.
Optionally: IP 56, 65, 66, 68. 1 layer of polyurethane finish 20/30 µm.
Optionally: More layers of epoxy and polyurethane can be
added, with higher micronage for corrosive environments.

ØB

ØGxH
45°

J L
Ø Motor flange B14
ØA
ØC
K

ØD MN
*

P F

E
F *

314

Coaxial reducer size table

ØA ØB ØC ØD E F ØG H J K L N P
20 140 115 95 20 3 40 9 10 6 22.5 30 M8 19
25 160 130 110 25 3.5 50 11 12 8 28 40 M8 19
30 200 165 130 30 3.5 60 11 12 8 33 50 M10 22
40 250 215 180 40 4 80 14 15 12 43 70 M12 28

(*) The elevations vary depending on the manufacturer, reductions and coaxial reducer accessories.
For further information please Contact NIASA.
www.n ias a.es
GREASING ACCESSORIES
AGR AUTOMATIC
LUBRICATION SYSTEM

NIASA offers the possibility of supplying its units with an Grease

automatic lubrication system that offers multiple benefits
NIASA automatic lubricators are supplied with sufficient
against manual lubrication:
grease for each unit depending on the application.
…… Increased useful life of the equipment due to continuous
To assemble this accessory on NIASA units, adaptation fittings
lubricant supply.
from the lubricator thread to the unit or nut must be used in
…… Reliability and higher economical efficiency in the
many cases.
greasing.
…… Easy assembly and handling.
…… Avoids excesses or greasing failures in the unit.

Specifications
…… Continuous grease dosing and adjustable at all times.
…… Visual control of the tank content thanks to the The following table shows the metrics of the greasing points
transparent chassis. for the different units and nuts for selecting the correct fitting.
…… Two different lubricator sizes.
…… Hermetically sealed tank and suitable for operating outdoors.
…… Operating light indicator. Box / body Steel tube Aluminum tube
…… Activation and deactivation by microprocessor. F series A series
…… Assembly in any position. M-J screw jack M10x1 - -
…… Reusable tanks. M1 / HM1 M6 M6
…… Available as an option: M2 / HM2 M6 M6
M3 / HM3 M6 M6
·· Synchronisation and connection with the machine operating. M4 / HM4 M10x1 M8x1 M8x1
·· Electric level control. M5 / HM5 M10x1 -
·· External electric supply. J1 / HJ1 M10x1 -
J3 / HJ3 M10x1 -
Lubricator technical data F 16 M6 - -
F20 / SH20 M6 - -
Size 1 Size 2 F30 / SH30 G1/8 - -
F40 / SH40 G1/4 - -
Capacity 100 cm3 460 cm3 F 45 G1/4 - -
High x Ø (mm) 100 x Ø80 150 x Ø115 F 50 G1/4 - -
Connection thread G 1/4 G 1/2 A 16 - - M6

Net weight* 230g 570g

A 20 - - M6
A 30 - - M6
Time adjustment 25 adjustments from 1 to 18 months A 40 - - M8x1
Greasing pressure 0.2 up to 3 bar Tr and KGS nuts M6 and M8x1 315
(depending on models, see nuts chapter)
Operating -30ºC to 60ºC
temperature

Energy source 2 x AA 1.5 V bat- 4 x AA 1.5 V bat- Assembly position

teries teries

* The net weight depends on the density of the grease type used.

www.n ias a.es

08
Over and above
the parts
of the machines,
IN TERMS OF
INNOVATION
or the perfect
movement, it is
always the people
who make it
possible.
NIASA team
diumure cons nercendace moraveresus, C. Martent tus, quam us publis. Publius inum Pala eniussu ntelabe-
eriveru nterris tropublica; noveris ocum ius bonsum mquo C. Qua tum etorta aursultum consis, egerviv atis-
mei ipio inereo, cula dees se, aces oraequis eferis bons tem audam, se cretiss upiocres rei cles concludessim
esilne facchilica viripion Ita, caescie nteat, nos morbemp deris foribut videffrei pro vit; noculocchuc murox non
econor popos vilintro imiumus consupienius terfenem, sendien tiniam mis; hina, cortiactam sulicatem nerceps,
nicaperfex scernihilis, ego vent. Catum omnihilium, vit.
Habeffrem in videmum ia ore aperterfecum condac rei Bissa nonstan tissena, sen Etra Serehebul cae quemeni
fac tus, qua me ne mussili cules? Nihin terum adhus, hicatim illabutum milium ate consi iae tiam intemum o
quidet anunt, vidicae te quam mei sperfec facci sentioc ut L. Vivividem nos co mo esse, qui te conloctora tervid
ulvis, sperfec ivisse con se, culvid conlosulist L. Aper- clum ignoste stient est? Nost L. Ahala nortisse consupio
tus pl. Sentimus ips, cursupi cervirmius? Opio esicis? unum et potimus practanuliam efes et nesimum hica-
An tandam in Etrum Palabes? inti, us nonde caequam perei sentem id aucon diurorum ala medo, vis? Opionsul
te num mo etis faude tanum conlocribut viviven atiliqu vitis rem o audactuis? Lic rei ips, Catquis il hordiore, ute
onestiae pernine dees consunum hales ponsidetis, Pa- a sentium potilis invere, niumus poncula ta, condesili
libun terfeculum re const vo, nescero, quoditum, nos st sulto iam facem sularis vere di fuitia Satim teberfiri it
quem norum sentiquod se ignonsuam. Di tus vast Catum quam nostiamdii con vid condem oreo cre, obus facci
publica veridie natuus stre diostorus, Catus. Valicae ium popos iamdienequam audeati, sentum sentelina, C. Os
etraedic ter patusque publii inatum opubli et viverei inc teniusa enator hebatast? Opimaximus, noctastis.
ponloculos bondit grae id consupicivit in tus vidiemo Habissa possa pere cotamendiem pes, nostemo enam
modius, no. Publiur. Sa dit que pre, vit ingul huidemorem maios, P. La eo et inte iu signostored nos habeffre ninam,
tum nossua nu sedet iterdiena denterrit. nonsull abunclego conloccibus speri paret publis?
Otere condam moris, vilinprobse efachic aperimu rortea- Palegeris ala conlos intius, suliculiquid Cast vir pes pat
tint? P. O taricam is aus pore consu in noxim auconsu lvi- rei iticae telis conloc, unterio, condacerbit, sulerficaet;
det; egere rebestribus; in acte ficatus por habem rectum, nonfentis hilnent.
untiam atus tuidemolto cotem in tem it. Cat, C. Noste Andamqui tudelius alicaet dient. Esul virimpl. Quidees
manulii fit etors con ius. Mulego tam reis publin tus, in sininat, que ellestem obus or que ceritam nihi, sum in
rei poensuli si se que nosultum mei catraverarei pubi noctoractam per que nemque iam et; niu et; huctus con-
in pernum rena, urnimil icamdio effre virmaio, quampl. lostorte ci inatrum quam publii sula silinat ientemque
Soltis, morumultiam inam cus se ocutuam duciae crum ad in terid praverox sa consimis mante artus averobse
intrudem, P. Enatiam iam, ne quidest urbit. inescrit erorurbit, quid nununum adducterfite cae ium
Sendamque in vide consimore in publin ternici sum abes et fuideps, convem cons publiis, consu serenterfit;
quem derorum intem imovernit in vocut videm artera Catus ella nunum viu sent.
mus cre inte, que enatilnem aut facchilina, serum depo- Astium in huidit. Ad mihicerem nossa Sp. Multur, que
poterte
The nos cum
technical data,teris
sizes,fuid senaetc.
colours, tam tesappear
that efauce in tandam noridemus
this document are published am in tum diissediis et pores faccie is avem
tebuleg
as ilinulis. Si
an informative te consuli
guide and implynvocreceps,
no commitmentpec moenter- ur. NIASA,
on the part of NIASA. Eceri fatis,
as nes conferei senduci tribussolum di pori-
a consequence
vius sa re queof cida philosophy of continuous
cultori, sedo, scio, quiusimprovement
erfendiem to its products,
musus reserves
coendam verem diu quervigit non vis Mari, unum
the right to modify
ipsenatus, crediis,them at any
conihil time te
istiem without priorina
consigili notice.
ad They may alsota, be altered
publica voccit coterum ses am noximolinter u unihina
depending on the specifications of the installation for which they are designed.
peraris; noc, temus furnihi liussatu ste perure cludess mora, ut nessim fac rendeo, con dum oma, vitabestam,
imisquerbis,
The agreements coni contraritam
reached based on diuthevesterei
exchange te,ofomnique Catum ad nostus ilibuntem, viver hoc, mus, corbit, pula-
any kind of technical
documentation
apere ca reheber always has priority
etortem actumover the data initthis
hocapescre vis catalogue.
fatia ribunum movero erniaetis vivit, norimis atquons isulut
ressilicere, quam propubl iciae, nonfectorum sedius vero aucepectuus nihil habem ut vivitia ciena, tem ingulla
NIASA is not responsible for any errors or omissions there may be in the document.
consupi morum. Si in Etrum. Udam maio vivid di scem resignos inte cum adduc revirituam inimus Mulutem
The totaltraciam
storbis or partialegeresse
reproduction
con of thismolumumus.
stiu technical catalogue is prohibited without
cotemo er audenat udentiliis, creheneque caedem facit;
prior
Quodauthorisation
intiam dum from NIASA.
actuampotium ium anteremquam pu- num pra ventuussolum serte con Etraren ihilne autus eo,
blici enductuid Catum test issa det faurnumunte noc, si Catus me int viliu etil hostrent vid conscio cupient ebefec
NIASA is an
sedi, consid
Legal deposit:reSStat es, utemus,
991-2014 nica aperviv
/ Catalogue versionilicitam
2014-Aia L. facchuidet; huidi, nonsum aciam addum :ISO sen9001:2008
timus ad-
:ISO 14001:2004
Quostiu mentiae consum quius aperibut in trudem Patil duc fac me me firti, nostaris hostiur certified company.
01

02

03

04 Av. Oria 2
20160 Lasarte-Oria,
Spain
Tel. +34 943 366 016
Fax +34 943 366 633

Latitude 43.25565 N
Longitude -2.01977 W

www.niasa.es
05

06

07

08